Ieltsmc SB Low-Res

Nick Thorner
Louis Rogers
Foundation
IELTS
Student’s Book
3
SPEAKING LISTENING WRITING
UNIT 1 Giving personal information Completing basic information p10 Describing trend data (Task 1) p12
(Part 1) p8 Exam skills: Transcribing numbers Exam skills: Defining information in a
EDUCATION &
Exam skills: Extending responses and names diagram
LEARNING
Predicting missing information Describing key trends
Varying language 1
UNIT 2 Extended speaking (Part 2) p18 Completing tables p20 Comparing sets of data (Task 1) p22
HEALTH & Exam skills: Preparing for Speaking Part 2 Exam skills: Completing tables Exam skills: Comparing data
Analysing data
MEDICINE
Key phrases: Linking words and phrases
UNIT 3 Expressing opinions (Part 3) p28 Understanding agreement p30 Analysing essay questions (Task 2) p32
SOCIETY & FAMILY Exam skills: It for giving opinions Exam skills: Answering multiple-choice Exam skills: Understanding essay
Key phrases: Responding to opinion questions questions
questions Answering matching questions Building an introduction
Key phrases: Agreeing and disagreeing Understanding thesis statements
UNIT 4 Describing cause and effect Completing sentences p40 Brainstorming ideas (Task 2) p42
(Part 2) p38 Exam skills: Finding key words Exam skills: Analysing solution questions
POPULATION &
Exam skills: Connecting causes and Brainstorming essay ideas
THE ENVIRONMENT effects
UNIT 5 Structuring responses (Part 1 & 3) p48 Labelling plans and maps p50 From brainstorm to plan (Task 2) p52
CULTURE & Exam skills: Extending responses 2 Exam skills: Completing plans and Exam skills: Planning an essay
Predicting Part 1 and Part 3 questions maps
ENTERTAINMENT
UNIT 6 Varying language (Part 2) p58 Completing notes p60 From plan to topic sentences
Exam skills: Varying language 2 Exam skills: Completing notes from a (Task 2) p62
CAREERS &
recording Exam skills: Writing topic sentences from
SUCCESS plans
UNIT 7 Adding detail to descriptions Labelling diagrams p70 From topic sentence to paragraph
(Parts 1 & 2) p68 Exam skills: Predicting content (Task 2) p72
NATURE & BIOLOGY
Exam skills: Remembering details Transcribing compound nouns Exam skills: Writing structured
Key phrases: Location and direction paragraphs
UNIT 8 Recognizing question types Choosing options from lists p80 Connecting ideas (Task 2) p82
PRODUCERS & (Part 3) p78 Exam skills: Choosing multiple items Exam skills: Structuring discussion essays
Exam skills: Recognizing question types in a list Writing topic sentences for
CONSUMERS discussion essays
Key phrases: Responses to different
question types Key phrases: Linking words and phrases
UNIT 9 Narrating (Part 2) p88 Understanding connected Conclusions (Task 2) p92
MEDIA & TRAVEL Exam skills: Using sequencing markers speech p90 Exam skills: Writing conclusions
Exam skills: Separating connected
speech
UNIT 10 Comparing past and present Following exam instructions p100 Describing processes (Task 1) p102
SCIENCE & (Part 3) p98 Exam skills: Avoiding common errors Exam skills: Summarizing a process
Exam skills: Avoiding common errors Key phrases: Discussing effects Checking for common errors
PROGRESS
Key phrases: Sequencing words
INFORMATION FILE p107 GRAMMAR FILE p113 VOCABULARY FILE p121 STUDY SKILLS FILE p131
© Oxford University Press. Reproduced by permission.
2 CONTENTS For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
READING GRAMMAR VOCABULARY STUDY SKILLS &
with references to the with references to the EXAM CHALLENGE
Grammar file (GF) Vocabulary file (VF)
Multiple choice p14 Gerunds and infinitives p9 GF p116 School and university subjects p8 Setting exam objectives p11
Exam skills: Understanding differences First conditional p16 GF p117 VF p121 Exam challenge p16
in multiple-choice options Synonyms p10 VF p121
Using stems in multiple-choice Trends p13 VF p121
questions
Sentence completion p24 Time clauses p19 GF p117 Adjectives p18 VF p122 Recording word knowledge p21
Exam skills: Understanding difficult Comparisons with more / fewer / less Word formation p21 VF p122 Exam challenge p26
words and than p22 GF p114 Suffixes p24 VF p122
Short answer questions p34 It for giving opinions p29 GF p113 Social issues p28 VF p123 Time management p31
Exam skills: Scanning Expressions with prepositions p34 Exam challenge p36
VF p123
Matching information p44 Too much / many p39 GF p114 Population problems and Studying in groups p41
Exam skills: Predicting text There is / are p39 GF p113 solutions p38 VF p124 Exam challenge p46
organization Could and would p42 GF p118 Environmental problems p40
Matching phrases VF p124
Key phrases: Evaluating solutions Verbs describing change p43
VF p124
Matching information and Adverbs p48 GF p115 Types of book p49 VF p125 Prioritizing vocabulary learning p51
features p54 Entertainment facilities p50 VF p125 Exam challenge p56
Exam skills: Locating information Verbs for positive effects p53
Locating and matching opinions VF p125
Examples, reasons, effects p55
VF p125
Matching headings p64 Second conditional p59 Character adjectives and nouns p58 Learning vocabulary p61
Exam skills: Matching headings with GF p118 VF p126 Exam challenge p66
paragraphs Linkers: is / is that p63 GF p116 Working conditions p60 VF p126
Academic ideas p63 VF p126
Factors for success p65 VF p126
True / False / Not Given p74 ‘Empty’ subjects p68 GF p113 Weather p68 VF p127 Practising independently p71
Exam skills: Answering True / False / Adverbs of degree p69 GF p116 Compound nouns p70 VF p127 Exam challenge p76
Not Given questions Zero conditional for causes and Natural threats p72 VF p127
effects p73 GF p117
Pronoun referents p75 GF p113
Summary completion p84 Modal verbs of ability p85 GF p118 Consumer products p78 VF p128 Dealing with test-related stress p81
Exam skills: Reading for the main idea Money and value p80 VF p128 Exam challenge p86
Completing summaries
Yes / No / Not Given p94 Past simple and past continuous p89 Events in the news p88 VF p129 Using resources p91
Exam skills: Understanding Yes / No / GF p119 City sights p90 VF p129 Exam challenge p96
Not Given questions Compounds: media p92 VF p129
Advertising p94 VF p129
Labelling p104 Used to p99 GF p119 Areas of progress p98 VF p130 Using online study resources p101
Exam skills: Labelling graphics Can and may for possibility p100 Scientific words p104 VF p130 Exam challenge p106
GF p118
Passive for a process p102 GF p120
WRITING FILE p136 EXAM TIPS p145 IELTS PRACTICE TEST p149 AUDIOSCRIPT p164

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. CONTENTS 3
GUIDE TO THE IELTS EXAM
IELTS is divided into four modules, taken in the order below
Listening (30 minutes)

The recording for each of the four sections is played once only. The sections become progressively more difficult. In each
section you need to answer a series of questions of one type.
Section Number of items Text type Task types

1 10 Conversation in a social context completing notes, table, sentences, diagram,
(2 speakers) flow chart or summary
2 10 Talk or speech in a social context short-answer questions
(1 speaker) multiple-choice questions
3 10 Conversation in an educational context labelling parts of a diagram
(2–4 speakers) matching lists
4 10 Talk or lecture on an academic topic sentence completion
(1 speaker)
Academic Reading (60 minutes)

The three passages contain 2,000-2,750 words in total and become progressively more difficult. The texts are suitable for
non-specialist readers. If technical terms are used, they are explained in a glossary.
Passage Number of items Text type Task types

1 11-15 topics of general interest multiple-choice questions
2 11-15 authentic articles or extracts from books, short-answer questions
journals, magazines and newspapers sentence completion
3 11-15
at least one has detailed logical argument classification
matching headings
completing notes, table, sentences,
diagram, flow chart
summary completion
matching lists / phrases
locating information in paragraphs
true / false / not given
yes / no / not given

4 GUIDE TO THE IELTS EXAM For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
Academic Writing (60 minutes)
There is no choice of task, either in Part 1 or Part 2. You must be prepared to write about any topic. The topics will be of
general interest and they do not require expert knowledge.
Task Time Format Task types

1 20 minutes 150-word report describing or explaining a Presenting information based on:
table or diagram data, e.g. bar chart, line graph, table
a process / procedure in various stages
an object, event or series of events
2 40 minutes 250-word essay responding to a written Presenting and/or discussing:
opinion / problem your opinions
solutions to problems
evidence, opinions and implications
ideas or arguments
Speaking (11–14 minutes)

You will be interviewed on your own by one examiner. The conversation will be recorded. The three-part structure of the
exam is always the same but the topics will vary from candidate to candidate.
Part Time Format Task types

1 4–5 minutes introduction and ID check familiar discussion
answer questions on familiar topics, e.g. your
home, studies, etc.
2 3–4 minutes you are given a task verbally and a card with extended speaking
prompts
you have a minute to prepare your talk
speak for 1–2 minutes
answer 1 or 2 follow-up questions
3 4–5 minutes answer verbal questions about more abstract topic discussion
ideas relating to the topic in Part 2

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. GUIDE TO THE IELTS EXAM 5
GUIDE TO THE STUDENT’S BOOK
1 UNITS 2 SUPPLEMENTARY
UNIT 1 Education & learning ▶ Ten topic-based units SECTION
▶ Introduction page at the start
In some countries there is Top destinations for international students Exam tips
no minimum school
leaving age. USA 16.6% Other
46.4% Exam tips: spEaking
UK 13%
of each unit gets you thinking Writing
Part 1 file
£
questions page 9 Varying language page 59

¥
$ Australia 6.6% Speaking Part 1 lasts 4 to 5 minutes and the examiner asks you Varying your language helps you to get a higher mark for
€
questions about a range of personal topics, such as your family, vocabulary and grammar. In Speaking Parts 1 and 3, the different
hobbies, work or education, and holidays. Listen carefully for questions you’re asked usually give you the chance to demonstrate
Germany 6.4%
and talking about the unit

Writing tasks:theSummary of types
question word – where, when, who, how, how often – and
try to respond in a conversational way. It’s important that you
different language. However, during the 2 minutes of Part 2 it’s less
easy to keep your language varied because there aren’t as many
The longer children stay at France 6.3% Study SkillS file Task 1 types
understand the question, and give a full response to show that you questions. Try to show variety by using different parts of speech or
Keya language
can use Important information
variety of language. Try to add some extra information See or
grammar structures, like a passive pages
conditional sentence.
school, the better their that gives the examiner something more than a basic response.
earning potential is. Canada 4.7% Description of trends Trend verbs
Each response should be about 15 seconds.
Describe the key trend before the detail.
‘The four Ss’ page 68
137
topic.
Comparison Comparative structures In Speakingand
Describe key similarities Part 2, you’ll be asked138
differences to describe something, for
Part 2 preparation time page 19
Vocabulary example a place, for 2 minutes. When you’re feeling nervous or
between categories.
In Speaking Part 2, it’s difficult to remember everything you want under pressure, it can be difficult to think of details to talk about.
Worldwide, the average teacher to student ratio in primary schools is Vocabulary file Description of a1process
Which sayPresent
toitem thetenses
of research
but andis
1–4
1 minute the
of thepassive
most surprising?
preparation time canWhy? Include
help. Writing an overview
notes
process
Use thestatement
youras a whole.
on the
preparation time to try to139
remember things that could
1:25
on the topic during this time is useful or, if you prefer, close extend your talk. One way you could do this is to use ‘The four Ss’:
Study tip
Description of a diagram 11 eyes and
/ Teaching try to
Prepositions doesimagine
notplace
of theand things
necessarily you’re
lead togoing
movement to describe.
learning. & You
FileInclude
Adams sights,
(2010)
a general sounds,which
statement smells, and sensations.
140 These four categories should
illustration couldfound alsothat set yourself
less thandifferenthalf of objectives
the words for thateachare stage
taught ofby
compares the help
theteachers are you to think of some interesting details.
features.
To improve your extended
vocabulary, try actuallyspeaking.
learnt by Your first objective could be to speak for 25
students.
UNIT 1 EdUcaTIoN & lEarNINg seconds about the first prompt on the card. If you can do this, you Part 3 questions page 79
graded readers
▶ Four skills sections in each unit.

2 should be able to speak forormore than 1 minute
10–30intimes total.Important
Then, for information
grammar file
Task 2 types Common
Students have instructions
to read /hear
questions
a word or sometimes In
upSpeaking
to Part 3, you can beSeeasked a wide range of question
pages
1 Complete the sentences with a school orfrom Bookworms
university subject. 6 Completethe50 next questions
stages, focus 1–7 onwith the phrases
demonstrating below.
your grammar, vocabulary,
Factfiles. Theythe opinion essay times before they can connect the form, i.e. spelling or sound,types
withrelated to the topic in Part 2. For example, you may be
1 I enjoyed studying . I liked studying
Personal andthe Give your opinion
pronunciation and support it.
in turn. Give your ownaskedopinion. 141 & 143
to predict, evaluate, speculate, or compare. Other questions
feature topics similar compulsory meaning education (Waring, under2009).
pressure
Enrolment in higher Number of school teachers globally
physical part – looking at volcanoes, rocks, and earthquakes.
I didn’t find the human side so interesting.
to IELTS such as Do you agree or
private school school grades ambition for
Sounding enthusiastic
disagree?
pageis29a very useful way for studentshypothesize.
may require you to talk about change, give opinions, explain, or
The different questions will give you the opportunity
education globally 2 I’m hoping to study
environmental,
at university. My uncle is a
historical, and
3 levels Wide
Sounding
To reading
of what
stress
learn common
extent of do
greatest
enthusiastic
graded
you readers
agree
achievement
can help(Nation,
vocabulary
or disagree?
you to get a better mark for
2011).
to
to show you can use different grammar structures, vocabulary, and
has grown by It and there high court judge and I’d like to be a lawyer. Discussion essay
cultural issues. 1 pronunciation
What’s Discuss both
for the
views. your intonation and word stress Discuss
because
each sentence. in your life so far?
will be both sides of the
phrases. argument.
This 142
is why you need to practise listening for certain types
Primary teachers Secondary teachers 1A Choose the correct alternative
78% InformatIon fIle

3 I’m taking . I’m really interested in finding 4
2 Do more Using
youvaried.
What are
‘word
feel However,
the it’s
advantages
cards’ can not
speedalways
and
in exams? easy to
disadvantages
up students’ do this,
…?
progress.especially
Self-testing of
on question
the and prepare phrases that you could use for each type.
1 There / It is a big park near my house.
Empty subjects page 68 more out about how the mind works and to understand when words the withexaminer longer is looking
intervals down and taking
between each testnotes. is Try to
an effective way of
2 InExplanation
the mountains, essay there3 / imagine
Do you
What
it islearning
very think
beautiful
you’re
it’s
problems unfair
talking are that
inRawson,
the
with
not everyone
associated
summer.
a friend with …?can go to a Give and explain
instead! Partyour2ideas.
description page 89144
people’s behaviour.
40 It is often used instead of a noun to describe the time, a place, a
There
3 my / It is
(Pyc ? &
What can governments do to …?
2007).
Don’t give yourInown opinion.
million situation, or the weather. This 4 I’d like to study common in spoken
is particularly . I’m not sure maths is more to do4inAre the spring. Speaking Part 2, you may be asked to describe a series of events
good enough, but it’s not just about structure, materials,
4 There 2 Readtime
andenough
/ It is not
Talking
student
the about problems
mycomments
in relaxed?day.
high in your
A–D about learning
school
page system or is it
39vocabulary. Which comment(s) or, indescribe
other words, to ‘narrate’. For example, you may be asked to
English.
in the last decade Unit 1 SpEaking page
It’s late! (the9time)
exercise 15 processes – it’sUnit also about 2 design
Writing and I’m good
Note: In Task 2, you may be
5page
Nextat23that.
month,
exercises there /how
11–13 it will
5 have
quite
Are
asked
In Speaking
you be feel?
to do
a carnival.
Parta 2,
Which
combination
you may
item(s)
important
of two
have
of research to talk
forcauses
types
from
futureand
of essay.
about a problem
exercise
success?
In thisyou
1, if any,
case, make describe
sure you do both parts of the task.
would you tell thesomething that happened to you or something that you
students? experienced, and what the effects of this problem saw. This provides a good opportunity to use a range of regular
30 It’s hot! (the temperature)
5 I’m studying
60
have a good understanding
. I think I’m a natural
SELF-REPORTED
6 There
NOCTURNALwork.
of how organizations
leader
/ It isand I
dangerous
SLEEP PROBLEMS6BY
toare.
walkAlso,
When
GENDER
oncan the
you’ll
you ice.probably
finish be asked toin say what
your you have done to
country? and irregular past tenses. A good way to give background to your
million
% of people reporting poor-quality sleep

Student A It is so crowded! (the streets) IN EIGHT COUNTRIES 7IN There AFRICA / ItAND
is my birthday
ASIA, soon.
resolve
I recognize
2006 What’s ayour
7 –2007 it.lot
Forof example,
words, butwhen
academic I talking about When
the theI causes
future? and effects
first started narrative
to learn English I is Bby using the past continuous tense, as in I was walking
6 I liked studying 50 . I still love reading books now
The global literacy 1 Ask Student B questions 1–3. Time
Add extra the responses
information about the–toespecially
noun with thrillers and horror
an40adverb or a stories.1B Change one or two words
findin
7 Ask
it the
of difficult
problems
Women
and
waste),
to in
sentences usethe them
answer theinquestions
actively.
environment
exercise
Men you might be asked to say what you
1A. (such aswas
in exercisefeel
toolearning
6 withlike amy
personally
a lot of words, butdown
much household
partner.
progress
do orhas
now Ithe street near my home when … You can then continue with
slowedthe
could down.past simple tense to describe what happened.
rate for young 20 make sure they speak
1 What subject would
for 15 seconds
prepositional
youhere.
each time.
phrase. 7 I want to be a doctor
like to study in the future? 30
Make each sentence true
so I’m taking physics, chemistry, and
for
AThen do to
you.
write
helpanthe extended
situationresponse for eachmore
(such as recycle one.efficiently).
million . I like the human parts bestExample: There is a big school near my flat. Clarifying part 3 questions page 99
people aged 15–24 is It’s hot rather than 8 Put the words into the correct columns of the table.
D
90%
2 What was your favourite subject in
It is so crowded at the
primary school?
city centre.studying plants and 20 animals.
2 Rewrite the sentences. StartUsing My teacher
with it adverbs
or there.often says pagethat48my
I want my teacher to spend In more
Speaking Part 3, the questions are sometimes complicated
rise grammar
increase is accurate,
significant but thatfall slight
3 What do you like about the place where you study? 8 I studied for seven years. I want 1 Car toownership
be a doctorhas many C Using
negative adverbseffects. correctly can really improve your grammar and so it’s important you listen carefully and answer the question
The extra information can also go at the beginning of the 10 my vocabulary is too limited. time on teaching me new vocabulary.
10 2 Answer Student B’s sentence.
questions. Try to speak for 15
in the USA, a heart specialist, so I’m taking anThere
0
English course. dramatic
vocabulary.minor In Speaking majorPartdecline1, you can.grow add adverbs like sometimes you’re actually asked. Unlike in Part 1, you can ask the examiner
million seconds each time. In my country it is beautiful.
South Africa Tanzania
2 Underline the words in exercise 1 related to2each
Kenya Ghana
Speaking English is easy. and usually to say how often you personally do something. In
Vietnam
subject.
Bangladesh Indonesia India
for clarification if you don’t understand. Try to remember some
It human 3 LookMovementSpeaking
at the ideas Partfor 3 Movement
–learning
where the ideasBigdiscussed
vocabulary. . Whichare
change more
Small
idea complicated
change
is best phrases
for each student in to help you, and begin your question with Sorry or Sorry,
This is higher than Example: 1 physical,
When the extra information is at the beginning Unit of the2 sentence,
volcanoes, Exam ChallEngE:
rocks, earthquakes, Writing – you
exercise 2? upcan use adverbs down like maybe or perhaps to show you’re not but to sound more natural.
page 26 exercise 3 The climate is very dry in the south of the country.
Unit 1 Writing it cannot
page 13 beexercise
removed. 13 3 In your notebook, create a word 1family diagram for each certain about something. In all parts of the Speaking test, you can
the adult literacy rate It Buy a vocabulary put adverbs book likeand
.
actually or generally at the beginning of4sentences Choose one new word,
1990 2009 18 NOT
AVERAGE NUMBER OF YEARS
In my country is subject
beautiful. from exercise
diagrams. Some words Country
1. Add the words
can connect to more4 than
below to the
NotLife many
one do a lot
expectancy
people
subject. atofbirth
vote practice
in tolocal(years)
make exercises.
elections.
your ideas seem 1 clearer and more natural. phrase, or collocation
SPENT AT SCHOOL, To1970 –2009 the things that exist in a place, replace it with there.
describe There . each day. Use it when you
16 Bangladesh 70
legal Read any kind of text in English speak or write in English.
There is a shopping centre in my town.hospital personality
NOT It isJapan
a shopping centre surgery poem natural
5 Several cinemas can 83 be found in larger towns.
14 (short biological
or long!) every day. 2 9 Complete sentences 1–4 with the correct preposition.
in my town. charge organic bureaucratic geographical
There . 145
Number of years
Latin America &
urban case author Nepal conscious relationships reader 68
What do you think?

12
the Caribbean to (x2) in by from LEARning
To say more than one thing exists,
maintain change is to are. build chairman rural
Nigeria
authority 53 5
10 Arab States VoCABULARy
There is a bank in my city.
8 There are several banks in4my
Central & Eastern
Add
city.two more words
Europe
Paraguay
of your own to each word family
page 75 Pronoun referents
75 1 There was a significant increase the number
1 Why can more young people read and write than adults? Poland 77 of people starting university.
diagram.
North America & Use cards to record information about
6 Pronouns are used instead of repeating the same noun, and to
Singapore new words. Add translations 83 and2 The average grades fell B C in
It for giving opinions Western Europe
5World
page 29
Match the sentences in exercisepictures help make
1 to questions a–c writing more cohesive. They usually refer backwards.
below.
2 Why is it becoming increasingly important for people to enrol in higher education? 4
1970 1980
2000 1990
2009
Sweden to help
136 with the meaning. 82 32012.
often It is
used (in spoken andEachwritten
sentence can be
English) as used more than once.
a sentence Fruit contains vitamins. This makes it an important part of our diet.
subject to give opinions about an action. Unitedsentences,
Inwould
these Arab Emirates
it 76 3 The number of people studying engineering 6 increased
3 What is the best teacher to student ratio? Why? a What subject you like to study
Zimbabwe
inHowever,
the future? they can sometimes refer forwards20% over
to an the last five years.
idea.
4 54Add two more ideas to the diagram in exercise 3.
Unit 1 Exam ChallEngE: always refers forwards Writing
to the action.
b What was your favourite subject at school It isor university?
healthy to eat fruit. 4 The number of pupils in private education fell
4 Why do some students go to other countries to study? page 16 exercise 1 It is useful to study = Studying is useful.
c What subjects are you studying at the moment? 5 Whichunder
Those who eat fruit are often healthy.
three100,000
ideas from exercise
during 3 would be most helpful for you? Which one idea can
the recession.
Note
The pie charts below show thethat the infinitive
changes with to is used after Unit
in the percentage 3 SpEaking
the adjective. page 29 exercise 12you do today?
5 What age should children be allowed to leave school? Why? of people taking different subjects
It is easy to at university
play piano. NOTin the
It isUK.
easy play piano.
When reading, it is important to understand which idea the
Summarize the key information. Write at least 150 words. Student A pronoun refers to in order to fully understand the text. 131
There for the existence of abstract nouns Ask Student B questions 1–4 in the survey on page 29. page 39 When writing, make sure an appropriate pronoun is selected for
PERCENTAGE OF FULL–TIME STUDENTS
IN EACH SUBJECT
Use there AREA
to say Give points
that an idea (e.g. a reason or problem) each time the
exists.
idea it refers to. Below is a list of the most commonly used
they:
7 There are many problems in my town.
statement (1 point)
pronouns. (Note that pronouns I, me, and you are often avoided
a show how strongly they agree or disagree with the
in academic writing.)
There does not always refer to a specific place. It may be used to People
b give their opinion in their own words (1 point)
refer to a situation in general.
c give a reason for theirSubject
opinion(before verb): I
(1 point). he she we they you 121
There are many reasons why we must protect the environment.
Object (after verb): me him her us them you
Objects and ideas

1995 2008 It (singular objects), they (plural objects), this (whole idea /
sentence), there (place), those (= the people)
13.4 Medicine and biology 21.8
26 Other sciences and technology 20.8 113
10.9 Business 13
6.5 Art and design 10.9
31 Humanities* 33
A pleasure to learn
12.2 Combined courses 0.5
READING
*Includes law, media, education, history, social sciences
Multiple choice 107

A What’s the most useful way of learning a language? Is
it writing essays or doing grammar exercises? The answer
▶▶ understand differences in is clear – whatever you like doing. Evidence shows that
multiple-choice options Topic focus the most successful language learners are those who find
▶▶ analyse stems in 5 something they like to do with their chosen language and
multiple-choice questions 1 Look at the title of the passage on page 15, the picture, and the information in lines
do it again and again. And it doesn’t really matter what the
▶▶ use the first conditional 15–17. Work with a partner and predict what the text is about.
activity is.
2 Read the passage quickly. Check your prediction in exercise 1.
Exam skills 10
B Some of the clearest evidence of this has come through
research into reading. Stephen D. Krashen, a professor at
the University of California, decided to look at how well
language learners who read for fun did in grammar tests.
Sections at the back of the book provide
essential support and practice activities.
Understanding differences in 3 Read sentences 1–4. Choose which option (a or b) has a similar meaning.
He discovered that they did better than people who went
multiple-choice options 1 Online learning is very important for some school children. on courses and it wasn’t important what books they read.
Vocabulary VocabUlary FIle » page 121
WrITING Describing trend data
a Online learning is more useful than going to school.
b Using the internet can be an essential part of a child’s education.
15
Factors affecting success in grammar tests
Regular reading 51.6% Trends 7 Put the words into the correct columns of the table.
exam FocUs: Task 12 There are more internet connections than there are teachers and classrooms. Formal study 7.2%
a Some teachers don’t use the internet in their classrooms. Time in place where language is spoken 5.2% rose slightly increase rise in significant fall significantly
INFORMATION FILE for activities in the units.

b It is not easy to find schools with internet access. slight fell by dramatic increased from dramatically to
▶▶ define information in a To prove this, he gave students books from a series called
diagram Topic focus
3 Learning is a result of children’s natural curiosity.
a Learning is a very natural process for children.
Sweet Valley High. These are popular books about teenage
▶▶ describe key trends Verbs (past tense) Adverbs Nouns Prepositions Adjectives
b Learning naturally makes children curious 20 life. Although the books’ literary quality may not have been
▶▶ vary language 1 How long should people staytoindiscover more.
education? Discuss your choice with a partner. increased slightly fall soap operas,topop music, slight
high, the readers made good progress in vocabulary, reading, Hindi through a diet of Bollywood
4 Young people enjoy online learning more than traditional lessons.
GRAMMAR FILE with notes and exercises to review

▶▶ write about trends and speaking tests. In a separate case study, a girl improved and regular chats with Hindi speakers.
People should
a For many school-age people,stay in education
learning via theuntil
internet is better than ‘older’ methods.
her writing so much that her angry teacher accused her
b Young people age 21 toused
are now get more with computers Well,
qualifications.
to learning it depends
and rarely what job they want to do …
do traditional
of copying. The only explanation she had was that she’d
40 D
Though any contact with a language is useful, some
lessons. 8 Look again at the
kinds bar chart
of contact mayin be
exercise
more 3. Complete
useful extracts
than others. a–c below with words from
For
25 started reading regularly. the tableexample,
in exercise 7. Use
2 Match theoptions
words with diagrams A–E. studies onthe colour coding toinhelp
computer-gaming you. language
a foreign
and develop grammar in each unit.

4 Look again at the incorrect in exercise 3. Underline the words that have different
meanings from sentences 1–4.
bar chart line graph pie chart table flow chart
C It’s not just reading stories that can help. Studying online a in thehavesecondary
3
shownsector, there waspeople
that watching a particularly 1
play computer
4
games 2 in
may have a similar effect. Sugata Mitra, a professor at the numbers, may help more than200 million
actually students
playing themin 1970
because you 520 million
Using stems in 5 Look at the stems in questions 1–5 below and on page 15. Underline the word(s) that
University of Newcastle, proved that in parts of the world students intime
2009to listen to or read the language in the games.
a B
multiple-choice questions
C D 45 have
Exam skills
Listening
will help you to3find theatinformation
Look you
the bar chart onneed in the passage.
the right.
Completing basic information
800 5 6
1970 where there are no schools, children will learn to navigate b the number
This showsof people
that being exposed to a language isin notallenough;
sectors
1 Research showsWhich sentences 1–4 are true or
VOCABULARY FILE with exercises to review and

V W x Y Z that reading 700
2000
1 false? Write T (true) or F (false). 2009 30 the web in foreign languages and transcribing numbers cand
also teach themselves thenames
7 it’s necessary
9 to
1.9 focus on
8 Listen andit.write
Researchers
the numbers
student are still
numbers or unsure
was names.
smaller in the primary sector,
A is more useful than other types of media.
ExaM Tip 2 1.12 exam focus: section 1 academic subjects if they have access to the internet. Not and numbers about exactly
rose 9
how such casual justcontact
under 300 helps learning.
millione overall; Butwhile between 2000
Enrolled students (millions)
600 a
3
B could help you writedata
1 The verycovers
well. a period of about 10 11
only that, but the children in his experiments learnt to and 2009
almostthey only
certainly,
b using language repeatedly is from 600
essential
f million
and to 750 million
Multiple-choice questions with four C is only useful when you read romantic stories.
40 years. 500
E ▶▶ transcribe numbers and speak new languages with good accents. Newspapers 9have 50 enjoyment encourages us to do this. This does not mean
options often feature in the Reading test. D isn’t effective2if your teacher of chooses
peoplethe book. Complete the description below with extracts a–c from gexercise 8.
Topic focus c
build on vocabulary in each unit.

The number attending 400
names also reported a growing group of ‘polyglots’ (people who that language courses are a waste of time. Krashen also
How are the stems useful in answering 2 Sugata Mitra’s researchschool showed that
went down.
▶▶ predict missing information 300 d h
the questions? » page 148 A children from3 poor countries are more motivated thanto others. 35 speak many languages) who are using the internet to learnThe bar discovered
chart shows that theif number
you want of to take who
people an exam werein inEnglish,
education from 1970 to 2009.
▶▶ use synonyms Fewer people1 wentYou to
areuniversity
going to listen 200 part of a radio interview about private tuition. Do many Predicting
B it is not necessary to to
have a teacher to learn. unusual languages. One of this group, Timothymissing information
Doner, aged doing
In general, we10
a canLook
see at
course will
that thebe
1 information
as. Looking
useful asin about
moreFoxhill
reading for fun.
detail, House barCollege.
theBut Predict the
chart illustrates thattype of missing
than primary school.
students in your country do extra classes outside school? Do / Did you? information by matching theeducation
question words below with 1–9. from
▶▶ set exam objectives
C children from poor countries prefer using computers to 100attending schools. 16, now speaks over 20 languages and is currently learningthe number doingof both is clearly
students whobest.attended tertiary rose most dramatically,
4 There were about 400atpeople in
STUDY SKILLS FILE with activities to help you

D children can use the internet2 better Look thanthe numbers.
a teacher. Underline
0
which syllable of the word is stressed. Then practise just 30 million inHow 1970much?to around 160 million When? in 2009. The other sectorsWhere? showed similar
primary education in 1970.
saying them with a partner. primary Secondary Tertiary trends. We can see thatlong? . In comparison, Who? .
2 3
3 Playing computer games probably won’t help you learn a language (university) How What? 0
Example: To summarize, there were still more students in primary education in 2009 than in
A as much as using English in other ways. sixty 5 The main idea of the passage is that
Exam skills
B if you watch your friends play them.
60 (sixty) 65 (sixty-five) 21 (twenty-one) 17 (seventeen) 71 (seventy-one)
other sectors. However, the gap between the number of people who attended primary
A you shouldn’t go to school to learn a language.
education and the number who attended tertiary education became smaller during the
prepare for the exam more effectively.

C if you don’t play for a long time. B you can learn a language through self-study.
C it’s best to have fun to learn a languageFoxhill house Calle r’s detai ls
Defining information in a D diagram 4 too
Write sentences based16 (sixteen)
on diagram 20titles
(twenty) 25 (twenty-five)
1–5 below. Change as much 70 (seventy) 75 (seventy-five)
of the language as period shown.
if they have much language content. well.
you can. The first one is done for you. 8 o Tell alpartner
e g e about your favourite subjectsName and why you like / liked them.
D some learning activities are much more useful c than lothers.
SPEAKING
4 Doing a language course to help you prepare for an exam
A will not help1you Visitor
Thereading
diagram
3
hear any
shows theranges
Giving personal information
1.6 Listen to the information. Circle the numbers in exercise 2 that you hear. Do you
pass. numbers to Qatar ( Jan–Dec)
number(e.g. 20–25)?who visited Qatar from January
of people
Courses avail able
Exam skills At school I loved chemistry because I enjoyed Address
:7
: 20 8
the experiments.
Exam Tip B is1.11
not as usefulfocuS:
as if you1 want to do well.
0
Introduction to international law
Exam practice Intercultural 3 Oxford, OX1 5NP ,
WRITING FILE with notes, model answers and sample

ExAm to as PArt
December.
C can help you pass much as 4 reading
1.7 Listen
a bookagain.
can. Complete the information with the correct numbers or ranges.
When you write a report about a trend VaryingTIME 7 p.m.–9
language 1 p.m.
10 Look at the sentences. How are the phrases LENGTH 12 weeks
in bold different? Email: 9
D works if you 2read Hours
at theofsame
television
time. viewing attending
a students (9 a.m.–9 additional
p.m.) courses outside school globally: % 6LENGTH
Choose1 the correct option (A–D) for questions 1–5 in exercise 45.
diagram like a chart or graph, start ▶▶ extend responses
3 Average length bof holidaystudentsinindays (2000–2012)
1 The number of students that attendedTIME Grammar tertiary education GrAmmAr –8 p.m.
rose fILE » page 116
dramatically.
by defining what the diagram shows.
What’s the next thing you should do?
▶▶ use gerunds and infinitives
4 Average annual distance receivingperprivate
topic focus
Colombia,
persontuition
Latvia, the Slovak Republic, the Philippines, and South Africa
travelledin mathematics: more than
in miles (age 18–80) %
COST £500
2 There was a dramatic rise in the number of students
COST £ 5
that attended tertiary education.
answer improvement activities.

▶▶ speak about school and CONTENT International law Gerunds
and how andit infinitives
works 9 1.3 Listen to
CONTENT six sentences.
Month Tick which
one: Language time each one refers to.
and culture
» page 147 5 Females c students
in university in Japan
education andthe
1(1900–2000)
Read South Koreaabout
passage receiving private
Finland’s tuition:
school system. Underline % and
parts that are similar to 11 Vary the language of sentences 1–41byPast changing the phrases in bold.
university subjects NEAREST LOCATION Nottingham Month two: Cultural
Present Future training methods 4 Past Present Future
%schools
respectively.
in your country. Circle parts that are different.
14 unit 1 Education & LEarning
Describing key trends 5 Look at the cartoon. What important information is the man missing? NEXT COURSE DATE 2
1 The number of female students in2Eastern
unit 1 Education Past Europe & LEarningdeclined
Month
Present three: Future15
steadily.
6
5 Past Present Future
d students in the UK attending extra courses: % 2 The number of female students in3Asia increased significantly.
6 Read the two descriptions below of the bar chart
Pupils in exercise
from Finnish 3. Which
schools one provides
gain some of the highesta grades in the world in reading,
NEAREST
Past Present Derby
LOCATION
Future 6 Past Present Future
e students in East Asian countries receiving private tuition at some point in their school 3 There was a slight fall in the number of people studying maths.
EXAM TIPS a complete list of tips covered in

NEXT COURSE DATE 25th April or 2nd September
description of the key trend, A or B? mathematics, and sciences. Children do not start school until the age of seven and 10 1.4 Listen again and complete sentences 1–6.
careers: over % 4 There was a dramatic fall in the number of people studying law.
Description A primary school and secondary school are combined, so pupils do not change school 1 I sciences.
f students in Germany untilreceiving
they are private
sixteen.tuition, usually
The school in mathematics:
system uses the same curriculum for % everyone
12 Why is it useful to be able to vary language 2 I in your writing? medicine.
The bar chart5 shows Whichthe number of
forpeople in nine
education globally. In allaresectors,
piece
numbers increased dramatically invery
of informationthe first
thefew
in
40private
years.
exercise
years from
Most
4 was
1970
schools
the most
to 2009.
state schools,
surprising?
Growth
Why?run by the government, and
Exam practice 3 I vocational subjects.
the units.
fee-paying schools exist. Every pupil studies the same compulsory
was particularly strong in the tertiary subjects:sector … the country’s other official language (Swedish), one foreign language,
Finnish, Exam practice 1.10 Listen and4complete I intomore
business.
Vocabulary VocabuLary
mathematics, fiLe
natural » pagehistory,
sciences, 121 social studies, religion or ethics, health education, 11
words of and/or a number
5 I on forpage
the information in exercise 10. Write no
each107. answer. psychology.
than three
Description B music; they also do arts and crafts, home economics, and physical education. When 13 Describe the key trends the line graph Use the completed text in
synonyms 6 Tick the statements you agree with. exercise 9 as a model. Change words 6 where
I necessary. in general.
they are sixteen, pupils are separated into an academic stream (traditional school
The bar chart shows the number
1 Learning Englishof peopleainlot
requires
subjects)
education
hard work
and aofvocational
were 400 million children in primary school. This figure grew to 650 million in
globally.
– skillInisn’t
stream
1970 there
enough.
(practical work-based subjects) for their last three What do you think? 11 Write sentences about your education using the table below. Use the colour coding to
2 The standard of the years of schooling.
education system About
in my50% go into
country eachhigh.
is very stream. Apart from that, there are no special help you.
1990. Then in 2009 the number reached 700 million … 12 Read the students’ comments. Who do you agree with? Why?
3 My parents’ ambitions classesfor formetalented
are toopupils.
high. In fact, formal grades (e.g. A, B, C, or percentages) are not Example: I hope to study engineering at university.
given until high school. The environment is relaxed: pupils don’t have to do much
4 People who have private tuition place too much importance on success. I go to study clubs after school until 10 p.m. every night. You have I have extra tuition before exams, but it’s more important to do
homework and they don’t do compulsory exams until they are at least seventeen. I enjoy(ed) studying / to study literature, engineering, etc.
5 You only need private tuition when you’re really stressed, for example during exams. to if you want to get into a good university. ( Ji Min – South Korea) a range of activities after school, like music. (Anders – Sweden)
12 unit 1 Education & LEarning I prefer(red)
I didn’t like
unit 1 Education going / to go & LEarning 13
to university / school
7 Replace the words and phrases
2 Which parts ofinFinland’s
bold in exercise 6 with do
school system theyousynonyms
think are below.
the best? getting / to get good grades in English / maths
I hate(d)
I’d like physical education, arts and crafts, homework, exams
Exam Tip 1.8 under pressure effort value expectations of quality achievement doing / to do
In Listening Section 1, you often have to
Vocabulary VocAbuLAry fILE » page 121
Study skills
I hope
8 Ask a partner if they agree with the statements in exercise 6. Use the synonyms from
write down details such as numbers
School and university subjects 3 Complete questions 1–8 with the words in bold from the text in exercise 1. 12 Repeat your sentences from exercise 11 in groups. Comment on each other’s ideas.
exercise 7 in your discussion. setting exam objectives Tell your partner your objectives for IELTS. Include information about:
and names. What’s the main thing you 1 Does everyone follow the same in all schools in your country?
•
PRACTICE TEST
can do to avoid making mistakes? the score you needto/ study
I hope want to achieve at university.
engineering Yes, me too. Really? I’d like to study literature.
Do you agree learning 2 What English
subjects are for all students at school in your country?
•
3
» page 146 requires a lot of hard work? Yes, I think effort is very important … any score(s) you may already have
3 At what age do you move from to ?
•
your strengths and weaknesses in each skill
4 Did you go to a
5 Do you have an
or
stream and a
school?
stream?
• Exam skills
how many hours a week you plan to spend practising and studying to reach your goal
6 Are students put in a higher class?

•
what you plan to do outside class to improve your level.
Extending responses 1 13 Look at the question and the responses of two candidates. Which response shows the
Are your objectives realistic? candidate’s How do you ability
language know?better? Why?
7 Do teachers give a lot of each day?
Examiner What do you enjoy learning about?
8 When do you take compulsory ?
Candidate 1 I like learning about history.
10 unit 1 Education & LEarning 4 Choose four questions from exercise 3 to ask a partner. unit 1 Education & LEarning
Candidate 2 Well, I like learning about history. Actually, I hated it at school because it was
11
5 Which of the subjects below are studied at university and which are studied at both difficult, but now I really enjoy reading about the past.
university and school? Write U (university) or U/S (university/school).
Exam tip 1.5
14 Think how to extend responses 1–4. Then tell a partner.
In Speaking Part 1, the examiner asks
psychology geology chemistry geography literature biology questions about your life. Give full 1 I enjoyed going to school …
medicine engineering economics physics management history responses and show you can use a
variety of language. How long should
2 I hated preparing for exams …
3 We studied many compulsory subjects at school …
IELTS PracTIcE TEST
6 1.1 Listen to three students talking about their favourite subjects. Which subjects in each response be? » page 145
exercise 5 does each student mention? 4 I hope to go to university …
7 1.2 Look at the examples of word stress in the table below. Listen again and add the LISTENING
other subjects in exercise 5 to the table. Exam practice
● •• •●•• ● • ••●• 15 Work with a partner and take turns. Student A, go to page 107. Student B, go to Section 1
page 111.
literature geology physics engineering Questions 1–7
2.44 Complete the form below.
8 unit 1 Education & LEarning unit 1 Education & LEarning 9 Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Temporary Employment Registration Form

Category: 0 full-time employment
Name: 1
Address: 2 Avenue
Postcode: 3
Contact number: 4
Current situation: studying 5 at university
Availability: July–September
List of aims for Listen to advice about IELTS

Experience: retail: assistant in a 6
catering: worked as a 7
Questions 8–10
each section exam tasks in the Exam tip 2.45 Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.
POSSIBLE JOBS
• C
afé
position of assistant
might include 8
• T ourist information office
doing administrative work
▶ Exam skills and Exam practice in each skills section train you for tasks 9
• D
needed
epartment store
serving in the 10 department
in the IELTS exam.

▶ Exam challenge activities at the end of each unit get you to put your 149
exam training into practice with corresponding task types in the IELTS
Practice test. Full IELTS Practice test on pages 149–163.

6 GUIDE TO THE STUDENT’S BOOK For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
UNIT 1 Education & learning
In some countries there is Top destinations for international students

no minimum school
leaving age. USA 16.6% Other
UK 13% 46.4%
£
¥
$ Australia 6.6%
€
Germany 6.4%
The longer children stay at France 6.3%
school, the better their
earning potential is. Canada 4.7%
Worldwide, the average teacher to student ratio in primary schools is
1:25
Enrolment in higher Number of school teachers globally
education globally
has grown by Primary teachers Secondary teachers
78%
in the last decade
40
million
30
million
The global literacy
rate for young 20
people aged 15–24 is million
90%
This is higher than
10
million
the adult literacy rate

1990 2009
What do you think?

1 Why can more young people read and write than adults?
2 Why is it becoming increasingly important for people to enrol in higher education?
3 What is the best teacher to student ratio? Why?
4 Why do some students go to other countries to study?
5 What age should children be allowed to leave school? Why?

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. 7
SPEAKING Giving personal information
EXAM FOCUS: PART 1
▶▶ extend responses
▶▶ use gerunds and infinitives Topic focus
▶▶ speak about school and
university subjects 1 Read the passage about Finland’s school system. Underline parts that are similar to
schools in your country. Circle parts that are different.
Pupils from Finnish schools gain some of the highest grades in the world in reading,
mathematics, and sciences. Children do not start school until the age of seven and
primary school and secondary school are combined, so pupils do not change school
until they are sixteen. The school system uses the same curriculum for everyone
for the first nine years. Most schools are state schools, run by the government, and
very few private fee-paying schools exist. Every pupil studies the same compulsory
subjects: Finnish, the country’s other official language (Swedish), one foreign language,
mathematics, natural sciences, history, social studies, religion or ethics, health education,
music; they also do arts and crafts, home economics, and physical education. When
they are sixteen, pupils are separated into an academic stream (traditional school
subjects) and a vocational stream (practical work-based subjects) for their last three
years of schooling. About 50% go into each stream. Apart from that, there are no special
classes for talented pupils. In fact, formal grades (e.g. A, B, C, or percentages) are not
given until high school. The environment is relaxed: pupils don’t have to do much
homework and they don’t do compulsory exams until they are at least seventeen.
2 Which parts of Finland’s school system do you think are the best?
Vocabulary VOCABULARY FILE » page 121
School and university subjects 3 Complete questions 1–8 with the words in bold from the text in exercise 1.
1 Does everyone follow the same in all schools in your country?
2 What subjects are for all students at school in your country?
3 At what age do you move from to ?
4 Did you go to a or school?
5 Do you have an stream and a stream?
6 Are students put in a higher class?
7 Do teachers give a lot of each day?
8 When do you take compulsory ?
4 Choose four questions from exercise 3 to ask a partner.
5 Which of the subjects below are studied at university and which are studied at both
university and school? Write U (university) or U/S (university/school).
psychology geology chemistry geography literature biology
medicine engineering economics physics management history
6 1.1 Listen to three students talking about their favourite subjects. Which subjects in
exercise 5 does each student mention?
7 1.2 Look at the examples of word stress in the table below. Listen again and add the
other subjects in exercise 5 to the table.
● •• •●•• ● • ••●•
literature geology physics engineering

8 UNIT 1 EDUCATION & LEARNING For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
8 Tell a partner about your favourite subjects and why you like / liked them.
At school I loved chemistry because I enjoyed the experiments.
Grammar GRAMMAR FILE » page 116
Gerunds and infinitives 9 1.3 Listen to six sentences. Tick which time each one refers to.
1 Past Present Future 4 Past Present Future
10 1.4 Listen again and complete sentences 1–6.
1 I sciences.
2 I medicine.
3 I vocational subjects.
4 I into business.
5 I psychology.
6 I in general.
11 Write sentences about your education using the table below. Use the colour coding to
help you.
Example: I hope to study engineering at university.
I enjoy(ed) studying / to study literature, engineering, etc.

I prefer(red) going / to go to university / school
I didn’t like
I hate(d) getting / to get good grades in English / maths
I’d like physical education, arts and crafts, homework, exams
doing / to do
I hope
12 Repeat your sentences from exercise 11 in groups. Comment on each other’s ideas.
I hope to study engineering at university. Yes, me too. Really? I’d like to study literature.
Exam skills
Extending responses 1 13 Look at the question and the responses of two candidates. Which response shows the
candidate’s language ability better? Why?
Examiner What do you enjoy learning about?
Candidate 1 I like learning about history.
Candidate 2 Well, I like learning about history. Actually, I hated it at school because it was
difficult, but now I really enjoy reading about the past.
EXAM TIP 1.5
14 Think how to extend responses 1–4. Then tell a partner.
In Speaking Part 1, the examiner asks
questions about your life. Give full 1 I enjoyed going to school …
responses and show you can use a 2 I hated preparing for exams …
variety of language. How long should 3 We studied many compulsory subjects at school …
each response be? » page 145
4 I hope to go to university …
Exam practice
15 Work with a partner and take turns. Student A, go to page 107. Student B, go to
page 111.

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. UNIT 1 EDUCATION & LEARNING 9
LISTENING Completing basic information
EXAM FOCUS: SECTION 1
▶▶ transcribenumbers and
names Topic focus
▶▶ predict missing information
▶▶ use synonyms 1 You are going to listen to part of a radio interview about private tuition. Do many
▶▶ set exam objectives
students in your country do extra classes outside school? Do / Did you?
2 Look at the numbers. Underline which syllable of the word is stressed. Then practise
saying them with a partner.
Example: sixty
60 (sixty) 65 (sixty-five) 21 (twenty-one) 17 (seventeen) 71 (seventy-one)

16 (sixteen) 20 (twenty) 25 (twenty-five) 70 (seventy) 75 (seventy-five)
3 1.6 Listen to the information. Circle the numbers in exercise 2 that you hear. Do you
hear any ranges (e.g. 20–25)?
4 1.7 Listen again. Complete the information with the correct numbers or ranges.
a students attending additional courses outside school globally: %
b students in Colombia, Latvia, the Slovak Republic, the Philippines, and South Africa
receiving private tuition in mathematics: more than %
c students in Japan and South Korea receiving private tuition: % and
% respectively.
d students in the UK attending extra courses: %
e students in East Asian countries receiving private tuition at some point in their school
careers: over %
f students in Germany receiving private tuition, usually in mathematics: %
5 Which piece of information in exercise 4 was the most surprising? Why?
Synonyms 6 Tick the statements you agree with.

1 Learning English requires a lot of hard work – skill isn’t enough.
2 The standard of the education system in my country is very high.
3 My parents’ ambitions for me are too high.
4 People who have private tuition place too much importance on success.
5 You only need private tuition when you’re really stressed, for example during exams.
7 Replace the words and phrases in bold in exercise 6 with the synonyms below.
EXAM TIP 1.8 under pressure effort value expectations of quality achievement
In Listening Section 1, you often have to

8 Ask a partner if they agree with the statements in exercise 6. Use the synonyms from
write down details such as numbers
exercise 7 in your discussion.
and names. What’s the main thing you
can do to avoid making mistakes? Do you agree learning English
» page 146 requires a lot of hard work? Yes, I think effort is very important …

Exam skills
Transcribing numbers and names 9 1.9 Listen and write the numbers or names.
a e
b f
c g
d h
Predicting missing information 10 Look at the information about Foxhill House College. Predict the type of missing
information by matching the question words below with 1–9.
How much? When? Where?
How long? Who? 0
What?
FOXHILL HOUSE Ca l le r’s d et a il s

c ol l ege Name: 7
COURSES AVAIL ABLE Address: 20 8
0
Introduction to international law Intercultural 3 Oxford, OX1 5N ,
TIME 7 p.m.–9 p.m. LENGTH 12 weeks Email: 9 P
LENGTH 1 TIME 4 –8 p.m.
COST £500 COST 5£
CONTENT International law and how it works CONTENT Month one: Language and culture
NEAREST LOCATION Nottingham Month two: Cultural training methods
NEXT COURSE DATE 2 Month three: 6
NEAREST LOCATION Derby
NEXT COURSE DATE 25th April or 2nd September
Exam practice
11 1.10 Listen and complete the information in exercise 10. Write no more than three
words and/or a number for each answer.
What do you think?

12 Read the students’ comments. Who do you agree with? Why?
I go to study clubs after school until 10 p.m. every night. You have I have extra tuition before exams, but it’s more important to do
to if you want to get into a good university. ( Ji Min – South Korea) a range of activities after school, like music. (Anders – Sweden)
Study skills
Setting exam objectives Tell your partner your objectives for IELTS. Include information about:
• the score you need / want to achieve
• any score(s) you may already have
• your strengths and weaknesses in each skill
• how many hours a week you plan to spend practising and studying to reach your goal
• what you plan to do outside class to improve your level.
Are your objectives realistic? How do you know?

WRITING Describing trend data
EXAM FOCUS: TASK 1
▶▶ define information in a
diagram Topic focus
▶▶ describe key trends
▶▶ vary language 1 How long should people stay in education? Discuss your choice with a partner.
▶▶ write about trends
People should stay in education until
age 21 to get more qualifications. Well, it depends what job they want to do …
2 Match the words with diagrams A–E.
bar chart line graph pie chart table flow chart

A B C D
3 Look at the bar chart on the right. 800
1970
V W X Y Z Which sentences 1–4 are true or 700
2000
2009
1 false? Write T (true) or F (false).
Enrolled students (millions)

2 600
3 1 The data covers a period of about
500
40 years.
E
2 The number of people attending 400
school went down. 300
3 Fewer people went to university 200

than to primary school.
100
4 There were about 400 people in
0
primary education in 1970. Primary Secondary Tertiary
(university)
Exam skills
Defining information in a diagram 4 Write sentences based on diagram titles 1–5 below. Change as much of the language as
you can. The first one is done for you.
1 Visitor numbers to Qatar ( Jan–Dec)
EXAM TIP 1.11 The diagram shows the number of people who visited Qatar from January
to December.
When you write a report about a trend
2 Hours of television viewing (9 a.m.–9 p.m.)
diagram like a chart or graph, start
by defining what the diagram shows. 3 Average length of holiday in days (2000–2012)
What’s the next thing you should do? 4 Average annual distance per person travelled in miles (age 18–80)
» page 147 5 Females in university education (1900–2000)
Describing key trends 5 Look at the cartoon. What important information is the man missing?
6 Read the two descriptions below of the bar chart in exercise 3. Which one provides a
description of the key trend, A or B?
Description A
The bar chart shows the number of people in education globally. In all sectors,
numbers increased dramatically in the 40 years from 1970 to 2009. Growth
was particularly strong in the tertiary sector …
Description B
The bar chart shows the number of people in education globally. In 1970 there
were 400 million children in primary school. This figure grew to 650 million in
1990. Then in 2009 the number reached 700 million …

Trends 7 Put the words into the correct columns of the table.
rose slightly increase rise in significant fall significantly
slight fell by dramatic increased from dramatically to
Verbs (past tense) Adverbs Nouns Prepositions Adjectives

increased slightly fall to slight
8 Look again at the bar chart in exercise 3. Complete extracts a–c below with words from
the table in exercise 7. Use the colour coding to help you.
a in the secondary sector, there was a particularly 1 2
in
numbers, 3 200 million students in 1970 4 520 million
students in 2009
b the number of people 5 6
in all sectors
7 8
c the student numbers was smaller in the primary sector,
and numbers rose 9 just under 300 million overall; while between 2000
and 2009 they only 10 11
from 650 million to 700 million
9 Complete the description below with extracts a–c from exercise 8.
The bar chart shows the number of people who were in education from 1970 to 2009.
In general, we can see that 1 . Looking in more detail, the bar chart illustrates that
the number of students who attended tertiary education rose most dramatically, from
just 30 million in 1970 to around 160 million in 2009. The other sectors showed similar
trends. We can see that 2 . In comparison, 3 .
To summarize, there were still more students in primary education in 2009 than in
other sectors. However, the ratio between the number of people who attended primary
education and the number who attended tertiary education became smaller during the
period shown.
Exam skills
Varying language 1 10 Look at the sentences. How are the phrases in bold different?
1 The number of students that attended tertiary education rose dramatically.
2 There was a dramatic rise in the number of students that attended tertiary education.
11 Vary the language of sentences 1–4 by changing the phrases in bold.
1 The number of female students in Eastern Europe declined steadily.
2 The number of female students in Asia increased significantly.
3 There was a slight fall in the number of people studying maths.
4 There was a dramatic fall in the number of people studying law.
12 Why is it useful to be able to vary language in your writing?
Exam practice
13 Describe the key trends of the line graph on page 107. Use the completed text in
exercise 9 as a model. Change words where necessary.

READING Multiple choice
▶▶ understand differences in
multiple-choice options Topic focus
▶▶ analyse stems in
multiple-choice questions 1 Look at the title of the passage on page 15, the picture, and the information in lines
▶▶ use the first conditional 15–17. Work with a partner and predict what the text is about.
2 Read the passage quickly. Check your prediction in exercise 1.
Exam skills
Understanding differences in 3 Read sentences 1–4. Choose which option (a or b) has a similar meaning.
multiple-choice options 1 Online learning is very important for some schoolchildren.
a Online learning is more useful than going to school.
b Using the internet can be an essential part of a child’s education.
2 There are more internet connections than there are teachers and classrooms.
a Some teachers don’t use the internet in their classrooms.
b It is not easy to find schools with internet access.
3 Learning is a result of children’s natural curiosity.
a Learning is a very natural process for children.
b Learning naturally makes children curious to discover more.
4 Young people enjoy online learning more than traditional lessons.
a For many school-age people, learning via the internet is better than ‘older’ methods.
b Young people are now used to learning with computers and rarely do traditional
lessons.
4 Look again at the incorrect options in exercise 3. Underline the words that have different
meanings from sentences 1–4.
Using stems in 5 Look at the stems in questions 1–5 below and on page 15. Underline the word(s) that
multiple-choice questions will help you to find the information you need in the passage.
1 Research shows that reading
A is more useful than other types of media.
EXAM TIP 1.12 B could help you write very well.
Multiple-choice questions with four C is only useful when you read romantic stories.
options often feature in the Reading test. D isn’t effective if your teacher chooses the book.
How are the stems useful in answering 2 Sugata Mitra’s research showed that
the questions? » page 148 A children from poor countries are more motivated than others.
B it is not necessary to have a teacher to learn.
C children from poor countries prefer using computers to attending schools.
D children can use the internet better than a teacher.
3 Playing computer games probably won’t help you learn a language
A as much as using English in other ways.
B if you watch your friends play them.
C if you don’t play for a long time.
D if they have too much language content.
4 Doing a language course to help you prepare for an exam
A will not help you pass.
B is not as useful as reading if you want to do well.
C can help you pass as much as reading a book can.
D works if you read at the same time.

A pleasure to learn
A What’s the most useful way of learning a language? Is
it writing essays or doing grammar exercises? The answer
is clear – whatever you like doing. Evidence shows that
the most successful language learners are those who find
5 something they like to do with their chosen language and
do it again and again. And it doesn’t really matter what the
activity is.
B Some of the clearest evidence of this has come through
research into reading. Stephen D. Krashen, a professor at
10 the University of California, decided to look at how well
language learners who read for fun did in grammar tests.
He discovered that they did better than people who went
on courses and it wasn’t important what books they read.
Factors affecting success in grammar tests
15 Regular reading 51.6%
Formal study 7.2%
Time in place where language is spoken 5.2%
To prove this, he gave students books from a series called
Sweet Valley High. These are popular books about teenage
20 life. Although the books’ literary quality may not have been
high, the readers made good progress in vocabulary, reading, Hindi through a diet of Bollywood soap operas, pop music,
and speaking tests. In a separate case study, a girl improved and regular chats with Hindi speakers.
her writing so much that her angry teacher accused her
of copying. The only explanation she had was that she’d
40 D
Though any contact with a language is useful, some
kinds of contact may be more useful than others. For
25 started reading regularly.
example, studies on computer-gaming in a foreign language
C It’s not just reading stories that can help. Studying online have shown that watching people play computer games
may have a similar effect. Sugata Mitra, a professor at the may help more than actually playing them because you
University of Newcastle, proved that in parts of the world 45 have time to listen to or read the language in the games.
where there are no schools, children will learn to navigate This shows that being exposed to a language is not enough;
30 the web in foreign languages and also teach themselves it’s necessary to focus on it. Researchers are still unsure
academic subjects if they have access to the internet. Not about exactly how such casual contact helps learning. But
only that, but the children in his experiments learnt to almost certainly, using language repeatedly is essential and
speak new languages with good accents. Newspapers have 50 enjoyment encourages us to do this. This does not mean
also reported a growing group of ‘polyglots’ (people who that language courses are a waste of time. Krashen also
35 speak many languages) who are using the internet to learn discovered that if you want to take an exam in English,
unusual languages. One of this group, Timothy Doner, aged doing a course will be as useful as reading for fun. But
16, now speaks over 20 languages and is currently learning doing both is clearly best.
5 The main idea of the passage is that

A you shouldn’t go to school to learn a language.
B you can learn a language through self-study.
C it’s best to have fun to learn a language well.
D some learning activities are much more useful than others.
Exam practice
6 Choose the correct option (A–D) for questions 1–5 in exercise 5.

First conditional 7 Underline the sentences with a first conditional structure in the passage on page 15.
8 Complete the sentences in your own words. Use ideas from the passage to help you.
1 If you do something you enjoy using English, …
2 If you choose your own reading materials, …
3 If you give children access to a computer, …
What do you think?

9 Number the factors in order of importance for learning (1 = most important, 6 = least
important). Give reasons using sentences with a first conditional structure.
school buildings teachers classmates money internet access a library
I think money is an important factor because if you have money, you will …
10 Repeat your sentences from exercise 9 in groups. Give each student a point if they give a
good reason. Give each student an extra point if they use a first conditional structure.
EXAM CHALLENGE
SPEAKING READING
1 Look at questions 1–3. Speak for 15 seconds about 1 Do questions 5–7 in Practice test: Reading on page 154.
each one. Ask a partner to listen to you or record your Try to get at least two answers correct in 6 minutes.
responses.
2 Did you make notes to help you answer the questions?
1 What did you enjoy about school?
2 Who was your favourite teacher at school?
3 Describe a typical day in your education at the WRITING
moment.
2 Ask your partner or yourself the questions. 1 Read the question on page 107. Work alone and write
1 Did you give a full answer of 15 seconds? your description. Finish it in 20 minutes.
2 Did you use gerunds and infinitives correctly? 2 Compare your description with the model answer on
3 Did you stress the correct syllables of vocabulary for page 111–112. Then answer the questions.
school and university subjects? 1 Did you rewrite the diagram title for your opening
sentence?
2 Did you give general information at the start of your
LISTENING description?
3 Did you describe only the key trend(s)?
1 Do questions 1–7 in Practice test: Listening on page 149.
Try to get at least five answers correct.
2 Did you write down the numbers accurately and spell
the names correctly?

UNIT 2 Health & medicine
Jiroemon Kimura Christian Mortensen

Read the newspaper Had many friends
115 years
NEWS
every day. Ate small and a positive
portions of food. attitude. +252 days
116 years
+54 days
(WORLD’S OLDEST MAN)
Sarah Knauss Walter Breuning Emiliano Mercado del Toro

Lived a quiet life
with little stress.
Ate 2 meals a day.
Worked until he
Had a good sense of
humour. 115 years
was 99.
+156 days
x2
119 years 114 years
+97 days +205 days
Marie-Louise Meilleur Jeanne Calment

Worked hard all Rode a bicycle until
her life. 117 years she was 100. Ate a
lot of chocolate.
+230 days
122 years
+164 days
(WORLD’S
OLDEST WOMAN)
What do you think?

1 According to the infographic, what is the secret to a long, healthy life?
2 Why do women usually live longer than men?
3 Why do people in rich countries usually live longer than people in poorer countries?
4 How important is diet (what you eat and drink) for staying healthy?
5 How healthy do you think you are?

SPEAKING Extended speaking
EXAM FOCUS: PART 2
▶▶ prepare for Speaking Part 2

▶▶ use time clauses Topic focus
▶▶ use adjectives with a positive
or negative meaning 1 Tell a partner how you keep fit. Do you use any sports equipment?
▶▶ improve intonation 2 1.13 Listen and match descriptions 1–4 with pictures A–D.
A
B
C D
Adjectives 3 Which adjectives have a positive meaning (+) or a negative meaning (-)? Write + or –.
convenient demanding repetitive effective

dull expensive beneficial ideal simple
4 Complete the sentences with adjectives from exercise 3.

1 Sitting on a Swiss ball is a / an way of building your muscles.
2 They’re also for doing yoga and Pilates.
3 It’s a / an way of exercising because you can use it whenever you’re at home.
4 It’s also to use because it actually remembers your exercise programmes
for you.
5 You need a Wii and the Wii Fit game to use the Balance Board, which are all quite
.
6 They’re really as they encourage people to be as active as possible.
7 For some people, jogging can be a bit .
8 They have a variety of programmes to make the exercise as easy or as as
you want.
9 Some people find doing the same exercise programmes a little .
5 1.14 Listen and check your answers.
6 Work with a partner and take turns. Student A: Ask Student B if they have tried any of the
fitness activities in exercise 4. Student B: Use adjectives from exercise 3 in your response.
Have you ever tried Pilates? Yes, it’s very demanding …

18 UNIT 2 HEALTH & MEDICINE For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
Time clauses 7 Match 1–5 with a–e to make complete sentences.

1 A lot of people go running as soon as a you go to the gym.
2 I like to go for a walk when b they get up.
3 Every time you take a step, c they’re using exercise bikes.
4 You can see people on exercise bikes whenever d I’ve eaten too much.
5 Some people watch TV while e the watch counts it.
8 Choose the correct alternative to complete the sentences.
1 I listen to music while / as soon as I’m running.
2 I go to the gym after 9 a.m. when / whenever it’s less crowded.
3 Whenever / Every time I can, I try to do yoga.
4 I have a shower while / as soon as I finish running.
5 I don’t exercise indoors when / whenever it’s warm and sunny.
9 1.15 Listen to the sentences in exercise 8. Which speaker communicates more
effectively, A or B? Give reasons.
10 Ask and answer questions 1–3 using time clauses. Use appropriate intonation.
When do you do exercise? I go to the gym whenever I can.
1 When do you do exercise? 3 When do you go to the park?

2 How often do you go running?
Exam skills
Preparing for Speaking Part 2 11 Look at the topic on the card. How many prompts (things to speak about) are there?
How is the last prompt different?
EXAM TIP 1.16 Describe a person that you know who is very healthy.
You should say:
In Speaking Part 2, it’s difficult to
– who they are
remember everything you want to say.
– what activities they do
Use the preparation time to set yourself
– what equipment they use
an objective for each stage. What could
and explain what you think about their lifestyle.
your first objective be? » page 145
12 1.17 Listen to a student speaking about the topic in exercise 11. Answer the questions
below. Then compare with a partner.
1 What words does the student use to begin?
2 Does she speak in a formal or informal style? How do you know?
3 Does she pause between prompts on the card?
Exam practice
13 Speak for 1–2 minutes about the topic on the card.
Describe an activity you do that can help you keep fit.

You should say:
– what it is
– when and where you do it
– what equipment or clothing you use for it
and explain the benefits you get from this activity.

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. UNIT 2 HEALTH & MEDICINE 19
LISTENING Completing tables
▶▶ complete tables with

information Topic focus
▶▶ understand word formation
▶▶ record word knowledge 1 Match the activities with pictures A–H. Tell a partner which activities you have done
and which you think are the healthiest.
riding a motorbike playing the drums scuba-diving doing karate

running swimming walking the dog chopping wood
A B C D F G
E H
Exam skills
Completing tables 2 Look at the table below. What type of word or number is required in each space?
Write question numbers next to the following items.
Gerund (e.g. running)
Plural / uncountable noun (e.g. joints / exercise)
EXAM TIP 1.18 Singular noun (e.g. dog)
Third-person verb
In Listening Section 2, you may have to
complete a table with information. What Number
can help you to decide the type of word
Activity Benefits Calories per hour
or number you need? » page 146 (Based on energy burnt by a 70kg person)
Running Strengthens joints 1,267

(at 1 kph)
Chopping 2 Builds 3 1,196
Swimming (on your front) Provides low impact 4
exercise
Martial arts Builds leg strength 704
5
Reduces stress 844
Playing the drums 6
tension 281
Walking the dog or playing Exposes you to fresh air 8
with 7
Riding a 9 Strengthens 10 176
and thighs
3 1.19 Listen to part of a radio programme about healthy activities. Complete the table
in exercise 2.
4 What information in the table was the most interesting or surprising?

Word formation 5 Complete the questions with the correct form of the word in brackets.
1 What’s the best way to stress levels? (reduction)
2 Which activity do you find most ? (relax)
3 What activity do you think your legs the most? (strength)
4 How do you yourself to do exercise? (motivating)
5 What people’s confidence more: team or individual sports? (increase)
6 Ask and answer the questions in exercise 5 with a partner.
Exam practice
7 1.20 Listen and complete the table. Write no more than three words and/or a number
for each answer.
MONDAY–FRIDAY SATURDAY SUNDAY
TIMETABLE 7 p.m. SPINNING 3 6
OF CLASSES Deborah Paul Moira

45 mins 45 mins 45 mins
EVENINGS
ONLY 7.45 p.m. ABS BLAST AEROBICS KARATE FOR BEGINNERS
Paul Moira Visiting instructor
30 mins 45 mins 45 mins
8.30 p.m. CORE BLAST BOXERCISE ZUMBA

Paul 4
Moira
1
45 mins 45 mins
2
AEROBICS 5
PILATES
Deborah Moira Paul
1 hour 1 hour 1 hour
different (adj) = not the same
8 1.21 Listen and complete the sentences. Write no more than three words and/or a
(don’t forget + from)
number for each answer.
noun = difference(s)
1 You can’t come into the main room without your .
verb = differ,
2 Spray and have been provided to clean the equipment.
e.g. My sister and I differ in that
3 As well as clean shoes and loose clothing, you should bring .
she’s lazy!
4 From reception you can buy a .
e
pron = 'dIfr nt (2 syllables)
What do you think?
opposite: similar ≠ diverse (see p.3)
9 Discuss with a partner whether you agree or disagree with the statements. Give reasons.
1 If people don't do exercise, they become stressed.
2 Most people don't have enough time to take exercise.
Study skills
Recording word knowledge Look at the notebook extract above. Do you record word knowledge in this way?
Use the notes in the extract to complete the sentences.
1 Chart A is different Chart B.
2 Charts A and B greatly.
3 There aren’t many between Chart A and Chart C.

WRITING Comparing sets of data
EXAM FOCUS: TASK 1
▶▶ compare sets of data

▶▶ analyse data Topic focus
▶▶ use comparisons with
more / fewer / less and than 1 Look at the diagram below. Do you get enough sleep for your age?
▶▶ use linking words and 2 Work in groups and ask how much each person usually sleeps. Do you think the answers
phrases are typical for your age group?
Exam skills
Comparing data 3 Look at the table below and the diagram. What percentage of 15-year-olds do not get
enough sleep?
HOURS OF SLEEP Amount of sleep for secondary school students

REQUIRED PER NIGHT
< 3 hours 4–5 hours 6–7 hours > 8½ hours
12
11 1
12-year-old boys 2% 4% 14% 80%
12-year-old girls 1% 4% 17% 78%
10 2 15-year-old boys 2% 5% 28% 65%
15-year-old girls 1% 6% 28% 65%
9 3
OU RS 4 Which sentences are true or false? Write T (true) or F (false). Correct the false sentences.
TEENAGER
8½ H
1 12-year-olds sleep less than 15-year-olds.
8 4
2 Not many students sleep fewer than three hours per night.
RS
ADULT
OU
5 3 Many 15-year-olds have more sleep than 12-year-olds.

7H
6
4 Girls have more sleep than boys.
Comparisons with 5 Which sentences in exercise 4 give examples of:

more / fewer / less and than 1 more, less, or fewer used immediately before a noun?
2 more than, less than, or fewer than used immediately after a verb?
6 Add more and/or than to the sentences.
1 The table confirms that 12-year-old students sleep 15-year-old students.
2 Almost 80% of 12-years-olds have more eight hours’ sleep, whereas only 65% of
15-year-olds have than eight hours’ sleep.
3 There are approximately 12% 15-year-olds who sleep for just six or seven hours
12-year-olds in that category.
4 There are slightly 15-year-olds who sleep for four or five hours 12-year-olds, but overall
totals in both groups are very small.
5 It should be noted that male students do not sleep female students.
6 Although younger students sleep older students, many students of both ages are not
getting the recommended hours of sleep.
7 Look at the information in 1–5. Choose the correct option to complete each sentence
below.
1 magazine sales: 3.7 million per day; newspaper sales: 15 million per day
People buy less / fewer magazines than newspapers.
2 spending on holidays: £3,000; spending on clothes: £1,500
People spend less / fewer money on clothes than holidays.
3 annual days of holiday in Sweden: 38; annual days of holiday in Italy: 32
Italian people get less / fewer holiday than Swedish people.
4 annual hours of sunshine in Spain: 2,665; in Ireland: 1,397
They have more / a larger amount of sunshine in Spain than in Ireland.
5 net monthly income in Portugal: €805; in France: €2,128
On average, French people earn more / larger than Portuguese people each month.
8 Rewrite the sentences in exercise 7. Start with the words in 1–5 below.
1 People buy more … 4 In Ireland …
2 People spend more … 5 Portuguese people …
3 Swedish employees …
Key phrases
Linking words and phrases 9 Put the words and phrases into the correct columns of the table.
Similarly, In contrast, Also, (x2) In conclusion, By comparison,

In general, Likewise, On the other hand, To be specific,
Describing similar ideas Describing different ideas Describing additional ideas

Similarly, In contrast,
Describing a whole table Giving details Giving final comments

or chart
10 Complete the paragraph with words or phrases from the table in exercise 9.
1
the table confirms that 12-year-old students sleep more than 15-year-
old students. 2 almost 80% of 12-years-olds have more than eight
hours’ sleep, whereas only 65% of 15-year-olds have more than eight hours’ sleep.
3
there are 12% more 15-year-olds who sleep for just six to seven hours
than 12-year-olds in that category. 4 there are slightly more 15-year-olds
who sleep for four to five hours than 12-year-olds, but overall totals in both groups are
very small. 5 it should be noted that male students do not sleep more
than female students. 6 although younger students sleep more than older
students, many students of both ages are not getting the recommended hours of sleep.
Exam skills
Analysing data 11 Look at the bar chart on page 107. What information do you think is the most
important?
12 Look at the general statement about the bar chart. How could it be improved?
EXAM TIP 1.22 In general, we can see that people in Bangladesh have the most sleep problems.
When you write about tables (and also

bar charts or pie charts), look for key Exam practice
similarities and differences between the
categories. What should you then do with 13 Do the task below with reference to the bar chart on page 107. Spend about 20 minutes
this information? » page 147 on this task.
The chart shows differences between countries in the number of sleep problems that are
reported. Summarize the information by selecting and reporting the main features and making
comparisons where relevant. Write at least 150 words.

READING Sentence completion
▶▶ understand difficult words

in passages Topic focus
▶▶ recognize suffixes
1 Discuss the questions.
1 Is it acceptable for sportspeople to use legal drugs such as food supplements?
2 Would you take a pill if doctors said it could make you more intelligent?
3 Would you ever have an operation to make yourself more beautiful?
2 Read the passage on page 25 quickly. Is it about:
1 the differences between humans and robots?
2 using new medical research to cure sick people?
3 new ways of using medical discoveries?
Exam skills
Understanding difficult words 3 How are words 1–6 used in the passage? Write the correct part of speech.
1 condition (line 12) noun 4 enhancement (line 42)
2 side-effects (line 17) 5 retinas (line 45)
3 temporarily (line 21) 6 implants (line 49)
4 Read the sentences in the passage that contain the words in exercise 3. Then choose the
EXAM TIP 1.23 correct option below without using a dictionary.
You won’t know the meaning of every 1 Side-effects are probably good / bad things.
word in the passages in the Reading test.
2 Temporarily probably means for a short / long time.
Understanding new or difficult words can
be challenging. What three things can you 3 Implants are probably natural / man-made.
do to help yourself? » page 148 4 Retinas are probably parts of the eye / arms and legs.
5 A condition is probably a problem / benefit.
6 Enhancement probably means something is improved / made worse.
5 Work in groups and scan the passage for the medical words below. Write the line
number next to each word. Who can find and underline the words quickest?
Modafinil Ritalin muscle atrophy ADHD
TDCS strokes anabolic steroids narcolepsy
6 Which words in exercise 5 are medical treatments or problems? Write T (treatment) or
P (problem). Use the context to help you.
Suffixes 7 Underline the suffix of each word in bold in the text. Then write the suffixes in the
table below.
Example: sickness
Part of speech Suffixes
Noun -ness
Verb
Adjective
Adverb

Medicine for
the healthy
A The main purpose of medicine has always been to treat
sickness. But recent medical advances are now promising
to change the lives of healthy people, too. We are entering
a new age of medicine in which pharmaceuticals and
5 bio-technology designed to treat the sick may soon make
people’s minds and bodies much more powerful.
B Students have often taken caffeine (in the form of coffee)
to stay awake and think clearly while they study. However,
one in ten students at the University of Cambridge has D Of course, it’s not only the healthy brain that
10 now admitted taking medication to help them work for could benefit from medical advances. For many years,
longer. The pills commonly used are Ritalin, a medicine sportspeople have managed to improve their all-round
used to treat the brain condition ADHD* which stops physical power illegally by using anabolic steroids – drugs
people concentrating, and Modafinil, which treats the 40 designed originally to prevent the disappearance of
‘sudden sleep’ disorder, narcolepsy. Both these medicines muscles through muscle atrophy. However, new research
15 work by stimulating brain activity in patients, but a few is promising far more powerful forms of enhancement.
healthy students take them to stay alert and focused for Scientists have become increasingly more skilled at
longer periods of time. Although short-term side-effects can reproducing parts of the body that have stopped working.
appear to be minimal, regular use is likely to be dangerous. 45 For example, they can now implant new retinas into the
For example, one student used Modafinil for four days eyes of blind people, or provide robotic limbs, controlled
20 to help her revise for an exam. She passed the exam but by the brain, to people who have lost arms or legs. So how
then collapsed, went blind temporarily and spent the night could the healthy benefit from this technology? Some have
in hospital. suggested security guards could have eye implants to help
them see in the dark, or that soldiers might wear extra legs
C Another way of enhancing brain activity in medicine 50
or ‘smart trousers’ to help them run across difficult terrain.
is also available. TDCS* involves giving small electrical
In fact, the first commercially available ‘wearable robot’ has
25 currents to the brain. This therapy has been used, especially
already been launched, so soon people may be able to run
to treat people who have lost their memories after strokes.
20 miles to school or work without feeling tired.
Brain scientist Roi Cohen Kadosh, at the University of
Oxford, has carried out research that indicates that TDCS 55 E It seems likely then that medical innovations could
can also make healthy people perform better in maths tests. create a society divided into three groups: the sick, the
30 Surprisingly, the effects seem to last for up to six months. healthy, and the super-human. The question is, do people
Scientists are now discussing the possibility of a battery- want to live in a society in which some compete and excel
powered cap (nicknamed ‘The Zap Cap’) that people could by using medication? It is a decision that needs to be made
buy to stimulate the brain in the same way. This may prove 60 in the coming decades.
to be relatively inexpensive but the success of the effects of *Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
35 such a product cannot be guaranteed. *Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation
8 Look at the two sentences below taken from the passage. Which parts of speech are
necessary to complete the sentences? Check your answers using the text.
1
students also take them to stay alert and 2 for longer
3
of time. (lines 15–16)
Of course, it’s not 4 the healthy brain that could benefit from medical
5
. (lines 36–7)
Exam practice
9 Complete each sentence with no more than three words and/or a number from the passage.
1 Ritalin is ADHD.
2 Taking Modafinil frequently can be .
3 Receiving small electric currents is a treatment for people with poor
.
4 Drugs have made it possible for athletes to enhance their .
5 Scientists can now produce body parts like retinas and
arms and legs.
6 machines may help us run without feeling tired.
What do you think?

10 Choose the correct option to complete each question.
1 What do you do to stay health / healthy?
2 What do you do to enhance / enhancement your performance in exams?
3 Is it fair for some people to take medics / medication when they take exams?
4 What should happen to athletes who take drugs to improve / improvement their
performance?
5 Is it acceptable to take any drug that is legal / legally to improve your performance?
11 Discuss the questions in exercise 10 with a partner.
EXAM CHALLENGE
SPEAKING READING
1 Prepare to speak about the topic on the card. Think or 1 Do questions 34–36 in Practice test: Reading on page
make notes for 1 minute. 160. Try to get at least two answers correct in 5 minutes.
Describe a place where you can go to keep fit. 2 Even if you did not get the correct word, did you
You should say: manage to get the correct word form?
– where it is
– what you can do when you are there
– when people like to go there LISTENING
and explain how the place makes you feel.
1 Do questions 11–15 in Practice test: Listening on page
2 Speak for 1–2 minutes about the topic on the card. 150. Try to get at least three answers correct.
Record yourself or ask a partner to listen to you.
2 Before you listened, did you think about what type of
3 Check the responses you recorded and ask yourself or word you needed to complete the table?
your partner the questions.
1 How long did you speak for?
2 Did you use a range of positive and negative adjectives, WRITING
as well as clauses of time?
3 Did you use appropriate intonation to make your voice 1 Look at the table on page 107 and write a paragraph
interesting? comparing the life expectancies in the countries.
2 Check your writing against the model answer on
page 112. Did you identify the main similarities and
differences? Did you use comparative structures?

UNIT 3 Society & family
1 in 5
pre-school children
in the USA are
51% of people in the UK
don’t know their
neighbours’ names 1%of the world’s
population owns
cared for by their ? ? ? ?
40%
fathers while their
mothers go to work
Number of children
in the world: 2.2 billion
of its wealth
Number of children
living in poverty: 1 billion
30 is the average age for

Italians to leave the
parental home 38%
50%
of grandmothers
say they are raising
their grandchildren
Age of criminal responsibility: of the world’s

population owns
15 10 1%
100
% 50
a rk n d
D en m Thaila 0
of its wealth
What do you think?

1 Who usually looks after children in your country?
2 How many of your neighbours do you know? How important is it to know them?
3 Do you think it’s better to leave home when you are older or younger? Why?
4 At what age should people be held responsible for committing a crime?
5 Do you think wealth should be more equally distributed? Why / Why not?

SPEAKING Expressing opinions
EXAM FOCUS: PART 3
▶▶ use It to give opinions

▶▶ speak about social issues Topic focus
▶▶ respond to opinion questions
1 Read the survey. Is it about a) attitudes to family life, b) opinions about work, c) views on
the law, d) all of these?
To what extent do you agree with these statements?

(1 = disagree strongly, 5 = agree strongly).
1 Men shouldn’t do housework.

1 2 3 4 5
2 Women should be prepared to stop paid work because of family responsibilities.
1 2 3 4 5
3 People should care for the well-being of everyone in society.
1 2 3 4 5
4 Everyone should have equal opportunities at work.
1 2 3 4 5
5 People should always respect social customs.
1 2 3 4 5
6 The government should reduce differences in income.
1 2 3 4 5
7 There should be more controls on immigration.
1 2 3 4 5
8 People should never break the law.
1 2 3 4 5
Social issues 2 Match 1–8 below with the words in bold in exercise 1.
1 system of rules 5 health and happiness
2 people moving to a country 6 the same chances; equality
3 traditions 7 salary
4 commitments 8 cooking and cleaning
3 Do the survey in exercise 1.
Key phrases
Responding to opinion questions 4 1.24 Listen to a person responding to questions about their views on statements in
the survey. Complete the phrases the speaker uses for agreeing and disagreeing.
a No, absolutely . d No, I think so.

b Well, it . e Yes, to some .
c Yes, . f Yes, I do.
5 Order the phrases in exercise 4 (1 = disagree strongly, 6 = agree strongly).

6 Work with a partner and take turns to ask the survey questions. Use the phrases in
exercise 4. Note how strongly your partner agrees or disagrees (1–5).
Do you think that men shouldn’t do housework? Well, it depends.

28 UNIT 3 SOCIETY & FAMILY For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
Exam skills GRAMMAR FILE » page 113
It for giving opinions 7 The structure it’s / it is + adjective + infinitive with to is often used to give opinions.
Match the words and phrases in the table to make sentences.
It’s important to share housework.
important to be fair.
difficult to help other people.
good to have equality.
necessary to be tolerant.
It’s
right to obey the rules.
useful to have freedom of choice.
valuable to share housework.
wrong to restrict immigrant numbers.
8 Correct two mistakes in each of the responses below to statement 1 in the survey.
1 Yes, to some extend because isn’t good to change tradition.
2 Well, it’s depends because it not normal to do that in some cultures.
3 No, I not think so because for women it’s important to working, too.
4 Yes, definitely, because is necessary for men to be relax at home.
9 Work with a partner. Ask and answer questions about the statements in the survey.
Give reasons for your opinion.
Do you think that men

should do housework? Yes, definitely, because it’s right to …
10 1.25 Listen to two speakers being asked for their opinion. Who sounds more
interested, A or B? Why?
11 1.26 Listen again to the survey response and repeat it. Try to copy the speaker’s
word stress.
Exam practice
EXAM TIP 1.27 12 Work with a partner. Student A, go to page 107. Student B, go to page 108.
Sounding enthusiastic can help you
to get a better mark for pronunciation
because your intonation and word stress
will be more varied. What could you try to
imagine in the exam to make sounding
enthusiastic easier? » page 145

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. UNIT 3 SOCIETY & FAMILY 29
LISTENING Understanding agreement
▶▶ answer multiple-choice
questions Topic focus
▶▶ answer matching questions
▶▶ recognize agreement and 1 Tell a partner about the personalities of your siblings or other siblings that you know.
disagreement How are they different? Use the adjectives below to help you.
▶▶ consider how to manage
sociable lazy adventurous hard-working caring relaxed fun-loving
study time
responsible moody creative easy-going funny generous clever shy
2 1.28 Listen to two students talking about older siblings. Do they agree?
Key phrases
Agreeing and disagreeing 3 1.29 Listen again and complete the phrases in the table.
Disagreeing Partly agreeing Agreeing

1 I don’t about that. 3 I agree to extent. 5 That’s .
2 Really? I . 4 That’s right. 6 .
7 Yes, I think so, .
4 How do you think older and younger children differ?
I think the oldest child in a family

is often more responsible. I disagree.
Exam skills
Answering multiple-choice 5 Look at questions 1–4. Will the conversation be about a new book or a lecture?
questions
1 New research suggests that eldest siblings
A are cleverer when they become adults.
B do better in intelligence tests when they are 12.
C are cleverer because they get more attention.
2 The students will probably be able to look at the research
A on the internet.
B in both libraries.
C in the faculty library only.
3 The research is available in the journal(s)
A Science.
B Intelligence.
C Science and Intelligence.
4 The next lecture on infant development is
A tomorrow morning.
B on Wednesday.
EXAM TIP 1.30 C tomorrow at 12.15.
In Listening Section 3, you listen to
two or three speakers. Where does the 6 1.31 For question 1 in exercise 5, listen and choose the correct letter, A, B, or C.
conversation take place? Do the speakers
7 Look again at question 1 in exercise 5. The male speaker says babies who are born first
often agree? » page 146
are cleverer, so why is option B not correct?

Exam practice
8 1.32 For questions 2–4 in exercise 5, listen and choose the correct letter, A, B, or C.
Exam skills
Answering matching questions 9 Look at questions 5–9 from Part 3 of the Listening paper. For each answer, do you have
to write a word or a letter?
I Isabella agrees with the statement.

S Simon agrees with the statement.
B Both speakers agree with the statement.
N Neither speaker agrees with the statement.
5 Isabella’s brother is cleverer than Isabella.
6 You can become more intelligent if you study hard.
7 Isabella isn’t as successful as her brother because she’s female.
8 Younger children try to avoid competing with their older brothers.
9 Siblings affect your character more than your parents do.
10 1.33 For question 5 in exercise 9, listen and write the correct letter.
11 Explain to a partner why you chose the letter you did.
Exam practice
12 1.34 Listen and answer questions 6–9 in exercise 9.
What do you think?

13 Discuss how the factors below can affect your personality or behaviour.
a large family no siblings strict parents good teachers

classmates who behave badly celebrities you admire
If you have a large family, you might be less shy in groups.
Study skills
Time management Which of statements 1–4 describes your approach to managing your study time
outside class?
When I get home I go My IELTS lessons already take up

straight to my desk and most of my time so when I finish I
learn academic vocabulary like to enjoy myself. I won’t be a
1 until late in the evening. student forever! 2
I have my first test in I try to do what my teacher asks

two weeks so I’m going me every evening and then relax
to start doing lots of if there’s any spare time.
3 practice tests soon.
4

WRITING Analysing essay questions
EXAM FOCUS: TASK 2
▶▶ understand essay questions

▶▶ buildan introduction Topic focus
▶▶ understand thesis statements
1 Work with a partner. Are the statements about essays true or false? Write T (true) or
F (false).
1 The main purpose is to entertain.
2 All opinion must be supported with evidence.
3 The writer always gives their opinion in the introduction.
2 Match the parts of an essay with definitions 1–5 below.
conclusion supporting sentence(s) thesis statement

background statement topic sentence(s)
1 provides examples, clarification, or evidence that helps the reader understand the
paragraph’s main idea
2 contains the main idea of the paragraph
3 summarizes the main ideas of the essay
4 part of the introduction and contextualizes the essay in the real world
5 part of the introduction and tells the reader what the writer will do; can include the
main argument
3 Label the diagram with the correct parts of an essay in exercise 2.
Exam skills
Understanding essay 4 Look at the essay question and find a) the instruction, b) the topic, c) the issue.
questions
In many countries women are doing jobs that men used to do. 2 This change has
1
A brought a lot of benefits to society. 3 To what extent do you agree?
5 Match the essay questions to photos A–D.
1 An increase in tourism has had a significant effect on traditional society’s way

of life. Many people argue that this change has brought progress. Do you
agree? Give reasons for your answer.
B C
2 Many people worry about the effects of living alone. Others think that
technology is replacing the need for living together. Discuss.
3 Population growth has been rapid in the last 50 years. This is causing high
levels of unemployment. What can governments do to solve this problem?
D 4 Unemployment causes many problems in society. Governments should

provide jobs and income for everyone. To what extent do you agree?
6 Identify the topic, issue, and instruction in each of the essay questions in exercise 5.
7 Look at the instructions in the essay questions in exercise 5. How are they different from
each other?

8 Match task descriptions 1–3 with essay types and instructions a–c.
EXAM TIP 1.35
1 You must present two opposing sides of an argument.
There are three main parts of an essay
2 You must give your opinion and reasons for it.
question. Which part is probably the most
important? Why? » page 147 3 You need to explain something with your own ideas.
a explanation: What problems are associated with …? / What can governments do to …? etc.
b discussion: Discuss both views. / What are the advantages and disadvantages? etc.
c personal opinion: Give your opinion and support it. / Do you agree or disagree?
To what extent do you agree or disagree / Present a written argument or case for … etc.
Building an introduction 9 Write an introduction for essay question 1 in exercise 5.
10 Compare your introduction to the model answer on page 108.
11 Synonyms and similar phrases are important in making your background statement
original. Match the words in 1–4 below to similar words and phrases in the essay
questions in exercise 5.
1 impact on, rise
2 are concerned, numerous, individuals, consequences
3 number of people, five decades, shot up, past
4 a number of, issues, leads to
12 Complete the background statements for the essay questions in exercise 5. Use the
words and phrases from exercise 11.
1 The in tourism has had a great many parts of the world.
2 about the of living alone.
3 The has in the .
4 Unemployment in society.
Understanding thesis 13 Match thesis statements a–d to essay questions 1–4 in exercise 5.
statements a This essay will discuss both sides of the issue.
b This essay will argue that the change is actually progress.
c This essay will suggest that it is the responsibility of individuals, not governments.
d This essay will outline the main ways that the issue can be dealt with.
14 Which two thesis statements in exercise 13 include the writer’s opinion? What words
show this?
Exam practice
15 Write essay introductions for the questions below. Each introduction should contain a
background statement and a thesis statement.
1 The rise in people living alone is causing negative changes to society. To what extent do
you agree?
2 Research suggests that older brothers and sisters are more successful than younger ones.
Why might this be true?

READING Short answer questions
▶▶ scan a passage to find

information quickly Topic focus
▶▶ understand expressions
with prepositions 1 Which of the following factors do you most associate with being an adult?
getting married living alone

paying your own bills starting work
reaching the age of 18 becoming a parent
Exam skills
Scanning 2 Underline the key words in the four short answer questions below.
1 What percentage of people live alone in Sweden?
2 What percentage of young people lived alone in the USA in 2012?
EXAM TIP 1.36 3 Who is living with their children less than they did 100 years ago?
4 How much rubbish does a person living alone create each year?
Scanning is a reading strategy which
is common in real life. Which type of 3 Scan the passage on page 35 and answer the questions in exercise 2. Try to use no more
question in the Reading test can scanning than three words or a number for each answer.
particularly help you with? » page 148
4 Are the words you underlined in exercise 2 the same words you found in the passage?
Exam practice
5 Answer the questions below. Choose no more than three words or a number from the
passage for each answer.
1 What percentage of people live on their own in Norway?
2 What can't many young people get?
3 What things are young Americans happy to give up?
4 Who consumes the most goods and services?
5 What do individual households consume nearly two-thirds more of?
6 Who produces 1,000kg of rubbish each year?
6 Work with a partner and answer the questions below about exercise 5.
1 Did you read every word and sentence of the text?
2 Can you underline the sentences that contain the answers to the questions?
3 Approximately how much of the text did you have to read to answer the questions?
Expressions with prepositions 7 Replace the phrases in bold with phrases in italics from the passage.
1 People are less dependent on each other today.
2 Physical distance is less of an issue because of technology.
3 Some people worry that the changes have a negative effect on society.
4 Independence in old age is leading to more people choosing to live alone.
5 Many people are not happy about living in larger groups.
6 Organizations are right to be concerned about the impact of these changes.

INDEPENDENT
LIVING
A The global number of people living alone is rapidly Sociology at New York University, they do value their
increasing. Numbers increased from about 153 million in relationships with their children but they would much
1996 to 277 million in 2011 – around 80% in 15 years. In prefer ‘intimacy at a distance’. In other words, they do not
the UK, 34% of households consist of one individual, while want just to go back into their children’s homes and live
5 in the USA the figure stands at 27%. Sweden has more 35 in a bedroom. So again, we have a situation where society
people living on their own than anywhere in the world, values independence as much as being part of a group. This
with 47% of households having one person; followed by is a massive cultural change in how society is organized and
Norway at 40%. China, India, and Brazil have the fastest how it operates.
growing number of individual households. So why has this D The changing roles of family and society and these issues
10 happened and what impact on society has this change had? 40 are a concern for many, but are we actually worried about
B As far as the younger generation is concerned, many are the wrong thing? Arguably, many people are satisfied with
unable to find good jobs so are forced to remain with or their new living arrangement. The extended family and its
move back in with their parents. However, the surprising role has changed, people move away for work more and
thing is that even though the economy was weak, between they are less reliant on their family and more so on their
15 2007 and 2012 the percentage of young people living alone 45 friends. Perhaps what we should really be questioning is the
in the USA hardly changed – dropping from 12% to 11%. environmental impact these decisions are actually having
The reality is that it has become an enormous priority for on our planet.
young adults to live alone. The explanation is perhaps E According to research, one-person households are the
that they are prepared to do without ‘luxuries’ like gym biggest consumers of energy, land and household goods (e.g.
20 membership, as well as to spend less on clothes, travel, and 50 washing machines, TVs, etc.). Per person, they consume
all kinds of other things because they want the experience 38% more products, 42% more packaging, 55% more
of living alone. Starting work or getting married were once electricity, and 61% more gas than individuals in a four-
the indicators of adulthood, now it seems that living alone person household. In addition, in four-person households
is the way to achieve it. each person produces 1,000 kilograms of waste annually,
25 C It is not only the younger generation and their families 55 while those living alone create 1,600 kilograms of waste
that have been affected – independence is increasingly each year. In an era of environmental challenges, this is
important to much older adults as well. A century ago, 70% clearly a great concern. Some also argue that single living
of elderly American widows lived with a grown child; today, is a factor in the breakdown of community, resulting in
only 20% do, thanks to increased wealth and government greater isolation and less respect for others. People are
30 support. According to Eric Klinenberg, Professor of 60 perhaps less willing to help or support others as they no
longer see a mutual benefit to these relationships.

8 Complete the questions with a preposition.
1 Are you satisfied where and how you live?
2 Are you reliant others or quite independent?
3 What problems in society do you / people you know worry most?
4 Do you think unemployment leads an increase in crime?
5 Thanks social networking sites, fewer people are lonely. Do you agree?
6 What effect has technology had how people behave in your society?
What do you think?

9 Discuss the questions in exercise 8 with a partner.
EXAM CHALLENGE
SPEAKING LISTENING
1 You have just talked about a family relationship in 1 Do questions 21–24 in Practice test: Listening on page
Speaking Part 2. Now respond to questions 1–3 below. 151. Try to get at least three answers correct.
Try to speak for 25 seconds each time. Record your
2 Did you understand agreement and disagreement
responses or ask a partner to listen to you.
between the speakers?
1 Do you think new parents should attend a parenting
course?
2 Should we always tell the truth to young children? WRITING
3 If you have an argument with a friend, should you
always apologize – even if it’s not your fault? 1 Read the Task 2 question below. Then write an
2 Check the responses you recorded and ask yourself or introduction for the essay. Try to finish it in 5 minutes.
your partner the following questions. Many people think that individuals should be free
1 Did you use phrases to show how strongly you agreed to wear what they want when they go to school
or disagreed? or work.
2 Did you state your opinions and give a reason for To what extent do you agree?
them?
3 Did you use intonation and stress to make your voice 2 Check your introduction against the model introduction
interesting? on page 108. Discuss any differences using the following
questions.
1 Did you manage to write a background statement and
READING a thesis statement?
2 Did your background statement focus on the same
1 Do questions 23–26 in Practice test: Reading on topic as the one in the model?
page 157. Try to get at least three answers correct in 3 How does your thesis statement compare to the one in
6 minutes. the model?
2 Did you use your scanning skills to answer all the
questions in the time given?

UNIT 4 Population & the environment
BEFORE AFTER
TEMPERATURE AIR POLLUTION PUBLIC TRANSPORT BIODIVERSITY
4.6ºC 35% 15.1% 639%

Decrease in local temperature Decrease in air pollution Increase in use of buses Increase in different plants and animals
What do you think?

1 The infographic shows the same part of Seoul in South Korea before and after an
environmental restoration project. What similarities and differences can you see?
2 Which statistic is the most surprising? Why?
3 Why do you think the changes shown by the statistics happened?
4 What are the main environmental problems where you live now?
5 How green (concerned about the environment) are you and your family / friends?

SPEAKING Describing cause and effect
EXAM FOCUS: PART 2
▶▶ connect causes and effects

▶▶ use too much / many and Topic focus
there is / are
▶▶ speak about population 1 Complete the text with the correct letters of pictures A–D.
problems and solutions
Overcrowding is common in many urban environments and often leads to further
problems. Exhaust emissions from the high number of vehicles can cause diseases, such
as asthma (picture ) and even cancer. Also, there aren’t enough green spaces where
people can exercise, so obesity (picture ) may also become a problem. In developing
countries, uncontrolled migration can result in extra challenges. For example, unplanned
development of housing can lead to lack of sanitation (picture ) and to the creation
of illegal rubbish dumps (picture ).
A B
C D
2 Match definitions 1–6 with words and phrases in the text in exercise 1.
1 being very fat
2 gases from vehicles
3 places where waste is taken and left without permission
4 no checks on large numbers of people moving from one place to another
5 no system for keeping things clean
6 too many people living in one place
3 Are there problems related to population in any cities you know? What other problems
can overcrowding lead to?
Population problems 4 Discuss the meaning of the words in bold in sentences 1–5. Use a dictionary to help you.
and solutions 1 Conservation projects, recycling centres, and safe disposal sites can help reduce
.
2 Rural development may prevent .
3 Public transport systems and cycle lanes may lead to a reduction in .
4 Sewage systems will help where there is a .
5 Planning regulations will protect parks and public spaces and help to reduce
.
5 Complete the sentences in exercise 4 with words and phrases from exercise 1.
38 UNIT 4 POPULATION & THE ENVIRONMENT For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
Grammar GRAMMAR FILE » page 113 and 114
Too much / many, there is / are 6 Connect phrases in the table to make sentences.
Example: Too much packaging is used so there is a lot of household waste.
Causes Effects
packaging is used household waste.
tourists visit the city obesity and poor public health.
Too much green spaces are destroyed there is a lot of illegal settlements.
so
Too many waste enters rivers there are a lot of water pollution.
workers migrate to cities litter in the streets.
people use cars traffic jams.
7 Write sentences for the problems you discussed in exercise 3. Use the structure in the
table in exercise 6 to help you.
8 1.37 Listen to the sentences below. What sound can you hear between There and the
words that follow it?
There is a lot of household waste.
There are a lot of traffic jams.
9 Read the complete sentences from exercise 6. Practise linking There is / are.
Too many workers migrate to cities so there are a lot of illegal settlements.
Exam skills
Connecting causes and effects 10 Put the words in the correct order to make sentences.
1 a lot of / so / shops / too much / use / plastic packaging / there / household waste / is
2 there / household waste / is / use / shops / plastic packaging / because / a lot of / too
much
11 Complete the stem in four different ways. Use so or because in each sentence.
Where I come from, there is / are a lot of …
EXAM TIP 1.38
12 Read your sentences from exercise 11 to a partner. Stop after the word so or because.
In Speaking Part 2, you may have to Can your partner complete the sentences?
talk about a problem and its causes and
effects. What else might you be asked Where I come from, there is a lot
to do? » page 145 of household waste because … … too many products are bought online.
Exam practice
Talk about an environmental problem where you live.

You should say:
– what the problem is
– when it happens
– what caused or causes it
and explain how people help to solve the problem.

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. UNIT 4 POPULATION & THE ENVIRONMENT 39
LISTENING Completing sentences
▶▶ findkey words in sentence

completion and multiple-
choice questions
Topic focus
▶▶ recognize phrases for 1 What environmental problem is shown in the picture on page 41? Can you think of any
environmental problems other problems it creates or effects it has?
▶▶ consider studying in groups
Environmental problems 2 Match pictures A–E with problems 1–5 caused by deforestation.
A B C
D E
1 the impact of climate change

2 the loss of natural habitats
3 the risk of areas becoming deserts
4 the loss of potential cures for diseases
5 the loss of traditional ways of life
3 Put the problems in exercise 2 in order from the most serious to the least serious. Then
explain your order to a partner.
I think the loss of natural habitats is the most serious problem because …
Exam skills
Finding key words 4 Underline the key words in the sentences.
1 Forests are mainly chopped down for financial reasons or to
.
2 Many farmers clear a little space to produce crops or to .
3 Companies also create roads to reach .
EXAM TIP 1.39 4 Some deforestation happens by accident when fires burn .
When you’re preparing to listen, you 5 Match the synonyms below to some of the key words you underlined in exercise 4.
should read all the questions carefully
and underline key words. What else can destroy cut down money small area
you do? » page 146 access chance purposes plants construct
6 1.40 Listen to part 1 of a lecture about deforestation. Complete the sentences in

exercise 4 with no more than three words.
Exam practice
7 1.41 Listen to part 2 of the lecture. Complete the sentences with no more than three
words and/or a number.
1 Scientists say that there are over species yet to be discovered.
2 Agricultural businesses depend on small organisms to break down .
3 Plants need around different insects to help them survive.
4 Researchers have estimated that the value of services provided by
is 2.9 trillion dollars.
5 As a result of climate change, species are looking for areas with .
6 Plants and animals that don’t come from a particular area can cause local species
to .
8 1.42 Listen to part 3 of the lecture. Answer the multiple-choice questions.
1 Rainforests cover
A 7% of the Earth.
B 2% of the Earth.
C 36% of the Earth.
2 The lecturer thinks that
A logging and mining companies are to blame.
B local people are to blame.
C the economic situation is to blame.
9 Work with a partner. Compare any key words you underlined in exercises 7 and 8. Did
you also think of similar synonyms as preparation?
What do you think?

10 Discuss the questions in groups.
1 Is deforestation a problem in your country?
2 What other environmental problems are there in your country?
3 What do you think is the single most important environmental problem in the world
today?
11 Make a list of possible solutions for any of the problems you discussed in exercise 10.
12 Work with a partner from a different group. Present some of your solutions.
Deforestation is a big problem in my country. The best solution is to …
Study skills
Studying in groups Which factors are advantages or disadvantages of studying in groups?
Write A (advantages) or D (disadvantages).
share ideas progress not obvious
one or two people dominate learn from other people’s experiences
easily distracted no clear focus
learn from other people’s methods clarify your own thoughts
of working
Can you add any other factors to the list?

WRITING Brainstorming ideas
EXAM FOCUS: TASK 2
▶▶ analyse solution questions

▶▶ brainstorm essay ideas Topic focus
▶▶ use could and would
1 Read the problem. Work in groups and choose a solution a–e.
▶▶ use verbs describing change
You have a problem! There is illegal dumping of waste near where you live, which is
unattractive and unsafe. Choose from the solutions below to deal with the problem.
a Confront the people dumping the waste directly.
b Report the vehicle number plates of people dumping the waste to the police.
c Raise the issue with the local environmental authorities.
d Move somewhere else.
e Other (your suggestion).
2 How did you choose which solution was the best?
Exam skills
Analysing solution questions 3 Which essay question a–c below:
1 asks you to decide if a solution is good?
2 asks you to give your own solutions?
3 does not ask you to discuss a solution?
a How can governments help to reduce traffic congestion?
b To what extent would a tax on household waste help improve the environment?
c Destruction of forests is the most serious environmental problem we face today. Discuss.
Could and would 4 Read the essay paragraphs below. Which essay question from exercise 3 is each one
answering? Which paragraph is more effective? Why?
Paragraph A
There are many reasons why a tax on household waste helps the environment.
First, it encourages people to recycle more because they save money. It also
provides income for the government which they can spend on conservation.
Finally, people see packaging as a cost and they change their buying habits.
Paragraph B
There are many steps that authorities could take to reduce traffic. Most
importantly, they could ban cars from the city centre. This would improve air
quality and attract more tourists. It would also help create more room for green
spaces in the city because parking spaces would not be necessary.
5 Complete the rule.

To propose a solution, add before the verb. To explain an effect you’re certain
of, add before the verb. To explain a possible effect, use .
Remember to use the base form of the verb.
6 Rewrite paragraph A in exercise 4 using could and would.
Example: There are many reasons why a tax on household waste could help the environment …

Verbs describing change 7 Put the verbs into the correct columns of the table below.
decrease develop construct reduce alter
improve modify limit introduce adapt
Make less Make different Make better Create

decrease
8 Complete the sentences with words from exercise 7. Change the parts of speech where
EXAM TIP 1.43 necessary. More than one answer may be possible.
Always brainstorm ideas or reasons 1 public transport would help to air pollution.
before you start writing an essay. 2 People won’t change completely but our behaviour could help.
How many ideas should there be in 3 It’s important to new laws to CO2 emissions.
your brainstorm for a discussion essay?
4 Constructing new roads may help to the economy.
» page 147
5 People need to their use of plastic.
Exam skills
Brainstorming essay ideas 9 Work in groups. How many ideas can you brainstorm for the following essay question?
How would a ban on private cars affect people?
10 When brainstorming ideas, it can help to consider the opinions of other groups of
people. Match the descriptions below to pictures A–E. More than one answer may
be possible.
Industry leaders care about economic growth, developing skills, and trade.
A B
D
octors care about our health and emotional well-being.
Environmentalists care about protecting nature and natural resources.
Artists care about beauty and the freedom to make choices and express ideas.
Social workers care for people who are disadvantaged, such as children, the elderly,
the poor, and the disabled.
C 11 Match opinions 1–5 to the groups of people in exercise 10.
1 People would spend less time driving and this would help businesses.
2 I need my car to visit galleries and sell my work.
3 A ban on cars would reduce air pollution.
4 Parents would stop taking their children into the countryside.
5 A ban on cars could reduce breathing-related illnesses.
Exam practice
12 Brainstorm ideas for the following essay question.
We must limit tourism if we want to save the environment. Discuss.

D E
13 Write a paragraph starting with the sentence below. Use three of your best ideas
from exercise 12.
Limiting tourism would have many positive effects on the environment.

For example, …

READING Matching information
▶▶ predict text organization

▶▶ match phrases in questions Topic focus
and the passage
▶▶ use key phrases for 1 Look at the diagram below. What does it tell you about global car ownership from
evaluating solutions to 1990 to 2010?
problems
BILLION
583 MILLION
1 BILLION1
APPROX.
583 MILLION
2010 APPROX.
1990
1990
2010
2 How important is having a car for you – now or in the future? Discuss with a partner.
Exam skills
Predicting text organization 3 For each text type a–c, number the sections in the order you would expect to read them.
a problem–solution: poor solutions good solution description of problem
b information: current situation original or past situation future situation
EXAM TIP 1.44 c discussion: disadvantages advantages your personal opinion
In the test, there are many different 4 Read the passage on page 45 quickly. Decide if it is about:
types of passage. Three common types
1 solving the problem of traffic congestion
are problem-solution, information, and
discussion. How does knowing the type 2 information about how traffic congestion has been controlled
help you to find information quickly? 3 the author’s opinion about how to reduce the level of car ownership.
» page 148
5 Read the passage again. Decide which paragraphs are about:
1 poor solutions paragraphs and
2 a good / new solution paragraphs and
3 problems paragraphs and
6 Check if the information in the passage is in the same order you predicted in a) in
exercise 3.
Matching phrases 7 Look at the exam question. Underline four key words in 1.
Which paragraph contains information about:

1 a solution that has not worked in cities?
8 Look at the paragraphs of the passage about solutions that have not worked. Then find a
phrase with a similar meaning to 1 in exercise 7. Does it contain ideas that match all the
words you underlined?

STARTING TO DRIVE AT 25?
A High traffic levels remain a problem for many
governments. Car ownership in the world’s fast-developing
countries continues to double each year, and migration
to cities is also rising quickly, resulting in high levels of
5 congestion and pollution.
B Until recently, governments successfully controlled traffic
levels by imposing financial obligations on drivers. Initially,
they made it more expensive to drive by raising taxes on
petrol or increasing parking costs. At the same time, they
10 made it cheaper to use public transport by investing in rail
and bus travel. However, these ‘tax and spend’ approaches
are no longer possible to introduce easily. This is because
living costs are growing in many countries and the global
economy is not strong, so governments can’t spend as much
30 E This leaves young people. Many people, including
15 money and people are angry when they have to pay more.
road safety campaigners, would agree with raising the
New controls are therefore needed.
minimum driving age. Young people make up over 25%
C Legal solutions to congestion issues are now attracting of road deaths in many countries and, according to recent
greater interest. However, traffic laws and regulations have research, parts of the brain that help to calculate risk and
often proved ineffective. For example, banning cars in city 35 consequences are not fully developed until the age of 25.
20 centres has simply transferred problems to the edge of cities. Consequently, there have already been discussions in the
Similarly, controlling speed limits has been effective on fast media about stopping young people driving or carrying
roads but has done little to solve congestion in urban areas. passengers. Above all, raising the minimum driving age to
25 would reduce the number of drivers on the road by over
D A more effective legal intervention might be to stop
40 10% and therefore cut pollution.
some people from driving altogether – but who exactly?
25 If workers were stopped from driving, they might not be F Of course, young people would have to be given financial
able to get to work. Many older citizens and families also help to make sure public transport remained affordable for
rely on cars to move around easily. Furthermore, both these them. But as pressure grows on the governments to reduce
groups vote frequently so it would be a political disaster to congestion, it surely makes sense to postpone the time that
prevent them from driving. 45 young drivers get their licenses until a little later in life.
Exam practice
9 Which paragraphs (A–F) of the passage contain the information in 1–6 below?
1 an opinion on whether young people should drive
2 a social group that depends on cars
3 the relationship between driving age and serious accidents
4 an environmental benefit of raising the age you can drive
5 a continuing increase in the car’s popularity
6 a general rise in prices across much of the world
Key phrases
Evaluating solutions 10 Look at the words and phrases below from the passage. Which suggest a positive
evaluation or a negative evaluation? Write + (positive) or – (negative).
successfully no longer possible ineffective simply transferred the problem

has done little to solve might not be able makes sense

11 Complete the sentences with words and phrases from exercise 10.
1 Congestion has been reduced with the introduction of a
congestion charge.
2 The government to continue with the project due to the high costs.
3 It is to invest a lot of money in public transport.
4 While there is now less congestion in cities, the solution traffic
problems on the motorways.
5 The solution was as it from inner-city areas to
the suburbs.
6 It to lower speed limits as there are more accidents at higher speeds.
What do you think?

12 Discuss in groups how raising the minimum driving age to 25 would affect you. Use the
phrases below to help you.
It would affect me a lot because I would have to …
A possible impact could be that I wouldn’t be able to …
EXAM CHALLENGE
SPEAKING LISTENING
1 Prepare to speak about the topic on the card. Think or 1 Do questions 28–30 in Practice test: Listening on page
make notes for 1 minute. 151. Try to get at least two answers correct.
2 Did you use your knowledge of word formation to
Talk about cities in your country and the problems they
help you?
have. You should say:
– what the main problems are
– which is the biggest problem
– what is being done to deal with the problems WRITING
and explain what effects the problems have on society.
1 Work alone and brainstorm ideas for the following
2 Speak for 1–2 minutes about the topic on the card. Ask a question. Spend 2 minutes thinking about your ideas.
partner to listen to you or record your responses. What problems are linked to traffic congestion?
3 Ask your partner or yourself the questions. 2 Exchange your ideas with a partner. Then discuss the
1 Did you use There is / are accurately? questions.
2 Did you use countable / uncountable nouns accurately? 1 How many different ideas did you think of?
3 Did you talk about causes and effects? 2 Did you use IDEAS (see page 43, exercise 10) to include
the opinions of other groups of people?
3 Write a paragraph starting with the sentence below. Use
READING three of your best ideas from exercise 1.
Traffic congestion can have many negative effects. For
1 Do questions 27–30 in Practice test: Reading on page example, …
159. Try to get at least three answers correct in 6 minutes.
2 Did you use your predicting skills to help you answer
the questions?

UNIT 5 Culture & entertainment
TELEVISION MUSEUMS
35 hours a week
Child watches
ANNUAL VISITORS
TV in the USA EUROPE
Musée du Louvre 9.7 million
NORTH AMERICA
National Air and
Adult works Space Museum 7 million

ASIA
in France National Palace
Museum 4.37 million
SOUTH AMERICA
Centro Cultural
Banco do Brasil 1.22 million
THEATRE GAMING
PHANTOM OF THE OPERA
TOTAL REVENUE
(more than any show, play, or film) 3 billion
$5.6 billion hours per week
TIME SPENT PLAYING
VIDEOGAMES GLOBALLY
AUDIENCE
130+ million people

PERFORMANCES
151 cities, 30 countries, 13 languages
What do you think?

1 How much TV do you watch a week? Is this more or less than the average amount in
your country?
2 Have you visited any of the museums listed in the infographic? Which museums are the
most popular in your country?
3 Have you ever seen a play or show at the theatre?
4 Why do you think gaming is so popular? Which games do you most like to play?
5 What are any negative aspects of the forms of entertainment shown?
SPEAKING Structuring responses
EXAM FOCUS: PARTS 1 & 3
▶▶ extend responses
▶▶ predictPart 1 and Part 3 Topic focus
questions
▶▶ use adverbs of frequency 1 Discuss the questions in groups.
▶▶ speak about types of book 1 Have you read any of the books in pictures A–F in English or your first language?
2 Have you seen film adaptations of any of them?
2 1.45 Listen to three people speaking about e-books. Match speakers 1–3 with
summaries a–c.
a This person reads e-books and paper books.
b This person reads celebrity biographies.
c This person spends a lot of money on e-books.
Adverbs 3 1.46 Listen again. Number the adverbs below in the order you hear them.
actually basically generally
maybe regularly often
perhaps possibly sometimes
occasionally
4 Write the adverbs from exercise 3 that are used to suggest:
a the speaker is going to say something surprising
A B C
b the speaker is giving the most important information
c the speaker is saying how often something is true
d the speaker is going to make a guess about something
e the speaker is saying how often something happens.

D E F
5 Which of the adverbs from exercise 4 can go in positions 1–3 in the sentence below?
(1), when my friends choose books, they (2) choose fantasy stories. (3) it’s because
they like the characters.
6 Add at least one adverb from exercise 4 to each of the sentences below. Make sure the
EXAM TIP 1.47 adverbs are in the correct position.
1 The young people I know only read for their studies.
Using adverbs correctly can really
improve your English. In which parts of 2 When I read in cars or on buses, I feel sick.
the Speaking test are adverbs particularly 3 I’ll read a novel on my next holiday.
helpful? Which two adverbs are useful in 4 I like to read. I can read in three different languages.
all parts of the test? » page 145
5 I don’t like fantasies. It’s because the plots are silly.
7 Change words in the sentences in exercise 6 so that they are true for you. Then compare
your ideas with a partner.

48 UNIT 5 CULTURE & ENTERTAINMENT For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
Types of book 8 Match books A–F shown on page 48 with types 1–6 below. Can you think of any other
types of book?
1 biography 4 historical novel
2 crime novel 5 drama
3 romance 6 thriller
9 Tell a partner what types of book or e-book you like reading. Give reasons.
Pronunciation 10 1.48 Look at the questions and responses. Underline the word that would be stressed
in each response. Then listen and check.
1 What do you drink when you read? I often drink coffee when I read.
2 When do you drink coffee? I often drink coffee when I read.
11 Look at the stressed words in responses 1–3. Write the question that would be asked for
each one.
1 I sometimes read magazines on planes.
12 Ask and answer the questions from exercise 11 with a partner. Give true information and
use appropriate stress.
Exam skills
Extending responses 2 13 Extend responses 1–4 by matching them with a–d.
1 Generally, I prefer films to books. a Maybe one day I’ll read more in English.
2 Basically, paper books won’t be b I usually go to the cinema twice a month.
common in the future. c Possibly, people have more time on holiday.
3 I often read in my first language. d Perhaps we’ll buy them on special occasions.
4 Generally, people don’t have
time to read.
14 Add adverbs to the responses below. Then extend the responses and tell a partner.
1 I prefer books with pictures …
2 People read to make themselves look clever …
3 I read non-fiction …
4 I think we won’t need ‘real’ libraries in the future …
Generally, I prefer books with pictures. I often read comics and manga.
Predicting Part 1 15 Which questions are asked in Part 1 or in Part 3? Write P1 (Part 1) or P3 (Part 3).
and Part 3 questions 1 How often do you read books?
2 Would you like to write a book one day?
3 Why do some people read on trains?
4 What are the advantages of e-books compared to paper books?
5 What stories did your parents or teachers read to you when you were young?
6 How could teachers get students more interested in books?
Exam practice
16 Ask and answer the questions from exercise 15 with a partner. Ask the Part 1
questions first.

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. UNIT 5 CULTURE & ENTERTAINMENT 49
LISTENING Labelling plans and maps
EXAM FOCUS: SECTIONS 1 & 2
▶▶ complete plans and maps

▶▶ recognize words and phrases Topic focus
for entertainment facilities
▶▶ prioritize vocabulary learning 1 What type of entertainment venue is shown in the picture below?
2 Make a list of as many different types of entertainment venue as you can. Then compare
with a partner.
Entertainment facilities 3 In which types of venue would you find the facilities in the list below? More than one
answer is possible.
balcony ticket office screen
VIP boxes dance floor cloakroom
aisles fire exits snack bar
4 Describe your favourite entertainment venue. Use words from exercise 3.
I love going to the IMAX cinema in London. It has

an enormous screen and the snack bar is amazing.
Exam skills
Completing plans and maps 5 Look at the plan of the Pitt Lane Theatre. With a partner, try to predict where the
facilities in the list are. Label them using the letters in brackets.
EXAM TIP 1.49 main entrance (M) snack bar (SB) stage (S) ticket office (TO) toilets (T)
seating area (SA) cloakroom (C) main auditorium (MA) fire exit (FE)
On plans and maps, it’s sometimes
difficult to find all the question numbers.
6 1.50 Listen and complete the information for people at the Pitt Lane Theatre.
Make sure you find the gaps for all the
questions before you begin listening.
What else can you do to prepare? Pitt Lane Theatre WELCOME
» page 146
Here we are 1 the main
entrance. 2
, you can see
the ticket office. As we enter the theatre,
FOYER YOU
ARE
3
you’ll see a cloakroom
HERE and 4
of the foyer there’s
a snack bar. If you need the toilets,
they’re 5 . When you’re
ready, go 6 , across the
foyer and 7 you’ll see a
door into the main auditorium. Through
this and 8 , there’s the
stage. Turn 9 and you’ll
see the seating area and on the other side
you’ll see the fire exit.
7 Use the instructions in exercise 6 to check your predictions in exercise 5.

Exam practice
8 1.51 Listen and label the map below. Write no more than two words for each answer.
1
John Peel
Stage 2
Spring
Field
Pyramid
Stage
Arena
3 4
The Other Stage

5
6
What do you think?

9 Look at the information. Discuss what you think the ages are in your country.
The average age of people going to …
THE THE THE MUSIC

THEATRE OPERA CINEMA FESTIVALS
in the USA is in Germany is in the USA is in the UK is
44 55–60 25–34 35–37
Study skills
Prioritizing vocabulary learning Look at the two groups of words. How is group 1 different from group 2?
1 purpose opinion explanation benefit trend cause
2 fantasy fire exit cloakroom e-reader novel stage
Which group of words would you choose to learn first? Why?

WRITING From brainstorm to plan
EXAM FOCUS: TASK 2
▶▶ plan a personal opinion essay

▶▶ use verbs for positive effects Topic focus
1 Look at pictures A–C. What activities are the people doing?
2 Ask a partner if they have done any of the activities in pictures A–C. If so, ask what the
experience was like.
3 Read the facts about artistic activities. Are any of the facts surprising?
• Playing music improves your maths and reading skills.
• Taking part in drama makes you more tolerant of people who are different.
• Performing in plays or concerts improves your memory and grades.
• Painting or drawing increases your attention level and self-respect.
Exam skills
Planning an essay 4 Read the essay question below. Then decide which sentence a–c is closest in meaning to
the question.
A B
Artistic activities, such as music, drama, or painting, bring a range of benefits to the
individual and society and so should receive greater government investment. To what
extent do you agree or disagree with this statement? Give reasons for your answer.
a To what extent do artistic activities change us?

b Are artistic activities useful for us?
C
c Should artistic activities receive more public money?
5 Read the brainstorm below. Does it have points which agree and disagree with the
statement in exercise 4? Why / Why not?
B improve school grades
improve young people’s A

self-respect and confidence C develop understanding
and tolerance of others
ARTISTIC
ACTIVITIES
D provide social life for

old and young people
F bring together people of different
backgrounds and languages
E can be watched / seen
by everyone in society
EXAM TIP 1.52 6 Which of a–c below would make a good paragraph topic for the essay which answers the
question in exercise 4. Why?
Before you start writing your essay, it’s
important to write a plan with paragraph a all the effects of artistic activities
topics. How do you choose good b the academic benefits of artistic activities
paragraph topics? » page 147
c the positive effect of finger-painting on five-year-olds’ maths results
7 Look at the essay plan. Underline the best paragraph topic in each pair.
My opinion: The government should support artistic activities.
Paragraph topic 1: Social benefits of art / Advantages for old people
Brainstorm points:
Paragraph topic 2: Increase in self-respect / Benefits to individuals
Brainstorm points:
Paragraph topic 3: Effects on community relations / Increase in tolerance
Brainstorm points:
8 Add points from the brainstorm in exercise 5 to the paragraphs in exercise 7.
Exam practice
9 Discuss the essay question.
Technology has had a positive influence on performing arts such as music and theatre.
Do you agree or disagree?
10 Read the brainstorm below. Which points A–H could you put under the possible
paragraph topics in the list? Some points can be used more than once.
performers variety in art business audiences the internet participation in art
lets performers create music in A B lets people see performances,

more ways, e.g. electric guitar e.g. YouTube
C gives performers more ways
H lets people edit and sell music to sell and advertise work
TECHNOLOGY D lets people enjoy art cheaply,

e.g. free downloads
lets people record performances G
and enjoy them again
E makes theatre performances exciting
makes it cheaper to buy
instruments, e.g. keyboard F
11 With a partner, decide which three paragraph topics from exercise 10 you would use
in an essay plan. Include as many brainstorm points as possible without repetition.
Verbs for positive effects 12 Put the verbs in bold in 1–8 into categories a–c below. The first one is done for you.
a to reach a target c to give, get, or make something new

b to make something better
1 Street art (like graffiti) can improve the local environment. b

2 Real-life performances provide a more valuable experience than recordings.
3 Looking at paintings helps people develop knowledge of other cultures.
4 Everyone can take part in artistic activities but most people can’t create a work of art.
5 People gain an important skill when they learn to play an instrument.
6 You accomplish more by learning traditional instruments or styles of painting than by
learning modern ones.
7 Paintings, sculptures, and music enhance all our lives greatly.
8 It’s difficult to achieve success in more than one artistic activity.
13 Discuss the statements in exercise 12 with a partner.
READING Matching information and features
▶▶ locate information in a
passage Topic focus
▶▶ locate and match opinions
in a passage 1 How much do other people influence the films you choose to watch? Circle an option
▶▶ understand and use phrases 1–5 for each group.
for examples, reasons, No influence Significant influence
and effects
Friends 1 2 3 4 5
Family 1 2 3 4 5
Film critics 1 2 3 4 5
Bloggers 1 2 3 4 5
2 Compare your answers with a partner. Explain your reasons.
My friends have the most influence, but I

like to see what film critics write because …
Exam skills
Locating information 3 Read the question below. Underline one key word that will help you to locate the
information in the passage.
Which paragraph tells you about …
EXAM TIP 1.53
1 a reason for a recent improvement in reviews?
Some matching questions ask you to look
for specific information. What two things 4 Now scan the passage on page 55 to answer the question in exercise 3. Did the key word
should you do before you start looking? you chose help you to find the information quickly?
» page 148
Exam practice
5 The passage has five paragraphs, A–E. Which paragraph contains the following
information? You may use any letter more than once.
1 the effects of a change in how we communicate
2 an example of where you can read many opinions about films
3 an innovation from the 1920s that was not liked by everyone
4 a change in the popularity of films
5 an event that was copied by others
6 the result of a new way of watching films
Exam skills
Locating and matching opinions 6 Look at the question asking about an opinion. What would you scan the passage for first
to find the answer?
Which is W.G. Faulkner’s opinion?
1 Cinema has become popular in a certain country.
2 Films are generally of a low standard.
3 The cinema should have a higher status in society.
7 Views are often given with reporting or opinion verbs such as believe, consider, or think.
Underline the sentence in the passage that expresses Faulkner’s view.

FALL
THE RISE
RISE
RISE AND FALL
FALL
FALL OF THE FILM CRITIC
RISE
A Long before Hollywood began to dominate the industry, effort to preserve the neutrality and professionalism of film
watching films was already a popular leisure activity in criticism, several independent organizations, for instance
the UK. At first, these films had relatively low status since the New York Film Critics Circle (founded in 1935), soon
people preferred other forms of entertainment and they 30 followed with their own awards ceremonies.
5 were only shown after other performances in theatres or D A century after the birth of film criticism, some critics
in empty shops. But at the start of the twentieth century feel that their professionalism is under attack. Arguably,
the first purpose-built ‘electric palaces’ – in other words they are no longer respected as individual thinkers but are
‘cinemas’ – arrived and, as a result, films started to gain seen as part of the advertising machine of the film industry.
higher status. Soon afterwards, film critics started to appear. 35 This is partly because the internet now allows anyone who
10 B Professional film criticism has a history of about 100 is interested in films to write reviews, resulting in a mass of
years. In 1912, a journalist by the name of W.G. Faulkner comments by amateurs and fans. Some film critics, such as
observed that the cinema had now ‘become an everyday Armond White, argue that the outcome of this has been to
part of the national life.’ A year later, he became the lower the standards of the profession – potentially because
author of the first regular criticisms of films in any British 40 film criticism is no longer written by people who have
15 newspaper. Subsequently, many methods of criticizing and studied cinema at university but by film-loving bloggers
rating films evolved, such as Hollywood’s famous ‘star instead.
system’. This was born in 1928 in the New York Daily E So has film criticism ceased to exist in a form that is
News, and some historians see it as a key moment in the worth reading? Not necessarily. According to the media
development of film criticism. However, many professional 45 guru Roger Ebert, reviews are much clearer now since
20 film critics did not (and still do not) like the star system due they are no longer written by academics who, arguably,
to its simplicity. don’t always write clearly. Not only this, but websites, for
C In America, some critics believed that standards in the instance Rotten Tomatoes or IMDb, can bring together
‘movie’ industry in general needed raising. Consequently, in many reviews in one place. While these may not always
1929 the Academy of Motion Pictures, Arts and Sciences, 50 offer academic insights, they offer a broader view of a film
25 set up by MGM film studios, organized the word’s first than ‘expert’ reviewers can. In short, film criticism, like the
media awards ceremony, now called ‘The Oscars’. In an films we watch, has evolved. Whether this change is for the
better continues to be a matter of debate.
8 Which of the sentences in exercise 6 means the same as the sentence you underlined
in the passage?
Exam practice
9 Look at the names of people / organizations A–E and statements 1–5 below. Match each
statement with the correct name.
A Academy of Motion Pictures, 1 Film criticism should be professional.
Arts and Sciences 2 Improvements are necessary in all parts of
B Professional film critics the film business.
C New York Film Critics Circle 3 The internet has improved film reviews.
D Armond White 4 The internet has made film criticism worse.
E Roger Ebert 5 The star system is not sophisticated.
Examples, reasons, effects 10 Decide if the words in bold in sentences 1–3 refer to an example, a reason, or an effect.
1 Watching films at home is now common, so fewer people go to the cinema.
2 The New York Daily News said Lawless was excellent, but the New York Post said it was
weak, which illustrates how reviews can differ.
3 English spread around the world partly because American films were so popular.
11 Put the words in bold in exercise 10 into the correct columns of the table. Then add
those from the list below.
as for instance since such as as a result consequently

for example outcome due to resulting in
Introducing examples Introducing reasons Introducing effects
12 Write a short paragraph about an entertainment trend in your country and its effect.
Example: People in my country watch action films a lot as they are exciting. As a result, society
is becoming more violent.
What do you think?

13 Tell your partner your opinion of a film you watched recently.
EXAM CHALLENGE
SPEAKING READING
1 Respond to the Part 1 and Part 3 questions below. Ask a 1 Do questions 31–33 in Practice test: Reading on page
partner to listen to you or record your responses. 159. Get at least two answers correct in 5 minutes.
1 What kind of stories or books do you mostly enjoy 2 Did you use your scanning skills and knowledge of
reading? synonyms to locate parts of the text quickly?
2 Why do some people like to read in a foreign language?
3 Do you think stories will be written by computers one
day? WRITING
2 Ask your partner or yourself the questions.
1 Work alone. Write a brainstorm and plan for the
1 Did you use adverbs in your responses?
following essay question. Finish them in 5 minutes.
2 Did you use appropriate sentence stress?
Home entertainment is becoming so good that we
no longer need traditional entertainment venues
LISTENING like cinemas, theatres, or concert halls. To what
extent do you agree?
150. Try to get at least four answers correct. 2 Compare your brainstorm and plan with the model
answer on page 108. Then answer the questions.
2 Did you predict any information on the plan? Could you 1 Did you select an appropriate number of ideas from
follow the directions clearly? your brainstorm?
2 Did your plan have a similar structure to the model
answer?

UNIT 6 Careers & success
1% 1%
Scientist Architect
5% 1%
Artist
Carer
13%
Seller
5% 5%
General
Technician 1%
Author
13%
5% Entertainer
Teacher
5%
Inventor
5%
Journalist
14%
Administrator
6%
Advisor 6% 14%
Helper Promoter
What do you think?

1 Experts believe people naturally belong to the career groups in the infographic.
Which group do you think you belong to?
2 Which groups do you think are most important for a) society, b) the economy?
3 Are you naturally suited to your academic subject or career? How do you know?
4 Why do some people do the ‘wrong’ jobs?
5 Success is being able to earn money by doing what you enjoy. Do you agree?

SPEAKING Varying language
EXAM FOCUS: PART 2
▶▶ vary language
▶▶ use the second conditional Topic focus
▶▶ use character adjectives and
nouns 1 Read statements a–j about what makes a good leader. Decide which two are the least
important. Why?
A good leader:
a has enough skill to do the job well f is enthusiastic
b gives help and encouragement g plans for the future
c treats everyone equally h makes you feel excited
d is brave i has new and exciting ideas
e doesn’t give in easily j wants to be successful
Character adjectives and nouns 2 Match the adjectives below with the statements in exercise 1. Which two adjectives are
not defined in exercise 1?
inspiring intelligent fair determined imaginative passionate
ambitious courageous forward-looking competent honest supportive
3 With a partner, choose five adjectives from exercise 2 that you think are the most
important in a leader.
4 Read the information on page 108. Compare your answer to the order. Is the Top 5
surprising?
5 Complete the table below with the noun forms of the adjectives in exercise 2. Use a
dictionary to help you. Which adjective does not have a noun form?
Adjective Noun
inspiring inspiration
ambitious ambition
Lionel Messi
Captain, Argentina / Striker, Barcelona 6 Discuss the questions with a partner.
1 Which three characteristics are your strongest? Give examples of how you show them.
2 What characteristics do you most admire in other people? Why?
Exam skills
Varying language 2 7 Read the sentences. Which one is better and why?
1 Lionel Messi is really amazing. He’s really skilful, he’s really courageous and he’s really
friendly, too. He’s really amazing.
2 My hero’s Lionel Messi. He’s so skilful. He’s also got lots of courage and his friendliness is
obvious to everyone.

58 UNIT 6 CAREERS & SUCCESS For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
8 Complete the second sentence so it has the same meaning as the first. Vary the language
EXAM TIP 1.54
where possible. The first one is done for you.
Varying your language helps you to get a 1 My mother is very supportive. She gives me a lot of support .
higher mark for vocabulary and grammar.
2 My cousin is passionate about his job. He has .
In which part of the Speaking test is it
most difficult to vary language? Why? 3 My teacher behaves very fairly. She .
» page 145 4 My friend is determined and I respect this. I admire .
5 My brother is ambitious and is going to succeed. My brother’s
.
9 Think about a famous person or someone who you admire. Tell a partner about the
person. Use adjectives and nouns from exercise 5 to describe their character.
I admire my sister, Sara. She’s intelligent and

ambitious. Her determination is amazing.
Second conditional 10 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. The first one is
done for you.
1 If I had to choose (have to choose) one word to describe my favourite author,
it would be (be) imaginative.
2 If I (have to describe) my hero in one word, it (be)
courageous.
3 If I (can meet) any famous person, it (be) a world leader.
4 I think many actors (be) successful if they (be) models, too.
5 If a young woman (want to look up to) a strong female role model, I
(suggest) Marissa Mayer for her ambition.
11 Change the sentences in exercise 10 so they are true for you.
12 How are the sentences below different from 1 and 5 in exercise 10?
1 If I had to choose one word to describe my favourite author, it’d be imaginative.
2 If a young woman wanted to look up to a strong female role model, I’d suggest
Marissa Mayer for her ambition.
13 When are contractions normally used in English?
14 Practise saying the sentences in exercise 12.
Exam practice
Describe a famous person that you admire. You should say:

– what they do
– what their characteristics are
– what you would like to say to them
and explain why you admire them.
Marissa Mayer
President and CEO, Yahoo!

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. UNIT 6 CAREERS & SUCCESS 59
LISTENING Completing notes
▶▶ complete notes from a

recording Topic focus
▶▶ recognize and use words
and phrases for working 1 Tell a partner which of the options below you would choose. Give reasons.
conditions 1 a job with a salary of $50,000 a year (everyone else earns $25,000 a year)
▶▶ look at how to learn new
2 a job with a salary of $100,000 a year (everyone else earns $200,000 a year)
vocabulary
2 Read the information on page 108. Does it surprise you?
Working conditions 3 Put the items into the correct columns of the table.
salary full time company car company pension overtime promotion

flexitime bonus training opportunities attractive location pay rise holiday
Financial Working hours Other benefits

salary full time company car
4 Look at the numbers. Which items in exercise 3 could they refer to?
1 40 hours 5 10%
2 2 hours 6 20 days
3 £25,000 7 9 a.m.–3 p.m.
4 £1,000 8 £5,000
5 1.55 Listen to a conversation about a job offer. Check your answers to exercise 4.
6 Tell a partner which items from exercise 3 would be the most important to you in a job.
Give reasons.
Exam skills
Completing notes 7 1.56 Listen and complete the sentences. Change the words you hear to fit the gaps.
from a recording 1 Students who are interested are asked to fill in a .
2 When their courses , students have to .
3 Employees have access to both a .
8 Read the notes about Sterne Consulting Group on page 61. Match the types of
EXAM TIP 1.57 information (a–h) below with gaps 1–9 in the notes.
When you complete notes from a a a benefit (x2) e something you learn
recording, make sure you read the notes
b a grade or mark f a plural noun
before you listen. What should you do
while you read them? » page 146 c a type of payment g an action (verb)
d a course or programme h a describing word (adjective)
9 1.58 Listen and complete the notes on page 61. Write no more than two words or
a number.

STERNE CONSULTING GROUP
FINDING WORK: EMPLOYEES HAVE ACCESS TO:
Graduate applicants need to score 1 in • a good pension scheme
their final exams – useful to start a 2 before • a cheap staff restaurant on all sites
applying. • a free 8 in the building.
There are 25 positions available for over 500 3 .
Trainee positions are 4 . CAREER DEVELOPMENT:
Successful applicants have to 5 in their own Training in computer skills, 9 , and negotiation
time. techniques is offered in the first year.
CONDITIONS:
No 6 or commission is paid at first.
There are 7 days’ holiday.
Exam practice
10 1.59 Listen and complete the notes below. Write no more than three words and/or a
number for each answer.
Notes on teacher training:

– Trainee teachers work in four different 1 during the year.
–E ach placement lasts from 2 weeks and then trainees return to college in order to
3
the experience.
– The course is assessed through both observations of teaching and the marks given for 4 .
– The biggest challenge for many trainees is to 5 .
– The salary isn’t high but there are twelve 6 every year and a generous 7 .
What do you think?

11 What things do you think are important for getting a job? Number a–e in order of
importance (1 = most important, 5 = least important).
a making personal contacts d being good at interviews
b getting qualifications e being prepared to work for free at first
c getting experience
12 Compare your answers to exercise 11 with a partner. Explain your reasons.
Study skills
Learning vocabulary What things do you need to know when you learn new words?
Example: definition, pronunciation, spelling
1
Look at the ideas for learning vocabulary. Tell a partner which ideas work best for you.
Putting new words in groups Walking around the room while I Just hearing new words isn’t enough
by topic (e.g. the environment) learn new words focuses my mind. – I like to see them written down, too.
or by function (e.g. agreeing)
helps me to remember them. 2 3
5
To help me remember new I like to translate all new

6
Listening to and repeating new words I write them in a lot words into my language.
4
words is the best method for me. of different sentences.

WRITING From plan to topic sentences
EXAM FOCUS: TASK 2
▶▶ write topic sentences from

plans Topic focus
▶▶ use linkers is / is that in topic
sentences 1 How much would the rewards below motivate you? Number them 1–5 (1 = a little,
▶▶ use words for academic ideas 5 = a lot).
in topic sentences
friendship fame job satisfaction a medal or trophy a large financial bonus
a good pension a comfortable lifestyle respect from colleagues making parents proud
2 Compare your answers to exercise 1 with a partner. Give reasons and examples.
Exam skills
Writing topic sentences 3 Read the essay question. Discuss your opinions with a partner.
from plans
Some professionals, like bankers, receive large financial rewards while the pay of
teachers and nurses remains relatively low. Some people think it is right to pay workers
in some professions more than we pay others. To what extent do you agree or disagree?
4 Look at the plan below. Then match reasons 1–3 with topic sentences a–c.
Thesis:
I will argue that big differences in pay between professions are fair.
Reasons:
1 Highly paid work often requires extra experience and training.
2 People can choose if they enter a high-paid profession or a low-paid profession.
3 Money is not the only important thing in life.
Topic sentences:
a) The first reason for my position is that school-leavers or graduates can easily
predict the impact their career decisions will have on their income.
b) Secondly, I would argue that most highly paid jobs involve a higher level of
knowledge and skill than lower-paid jobs.
c) The final reason for my view is that although teachers and nurses receive low
pay, they are rewarded for their work in other ways.
5 The topic sentence below is divided into three parts (1–3). Match a description (a–c) to a
EXAM TIP 1.60 part of the sentence.
The first sentence in each paragraph of 1
The final reason for my view is that / 2teachers and nurses / 3are rewarded for their work in
an essay is often a topic sentence. What’s other ways.
one example of how each topic sentence
a main subject of paragraph
might connect to the thesis statement?
b claim about subject of paragraph
» page 147
c phrase to connect paragraph to other paragraphs
6 Look at topic sentences 1–3 from three different essays. Divide each sentence into three
parts following the model in exercise 5.
1 The second reason for my position in this debate is that public sector employees have
more job security.
2 The final explanation for salary differences is that companies are free to decide how
much they pay.
3 One negative effect of giving a lot of bonuses is that the people who want them may take
risks in their work.

Academic ideas 7 Match each definition below with a word in column A of the table in exercise 8.
result positive effect negative effect method cause reason / excuse
8 Connect phrases in columns A–C of the table to make six sentences.

A B C
1 An explanation of working from home is that you can’t attend meetings.
2 A drawback of raising university fees is that it will improve standards of education.
3 An advantage of low motivation is a lack of support from managers.
4 A consequence to employing younger people is that they are easier to train.
5 A justification for motivate staff is to increase pay.
6 A way for modern communications is that more people work from home.
9 Describe 1–6 with your own ideas. The first one is done for you.
1 reduced travel time = an advantage of working from home
2 working at night = a drawback
3 stress at work = a consequence
4 closure of factories = an explanation
5 limits on pay = a way
6 increased profits = a justification
Linkers: is / is that 10 Underline examples of the linkers is and is that in column C of exercise 8. Which linker is
followed by:
a an infinitive or noun?
b a subject + verb?
11 Put is or is that in the correct place in the sentences.
1 A consequence of low pay workers are less motivated.
2 A way to get job satisfaction to do something you are good at.
3 An advantage of paying people the same they will work better with others.
4 A drawback of fame lack of privacy.
12 Complete the topic sentences for the essay question below with your own ideas.
What are the advantages of going to university?
1 The first advantage .
2 Another consequence .
3 A final justification .
Exam practice
13 Write a plan and topic sentences for one of the essay questions below.
1 Nowadays, too many young people want to become famous. Do you agree or disagree?
2 What can bosses do to motivate their staff?
3 Success at work brings happiness. Do you agree?
14 Work with a partner and take turns. Read your topic sentences from exercise 13. Can
you guess which essay question they refer to?

READING Matching headings
▶▶ match headings with

paragraphs using topic
sentences
Topic focus
▶▶ understand and speak about 1 Read passages A–C. Which advice do you think is the most useful?
factors for success
Tips from the top:

Successful people share their secrets
A ‘More than any other element, fun is the secret of Virgin’s success,’ says
businessman Richard Branson. When he started his company Virgin from a basement
flat in West London, he simply set out to create something that would be enjoyable
and pay the bills. The business empire was a bonus.
B You have to admire the ability of top sports people. But ex-paralympic athlete
Linda Mastandrea believes that the key to success is really determination. She claims
it’s the drive to work hard every single day that separates a winner from the rest of
the pack. ‘Go after your dream no matter how unattainable others think it is,’ she says.
C Lisa Tse, businesswoman, is modest about her success. She believes it’s the people
around her that have made the difference to her life. Her parents told her to surround
herself with people of good reputation, so that she would be viewed positively, too.
And, she adds, if you associate with top professionals, you’ll soon learn what makes
them successful.
2 How successful are you at working or studying? Give a partner some advice of your own.
Exam skills
Matching headings 3 Read the passages in exercise 1 again. Underline the sentence in each text that gives the
with paragraphs main idea most simply.
4 The sentences you underlined in exercise 3 are topic sentences. Use them to help you to
EXAM TIP 1.61 match the passages in exercise 1 with one of the headings below.
Finding topic sentences is an important 1 Being determined will make you successful.
skill. Where do you usually find them?
2 Always enjoy your success.
» page 148
3 Not everyone can be successful.
4 Success is about being with the right people.
5 To be successful, you must have a good time.
6 Parents are responsible for our success.
5 Underline the topic sentence in each paragraph A–G of the passage on page 65.
According to the author, which two of the factors below result in career success?
1 hard work 3 appearance 5 other people
2 intelligence 4 luck
6 Look at the task in exercise 7. Can all the headings i–viii be matched with the
paragraphs?

SOURCES OF SUCCESS
A Why do some achieve more than others? Ask a earning more than $100,000 a year spent less than a fifth of
successful person and they may point to their talents and their time relaxing. But hard work can often be the result of
all their hard work. Investor Warren Buffet, for instance, 30 success, as well as the cause, and there is certainly room for
suggests that integrity, intelligence, and energy are essential, exploring other causes.
whereas for millionaire Marc Andreessen it’s about
5
motivation, drive, ethics, and curiosity. In short, what’s on
E Indeed, new research suggests that a wide variety of
external factors also assist high achievers. Rice University,
the inside is key. Or is it? Research suggests that what’s on
in Texas, found that a person’s looks and smile particularly
the outside counts for more than we may think.
35 help them to gain trust and so bring employment or
B Few could deny that intelligence is essential to success promotion opportunities. A person’s height and the depth
10 in early life. Brighter students, particularly those whose of their voice are also significant, it would seem. Male Chief
parents are well educated, tend to do well at school and Executive Officers (CEOs) are over 7 centimetres taller
they then usually go on to the better universities and enter than the average man, according to Harvard University,
the higher-paid professions. But it seems to account for 40 and those with lower-pitched voices apparently have better
at most a third of personal wealth in later life, and the social connections than other CEOs.
impact of intelligence and family background after leaving
15
university is less clear.
F Self-presentation and the way we dress may also play a
role. For example, a typical pink shirt wearer earns £1,000
C In fact, it seems that during working life, educational more per year than males who wear more sober colours
background has much less impact than it once did. Recent 45 for work. While clothing could simply be a product of
research into legal careers shows that while students from personality, another study showed that women who wear
20 well-educated families tend to enter the profession more make-up are far more likely to be taken seriously than
easily, the less advantaged students that enter usually earn those who don’t, demonstrating that appearance itself can
more and work for better firms. Some causes of success bring rewards.
clearly lie beyond academic achievement.
50 G So, is style becoming more important than substance?
D Admittedly, the capacity for hard work is probably Given the importance of the visual image in the modern
25 important, too. A recent study found that people who earn media, it would not be surprising. Perhaps teaching the art
less than $20,000 a year, for instance, spent more than of making an impression on others may be as valuable to
a third of their time in passive leisure. By contrast, those today’s generation as a traditional schooling.
Exam practice
7 Match headings i–viii with the paragraphs in 1–5.
i It’s all about the voice 1 Paragraph B
ii Our bodies talk 2 Paragraph C
iii The effects of a good education 3 Paragraph D
iv The lifestyles of successful people 4 Paragraph E
v We can all be successful now 5 Paragraph F
vi Dressing for success
vii The importance of academic success in adult life
viii The views of successful people
Factors for success 8 Put the bold words in the text into the correct columns of the table.
External factors Internal factors Situational factors
(things people can see) (things people can’t see) (the world around us)

MOST IMPORTANT 9 Read the passage on page 65. Then label the parts of the pie chart external, internal, and
FACTORS FOR SUCCESS situational according to the opinion of the author.
10 Do you agree with the author’s opinion in the passage? Would you label the pie chart in
a different way? Tell a partner and give examples.
I think situational factors are the most important. For example, family background
is essential because children often follow the career choices of parents.
What do you think?

A
B
11 Which factors are most important for the careers below? Write E (external), I (internal),
C
or S (situational).
musician teacher banker air traffic controller

web designer scientist soldier fashion model
I think situational factors are important for a soldier

because you need a good team to support you.
EXAM CHALLENGE
SPEAKING WRITING
1 Speak for 1–2 minutes about the topic on the card. Ask 1 Read the essay question below. Work alone and
a partner to listen to you or record your responses. write a plan and topic sentences for the essay. Finish
them in 5 minutes.
Describe someone you know who has an interesting job.
You should say: Some people think that job satisfaction is more
– who they are important than high pay. What do you think?
– what they do in their job
– why they are good at their job 2 Compare your plan and topic sentences with
and explain how well you think you would do their job. the model answer on page 108. Then answer the
questions.
2 Ask your partner or yourself the questions. 1 Are your topic sentences in a logical order?
1 Did you make an effort to vary your language? 2 Does each topic sentence provide a clear reason
2 Did you use a second conditional in response to the for your opinion?
last prompt?
READING
LISTENING
1 Do questions 14–19 in Practice test: Reading on
1 Do questions 8–10 in Practice test: Listening on page 149. page 156. Try to get at least four answers correct in
8 minutes.
2 Did you manage to predict any of the information in
the notes? 2 Did you find the topic sentence each time?

UNIT 7 Nature & biology
Grand Canyon Norwegian Fjords Ngorongoro Crater Mount Everest
1
8
2 6 Great Barrier Reef

3
7
9
4
Galápagos Islands
10
Iguazu Falls Amazon Rainforest Victoria Falls Antarctica
What do you think?

1 The map shows ten of the world’s natural wonders. How many have you heard of?
2 Which country / countries are the natural wonders located in?
3 Which natural wonder would you most like to visit? Why?
4 What other locations or events would you add to the list of natural wonders?
5 Why is it important to protect and conserve the natural environment?

SPEAKING Adding detail to descriptions
EXAM FOCUS: PARTS 1 & 2
▶▶ remember details about

places Topic focus
▶▶ use sentences with ‘empty’
subjects 1 What are the best natural places to visit in your country (not in a town or city)?
▶▶ use adverbs of degree in
2 What is the best time of year to go there? Why?
descriptions
▶▶ speak about the weather
Weather 3 1.62 Listen to three people speaking about different regions of the world. Match each
speaker with a region.
a Northern Europe b Caribbean c Eastern Asia
4 1.63 Listen again. Which adjectives does each speaker use? Write 1, 2, or 3 next to
each word.
changeable pleasant chilly overcast wet

stormy mild humid sunny cool dry windy
5 Circle the adjectives from exercise 4 which usually describe temperature.

6 Work with a partner and answer the questions.
1 What is the difference between the following pairs of words?
a mild, cool b overcast, stormy
2 Which adjectives from exercise 4 do you associate with the following nouns?
a showers b thunder c mist
3 What kind of weather and temperature do you associate with the following?
a a mountainous area b the rainy season c a region by the sea
‘Empty’ subjects 7 Add it to the text in four places.
In Ecuador the temperature varies by region. By the coast, to the west of Ecuador, is
usually warm – about 25°C on average. However, the capital, Quito, is in the mountains
and so its climate is fairly cool. During the day is just 18.9°C and 10°C at night. There
are seasonal changes, too. Between January and April is particularly hot and it rains a lot
because is the middle of the wet season.
8 Complete sentences 1–4 with it or there.

1 snows a lot. 3 is some mist.
EXAM TIP 1.64
2 is a lot of wind. 4 is sunny.
In Speaking Part 2, you may be asked
to talk about a place. What’s one way
of remembering details about different Exam practice
places? » page 145
9 Work with a partner and take turns. Student A, go to page 109. Student B, go to
page 112.

68 UNIT 7 NATURE & BIOLOGY For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
Exam skills
Remembering details 10 Add the adjectives to the diagram on the left.
thrilled pretty noisy sweet colourful impressed disgusting peaceful
11 1.65 Listen to someone talking about a place of great natural beauty. Write one
example they give for each of the categories below.
sights: scenic beaches
sounds:
smells:
sensations:
Adverbs of degree 12 1.66 Listen again. Tick the adverbs you hear below.
absolutely a little fairly pretty extremely a bit completely quite really
13 Put the adverbs from exercise 12 on the line below.

quite
smallest degree largest degree
14 Which adverbs from exercise 12 are usually used before:
1 strong adjectives, e.g. amazing?
2 non-gradable adjectives, e.g. silent?
3 adjectives with negative meanings, e.g. crowded?
15 Choose the best adverbs to complete the text.
The 1fairly / absolutely spectacular fjords of

Musandam are one of the best places to visit.
Although part of Oman, it’s 2really / completely
separated from the rest of the country by the
surrounding United Arab Emirates. You can
explore the 3really / absolutely attractive
fishing villages and you have a 4pretty /
completely good chance of seeing dolphins.
5
An absolutely / A fairly small number of tourists
visit Musandam but it’s 6a little / really beautiful.
It’s 7pretty / extremely hot all year round but the
best time to visit is between November and
March when it’s 8a little / quite comfortable.
The trip can be 9a bit / completely long and
tiring, but it's well worth it.
Exam practice
Describe a place of great natural beauty in your country.

You should say:
– where it is
– what the place is like
– when the best time of year to visit is
and explain why people should visit it.

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. UNIT 7 NATURE & BIOLOGY 69
LISTENING Labelling diagrams
▶▶ predict content of a lecture

▶▶ recognize and transcribe Topic focus
compound nouns
▶▶ recognize key phrases for 1 What do pictures A–C show? What things in nature do they look like?
direction and location in
A B C
diagrams
▶▶ consider how to practise test
preparation independently
Exam skills
Predicting content 2 You are going to listen to parts of a biology lecture. Look again at the pictures on this
page and the diagram on page 71. What do you think the topic will be? Choose from 1–4
below. Then explain your choice to a partner.
1 plant and animal products in the things we make
2 amazing designs in nature
3 uses of living plants and animals
4 using nature to solve problems
3 2.1 Listen to part 1 of the lecture. Check your answer to exercise 2.
Key phrases
Location and direction 4 Look at the diagram of a natural pool on page 71. What can you see in the places below?
in the top right corner on the left in the centre on the right
5 Look at the arrows showing water flow in the diagram. Starting at point X, number
the phrases below in the order you would expect to hear them.
to the left below downwards to the right
6 2.2 Listen to part 2 of the lecture and check.
Compound nouns 7 Use the words to make compound nouns for definitions 1–8 below.
fall (x2) level cap line pressure pool bed
1 sea : the floor of the sea

2 rain : the total amount of rain in one area in a period of time
3 coast : the land along the edge of a country next to the sea
4 rock : a small amount of water that collects between the rocks by the sea

5 ice : a layer of frozen water permanently covering part of the Earth,
especially in the North and South Poles
6 water : a place where a stream or river drops from a high place, e.g. a cliff
or rock
7 sea : the average height of the sea, used to measure the height of other
things such as mountains
8 air : the force from the Earth’s atmosphere
Exam skills
Transcribing compound nouns 8 2.3 Listen and write the compound nouns you hear. Why is it sometimes difficult
to hear them correctly?
9 2.4 Listen to part 2 of the lecture again. Label 1–5 in the diagram.
1 Swimming area 4
2
EXAM TIP 2.5

UV filter Pump
Water flow
In Listening Section 4, you may have to
label diagrams with technical words that 3
Dividing
are unfamiliar. How can you write words wall
5
accurately if you don’t know them? Water flow
» page 146 Silver or copper beads
Exam practice
10 2.6 Listen to part 3 of the lecture. Label the diagram on page 109.
11 2.7 Listen to part 4 of the lecture. Match plants and animals 1–4 with ideas A–F
that they have inspired.
A preventing diseases
1 Namibian beetle B creating safer roads
2 Locust C cleaning surfaces
3 Whales D getting water from a natural source
4 Lotus leaves E saving energy
F making travel quicker
What do you think?

12 Choose a statement to discuss in groups.
1 The natural world can teach us many useful things.
2 We shouldn’t waste the world’s natural resources.
3 The natural world is often dangerous and needs to be controlled.
Study skills
Practising independently Circle which IELTS test you can prepare for most easily by yourself. Why?
Listening Reading Speaking Writing
What activities could you do to prepare for the Speaking and Writing tests?
I could record my voice then I could practise describing the main

write down what I said. trends of diagrams on the internet.

WRITING From topic sentence to paragraph
EXAM FOCUS: TASK 2
▶▶ write structured paragraphs

▶▶ use the zero conditional for Topic focus A B C D
causes and effects
▶▶ write about natural threats 1 Match the words with pictures A–D.
and their effects
gecko mosquito cat rat
2 What is happening to the cats in the picture on the left? Read the text on page 109 to
find out why.
3 Read the text on page 109 again. Then complete the flow chart with animals from
exercise 1.
People were threatened by malaria DDT was sprayed
malaria was reduced 1

were poisoned
2
were poisoned 3
were poisoned
people were threatened by new diseases 4

multiplied
Natural threats 4 What do each of the natural threats below have an effect on?
Example: flood – buildings, food supplies, wildlife, farmland
flood food shortage volcano asteroid drought earthquake
disease predator erosion climate change
5 What can people do about the effects of the natural threats in exercise 4?
Example: When there is a flood, people can move to higher areas.
Exam skills
Writing structured paragraphs 6 Look at the pictures below. How do the activities control nature?
A Harvesting of water hyacinth B Building a dam

7 Use a–d to label sentences 1–4 in the paragraph below.
EXAM TIP 2.8
a result c explanation
Make sure your paragraphs are well
b example d topic sentence
structured. What exactly does this mean?
» page 147 1
Plant species can be a challenge to control. 2For instance, water hyacinth, once only
found in South America, is now found on lakes in all continents and causes huge
problems. 3In Africa’s Lake Victoria the plant currently covers 70,000 hectares, blocking
sunlight, killing fish, and stopping boats from crossing the lake. 4As a consequence,
lakeside communities, which depend on fishing, are losing income and are suffering
from severe food shortages.
8 Put sentences a–d into the correct order to make a paragraph.

a For example, if a country builds a dam, it often has several negative effects.
b A dam causes a change in the water level for many miles down a river – affecting
farming, fishing, and water transport industries.
c It can be dangerous to try to control nature.
d If this happens, people’s jobs and important animal species are then lost.
Zero conditional for 9 Match causes 1–4 with effects a–d.

causes and effects 1 flood a trees fall over
2 earthquake b buildings are damaged
3 disease c buildings collapse
4 hurricane d people need medication
10 Write sentences to connect the causes and effects in exercise 9. Use if in the sentences.
Example: If there is a flood, buildings are often damaged.
Exam practice
11 Read the question and the topic sentences. Does the writer agree or disagree with the
statement in the question?
Question: Modern science has learnt to control natural threats and we have much less
to fear than we did in the past. To what extent do you agree?
Topic sentences:
– Human interventions often cause more problems than they solve.
– Not all natural threats can be controlled.
– New natural threats continue to emerge.
– Some natural disasters are difficult to predict.
– It takes money and resources to control nature, which few governments have.
12 Choose one of the topic sentences in exercise 11. Write the rest of the paragraph (but do
not include the topic sentence).
13 Work with a partner. Exchange your paragraphs from exercise 12. Can you guess which
topic sentence your partner chose?

READING True / False / Not Given
▶▶ answer True / False / Not

Given questions Topic focus
▶▶ understand pronoun
referents in a passage 1 What are the animals in pictures A–E? What do you think they have in common? Discuss
with a partner.
Exam skills
Answering True / False / 2 Read the passage on page 75. Circle which statements are true and which are false.
Not Given questions 1 The elephants have migrated through a hotel. True / False
2 The monarch butterfly migrates north because of the temperatures. True / False
3 The red crab travels to lay eggs. True / False
4 The Arctic tern travels in a straight line. True / False
3 Read the passage again quickly. Which of statements 1–5 does the author disagree with?
EXAM TIP 2.9 Which facts in statements 1–5 does the author not give? Circle which statements are
In True / False / Not Given questions, you False and which are Not Given.
have to compare several statements with 1 The elephant migration is dangerous for hotel guests. False / Not Given
information in the passage. Which of the
2 Most monarch butterflies die before completing their journey. False / Not Given
three options can be confusing? Why?
» page 148 3 Red crabs move a lot during the year. False / Not Given
4 Animals use the moon to tell them when to migrate. False / Not Given
5 The number of monarch butterflies is rising. False / Not Given
A 4 Discuss the questions about exercise 3 with a partner.
1 How confident did you feel about putting Not Given for an answer?
2 How many times did you read each section to decide if the information is Not Given?
Exam practice
B C 5 Do statements 1–5 agree with the information in the passage? Write:
True if the statement agrees with the information
False if the statement contradicts the information
Not Given if there is no information on this.
1 Monarch butterflies use the sun to navigate.
2 Red crabs spend most of their lives in the ocean.
D
3 Red crab migration is being threatened by tourists.
4 Arctic terns face many challenges on their journey.
5 Arctic terns don’t stop to find food.
6 Match animals A–E with facts 1–7.
1 were altered by scientists
E A Arctic tern 2 have large brains
B Monarch butterfly 3 like to eat fruit
C Elephant 4 change biologically before migrating
D Red crab 5 use the wind
E Trout 6 use their noses to navigate
7 carry scientific equipment

Secrets
of
migration
A Every year in November a herd of elephants in Zambia
returns to eat fruit from the same group of mango trees. But
one year they returned to find that a luxury hotel, Mfuwe
Lodge, had been built around their trees. So, what did
5 the elephants do? We might expect them to have turned
away, confused. However, it seems their memory was so
strong that they simply walked through the reception, into
the hotel garden, and found the fruit. Such remarkable
stories of animal migration have long fascinated humans before each migration, enabling them to keep going for
10 and attracted biologists, whose research is revealing some several days.
amazing insights.
D Some species cleverly use their environments to gain
B Whereas elephants can rely on large brains and fuel and support for their journeys. The Arctic tern is a
incredible memories to find their migration paths, smaller 40 prime example. It holds the record for the longest migration
species carry other special equipment. Take for example, route of any known creature, travelling for most of the
15 the monarch butterfly in the USA. It migrates further than year from breeding grounds in northern Canada down to
any insect species, flying 2,000 km south to Mexico to the Southern Ocean of Antarctica and back, an annual
escape winter temperatures, and then north again to feed. journey of over 70,000 km. But its journey is not direct. By
By painting one of their antennae black and observing 45 attaching electronic tracking devices to birds, researchers
the resulting confusion, scientists have concluded that have discovered that they fly in a giant ‘S’ shape, using
20 the butterfly uses them to sense the position of the sun air currents to help them save energy and adapting their
and navigate effectively. In another recent study, on trout, route to stop at particular islands that are known to offer
scientists discovered cells in the fish’s nose that respond feeding opportunities.
to the Earth’s magnetic field, just like an internal compass,
helping them to swim either up or down a river.
50 E Such research may be interesting but it has great value,
too. Tracking animals as they migrate and monitoring their
25 C Other animals have been shown to make amazing numbers can help scientists protect them better in the face
biological changes just before they travel. Christmas Island, of a number of threats. For instance, research has shown
an isolated Australian territory located in the Indian Ocean, that numbers of monarch butterflies have been declining for
accommodates up to 120 million red crabs, which migrate 55 the last seven years, falling 59% in 2013 alone, and this has
each year from the island’s high central rainforest to the highlighted the need for controls on logging, land clearing,
30 sea to lay their eggs. The ‘red tide’ of young crabs that and use of pesticides in Mexico and the USA. Tracking
journey 5 km through towns and along roads has to be seen elephants has proved how illegal killing is stopping them
to be believed, but their journey is more incredible when from passing on the knowledge of migration routes to
you consider that under normal circumstances they can 60 younger elephants. Despite this knowledge, if we are not
only walk for 10 minutes before needing to rest. Tests have careful, some of the greatest spectacles of nature could
35 shown that high levels of sugar are released into the blood change radically or even be lost forever.
Pronoun referents 7 Find pronouns 1–8 in the passage. What does each one refer to in the passage?
The first one is done for you.
1 their (line 4) elephants 5 them (line 36)
2 them (line 20) 6 its (line 44)
3 them (line 24) 7 this (line 55)
4 they (line 26) 8 them (line 58)

8 Use the words to complete the text below.
they them it these their
Emperor penguins aren’t the only species of this bird that migrate, but 1
are perhaps the most famous. 2 magnificent creatures have adapted
well to the difficult conditions that surround 3 . Though the migration of
emperor penguins to and from 4 nesting areas is short compared to that
of many animals, 5 is full of challenges and the risks are great.
What do you think?

9 Discuss the questions with a partner.
1 How popular are TV programmes or channels about nature and wildlife in your country?
2 Why could learning about how animals navigate be useful to humans?
3 Animals migrate to find food, raise their young, or find better weather. Do people
‘migrate’ or move for similar reasons?
EXAM CHALLENGE
SPEAKING WRITING
1 Prepare to speak about the topic on the card. Think or 1 Write a paragraph to follow the topic sentence below.
make notes for 1 minute. Governments can now control the effects of extreme
weather effectively.
Talk about a visit you made to the countryside.
You should say: 2 Check your paragraph with the model answer on page
– where you went 109. Did you include:
– why you went there a supporting examples?
– what the weather was like b a conditional sentence to show cause and effect?
and explain what you enjoyed about the place.
2 Speak for 1–2 minutes about the topic on the card. Ask a
partner to listen to you or record your responses.
READING
3 Ask your partner or yourself the questions. 1 Do questions 8–13 in Practice test: Reading on page 155.
1 Did you use used to and/or other past forms? Try to get at least four answers correct in 9 minutes.
2 Did you describe details about the sights, smells, 2 Did you understand the difference between Not Given
sounds, and sensations? and False information?
LISTENING

152. Try to get at least two answers correct.
2 Did you use your knowledge of individual words to spell
the compounds correctly?

UNIT 8 Producers & consumers
MAJOR EXPORTERS AND IMPORTERS OF WATER, 2012
EXPORTS USA GERMANY FRANCE CANADA ITALY CHINA JAPAN
$800m
$700m
$600m
$500m
$400m
$300m
$200m
$100m
$100m
$200m
$300m
$400m
$500m
IMPORTS
BOTTLED WATER PRODUCTION TAP WATER

OIL BOTTLED WATER WATER BOTTLED WATER
11
1 litre litres 3 litres 1 litre In some
countries only
boiled water is
1 litre of oil is required to make 3 litres of water are required drinkable
11 litres of bottled water to make 1 litre of bottled water
What do you think?

1 Why is French water so popular?
2 Why does the USA import so much water?
3 Do you drink tap water or do you buy bottled water? Why?
4 What other products does your country import and export?
5 What are the advantages and disadvantages of international trade?

SPEAKING Recognizing question types
EXAM FOCUS: PART 3
▶▶ recognize question types for

Part 3 Topic focus
▶▶ speak about consumer
products 1 How do you like to shop? Underline one option in each of 1–6.
▶▶ use key phrases to respond 1 I buy what I need OR I buy what I want
to different question types
2 I ask for advice OR I choose by myself
3 I buy immediately OR I wait until it’s cheaper
4 I buy online OR I buy in shops
5 I only buy my favourite brands OR I try new brands
6 I plan my shopping OR I shop when I like
Consumer products 3 Look at pictures A–F. What are the products? Put them into the categories below.
A
C
E
B F
Impulse buys Electronic goods

Branded goods White goods
Services Gifts
4 Number products A–F in order of the time usually taken to decide before buying.
(1 = shortest amount of time, 6 = longest amount of time).
5 Think of two more items to add to each category in exercise 3.
6 What would you do before buying the products in pictures A–F? Choose 1–6 below for
each product. Then compare with a partner.
1 Check a comparison website.
2 Read online reviews by other consumers.
3 Look for special offers.
4 Get a personal recommendation.
5 Browse through a catalogue.
6 Look at / Try a sample in a shop.
7 Tell a partner how you would buy each of the things below.
coat bicycle sunglasses printer ink cartridges tablet computer

78 UNIT 8 PRODUCERS & CONSUMERS For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
Exam skills
Recognizing question types 8 Match questions 1–4 with functions a–d below.
1 Which is better? Going to an out-of-town shopping centre or to local shops?
EXAM TIP 2.10 2 What are the most important exports in your country?
In Speaking Part 3, you are asked a range 3 Why do you think some people prefer to write shopping lists?
of questions related to the topic of Part 2. 4 Will we buy everything online in the future?
How can you prepare to answer these a prediction
questions? » page 145
b speculation
c comparison
d evaluation
9 2.11 Listen to eight different questions. Match each question with a function (a–d) in
exercise 8.
1 5

2 6
3 7
4 8
Key phrases
Responses to different 10 2.12 Listen again. Choose the correct response (a–h) for each question you hear.
question types a It’s probably because they enjoy shopping.
b It depends on the person. The main thing is to buy what you need.
c Maybe it’s because they think that children are already spoilt.
d Gifts, more than anything. I think some husbands hate choosing things for their wives.
e My guess is that there’ll be more factories and more pollution.
f They’re totally different. Women make more impulse buys, I think.
g I think both are important but the second is more fun!
h I’d say they’re likely to become smaller.
11 Put the phrases in bold from exercise 10 into the table below.
Prediction Speculation Comparison Evaluation
Exam practice
12 Work in groups of three and take turns. Student A, go to page 109. Student B, answer
Student A’s questions. Student C, make a note of the key phrases that Student B uses.

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. UNIT 8 PRODUCERS & CONSUMERS 79
LISTENING Choosing options from lists
▶▶ choose multiple items in a list

▶▶ recognize and use words to Topic focus
describe money and value
▶▶ deal with test-related stress 1 Work alone and answer the questions. Circle option a, b, or c.
1 If you received a large amount of money, would you:
a have a holiday with friends? b save it? c buy a new car?
2 If your home was on fire, which item would you save first?
a pictures or photos b wallet or purse c electronic goods
3 If you bought a present for a colleague, what would it be like?
a expensive b expensive (and buy yourself one) c as cheap as possible
4 If a colleague won a car, would you think:
a I’m happy for them b I wish I were them c That’s so unfair!
5 A friend asks if they can borrow your new bicycle. Do you:
a agree happily? b agree but say ‘Be careful’? c refuse?
2 Which option in exercise 1 did you circle most? What do you think your answers say
about you?
Money and value 3 Would you normally use the words and phrases below to describe products, people, or
experiences? Put them into the correct column.
priceless worthless wealthy good value rich
valuable a waste of money wasteful pricey poor
Products only Products or experiences People
4 Complete the sentences with words or phrases from exercise 3.

1 This antique collection is worth a fortune. It’s .
2 We can’t afford that house. It’s too .
3 Who would buy that jacket? It’s totally .
4 You shouldn’t spend so much on clothes. You’re so .
5 How much did you buy? Are you feeling ?
6 His parents send him a lot of money because they’re very .
7 Oh, look! If you buy one bottle, you get one free. That’s .
8 How is that painting?
9 I never buy new textbooks. They’re .
10 I give a percentage of my income to people.
5 With a partner, discuss the value of each item in the list below. Decide which item you
would buy.
I think the home cinema system would be pricey …
home cinema system meal in a top restaurant designer watch

two tickets for a music festival new suit / dress piece of original artwork

Exam skills
Choosing multiple items in a list 6 Answer questions 1–3 about the task below.
1 Do you have to write letters or words?
2 How many items do you have to choose?
3 Does it matter in what order you write the answers?
Which three things are discussed in the tutorial? Choose three letters (A–G).
A why being happy is important E the objects that make us unhappy
B examples of important possessions F how long researchers have studied materialism
C the meaning of ‘materialism’ G the theory of evolution
D human motivation and the brain
7 Underline the key words in options A–G in exercise 6.

8 2.14 Two students have done the survey in exercise 1 as preparation for a sociology
EXAM TIP 2.13 tutorial. Listen to part 1 of the tutorial. Circle the three correct options A–G in exercise 6.
In addition to basic multiple-choice
questions, you may have to choose more
than one option from a list. Why can this Exam practice
be difficult? » page 146
9 2.15 Listen to part 2 of the tutorial. Which three things are mentioned by the
speakers? Choose three letters (A–G).
A social events E branded goods
B marriage F traditional toys
C sports activities G giving gifts
D family vacations
10 2.16 Listen to part 3 of the tutorial. Complete the summary. Write one word for
each answer.
People with materialistic values are often 1 and care about their possessions.
Research shows that they become less 2 than others. This may be because
they feel 3 about their possessions or stop 4 other people. To
be happy, it may be better to spend money on having 5 with others.
What do you think?

1 Is it important for you to feel in control of a situation?
2 Do things or experiences make you happier? Why?
3 Do you think it’s useful to compare yourself to other people?
Study skills
Dealing with test-related stress Which of the things below make you feel stressed about tests?
• having unrealistic goals • having too much work to do
• what other students say or do • feeling unprepared
• parents’ expectations • needing to remember a lot
What other things make you feel stressed about tests? How do you deal with stress?

WRITING Connecting ideas
EXAM FOCUS: TASK 2
▶▶ structure discussion essays

▶▶ write topic sentences for Topic focus
discussion essays
▶▶ use linking words and 1 Read the text. Answer questions a and b.
phrases
Two supermarkets are offering the chance to taste some jam. Supermarket 1 has six
flavours; Supermarket 2 has 24 flavours. In which supermarket are you more likely to
a) stop and try some jam, b) buy some jam?
2 Read the text on page 109. Do the results surprise you? Why / Why not?
Exam skills
Structuring discussion essays 3 Read the essay question below. Does it require you to give your opinion? How many
points of view should you present?
EXAM TIP 2.17 Many people believe that having more choice is always a good thing. Others believe we
have to make too many choices in modern life. Discuss both points of view.
If a Task 2 essay question asks about
opinions, check whether you have to 4 Which statements (a–f) give a reason for choice being a positive thing?
write a discussion essay or a personal
opinion essay. Why is this important? a it can also stop us feeling happy
» page 147 b we look forward to things that we have chosen
c it gives us the power to improve our lives
d sometimes we are not able to make the right choices
e it can motivate us to work harder
f too many options can stop us making good decisions
5 Complete the two paragraphs from a discussion essay below with statements a–f from
exercise 4.
On the one hand, there are several reasons why choice can be beneficial. Firstly,
1
. For example, if we do not like the service a doctor provides we can choose
a different surgery. Secondly, 2 . For instance, if our parents chose a holiday
destination for us we would not anticipate or enjoy the trip as much as if we
had chosen it. Finally, 3 . For example, a child who is given a choice of school
subjects may work harder to prove their choice was good or for the pleasure of
doing something they have chosen themselves.
On the other hand, being able to choose can also have many negative
consequences. Firstly, 4 . For instance, research has shown that when
presented with a wide range of different savings accounts, people often don’t
choose the best option or make no decisions. Secondly, 5 . For example, we
let schoolchildren choose what subjects they want to do even though teachers
might be better able to decide what is best for them. Finally, 6 . For instance,
research shows that we are more likely to be happy with something we are given
and cannot return than something we could easily exchange.

Key phrases VOCABULARY FILE » page 128
Linking words and phrases 6 Match 1–5 below with similar linking words and phrases in bold from the paragraphs in
exercise 5.
1 Lastly
2 Furthermore
3 To begin with
4 However
5 As a case in point
7 Complete the text with linking words or phrases from exercises 5 and 6.
Many people believe that large shopping centres have a range of negative effects on an
area. This may be true. 1 , they also have a generally positive economic
impact. 2 , they encourage people to shop because parking is more
convenient. 3 , people tend to spend more in shopping centres as they
have less distance to walk and can load up their cars more easily. 4 , they
attract tourists to areas that don’t have popular city centres. 5 , the city
of Bloomington in the American state of Minnesota has attracted $1 billion of income
from tourism because of its ‘Mall of America’.
Exam skills
Writing topic sentences 8 Read the topic sentences in the paragraphs in exercise 5. Which words or phrases tell
for discussion essays you there will be more than one idea in the paragraphs?
9 Complete the two topic sentences for each essay question below. Vary your language.
The first one is done for you.
1 We consume too much in modern society. Discuss.
On the one hand, high levels of consumption bring many benefits.
On the other hand, consuming too much can have negative effects.
2 In the future, we will do all our shopping online. Discuss.
Some people think …
However, others believe …
3 Electricity is the world’s greatest discovery. Discuss.
To some extent, …
However, …
Exam practice
10 Write two paragraphs for one of the essay questions in exercise 9. Follow the structure
below. Use the plans on pages 109–10 to help you if necessary.
Paragraph 1 Paragraph 2
Topic sentence Topic sentence
Point 1, example 1 Point 1, example 1

READING Summary completion
▶▶ read for the main idea in a

passage Topic focus
▶▶ complete summaries of a
passage 1 Look at the photo. Choose one of functions 1–3 for what you think the machine does.
▶▶ use modal verbs to talk 1 It makes objects bigger or smaller.
about ability
2 It prints objects in three dimensions (3D).
3 It allows objects to 'travel' through space.
2 How do you think the machine in the picture works? Discuss with a partner.
Exam skills
Reading for the main idea 3 Read only the first sentence of the paragraph below. Choose the best heading a–c.
a How 3D printing is changing
EXAM TIP 2.18 b A description of 3D printing
To understand the main idea of a c How 3D printing was developed
passage, you often need to read only the
topic sentence. Which type of question is 3D printing works by reproducing whole objects in layers. The machine first scans an
this particularly useful for? » page 148 object with great precision and then rebuilds it from bottom to top using a special
material. The process can be used to produce tools, shoes, clothes, guitars … in fact,
almost anything, including objects with moving parts. Furthermore, the objects are
produced as single pieces, removing the need to put parts together.
4 Now read the complete paragraph. Is your answer to exercise 3 the same?
5 Read the passage on page 85 quickly, focusing on the topic sentences of paragraphs A–F.
Is the passage about:
1 the advantages and disadvantages of producing things at home?
2 the advantages of 3D printing?
3 why we should change the current system of production?
Completing summaries 6 Read the sentence below. Which paragraph of the passage discusses this problem?
However, people without money, large houses, or may not be able to participate in this
new economy.
7 Which part of speech is the missing word in the sentence in exercise 6: verb, noun, or
adjective? Try to guess the word.
8 Scan the paragraph you chose in exercise 6. Find a suitable word or phrase to complete
the sentence in exercise 6.
The THIRD industrial revolution
A ‘Today is the beginning of the third industrial revolution.’ reduce production and distribution costs. We will also
These words were spoken by the Vice President of the EU, 30 waste less energy and reduce levels of industrial pollution.
Antonio Tajani, in 2012. But what did he mean? In the first
D However, perhaps not everyone will benefit from the
industrial revolution of the 19th century, machines started
third industrial revolution. In a world of small-scale
5 doing the tasks once done by hand. The second industrial
domestic industry, people who don’t have the space at
revolution, 100 years later, saw electricity being used to
home, the money for equipment, or the skills to design
mass-produce objects like cars in large factories. Now,
35 objects won’t be able to profit. Worse still, 3D printers and
many believe that these factories will disappear because
energy generators may replace many of the jobs in factories
technology permits us to produce much of what we need
and shops that less skilled workers could previously do.
10 in our houses or locally. We can already produce renewable
Poorer countries with lower levels of capital, education,
energy at home using solar panels or turbines, and 3D
and technology may be particularly affected.
printing technology now allows us to print a range of
objects. But should we, like Mr Tajani, be excited about 40 E There is also doubt over whether governments will
this ‘third industrial revolution’? be able to regulate production. For example, currently,
governments are able to restrict the sale of dangerous goods
15 B The idea that we may all become producers is certainly such as guns and knives by making sure buyers and sellers
attractive to many. Homeowners will be able to make
have a licence. But who will control what millions of 3D
money producing renewable energy and selling it over
45 printers produce? Also, if production of copied ‘designer’
the internet, or print wonderful products – designing and
goods is already a problem for brands, how much greater
producing them without having to build a large factory.
will the problem be when we can scan and print off any
20 Working under production managers will become a thing
object we find? Finally, how will governments tax goods
of the past and we will be able to print off whatever we
or energy produced domestically?
need whenever we want.
F These are just a few of the questions that need to
C There will also be benefits for society in general. In the
50
be answered during the third industrial revolution. In
current world economy, various parts of a product like
the meantime, technicians from all countries are busy
25 a mobile phone are made in different countries, sent to
exploring the applications of 3D printing and other exciting
another country to be put together and packaged, and then
inventions. The main problem is whether the governments
shipped to shops all around the world. So, by downloading
55 of the world will be able to keep up with them and deal
the product directly in our homes we will dramatically
with the consequences.
Exam practice
9 Complete the summary with words from the passage. Write no more than two words
each time.
The third industrial revolution will have many advantages. For instance, we will produce more
things at home, rather than in a 1 . This will reduce the 2 of making
products, as well as levels of 3
and energy use. However, unskilled workers and
poorer people may not be able to participate in this new economy. People will need financial
capital for 4 and they will need a range of new skills. There may also be a negative
impact on 5 in production and distribution. Furthermore, governments will need
to 6 the new economy to stop people making things that are 7 .
Modal verbs of ability 10 Complete the sentences from the passage. Use could, can, or will / won’t be able to.
1 We already produce renewable energy at home using solar panels or
turbines.
2 People who don’t have the space at home, the money for equipment, or the skills to
design objects profit.
3 3D printers and energy generators may replace many of the jobs in factories and shops
that less skilled workers previously do.
4 There is also doubt over whether governments regulate production.
11 Discuss the activities below using could, can, or will / won’t be able to. Use the stems
to help you.
Example: In the past, we could get a free university education.
In the past … At the moment … In the future …
• get a free university education • have a meal for under 5 euros

• buy CD players • watch 3D televisions
• touch and smell objects on webpages • go on holiday in space
What do you think?
12 Read the complete passage on page 85. Will the production of home energy and
3D printing really change the world? Think about the points below. Then discuss
with a partner.
• quality of home-produced goods / energy • enjoyment of shopping
• technical limits • needs of travellers
EXAM CHALLENGE
SPEAKING LISTENING
1 With a partner, choose three questions to ask each 1 Do questions 25–27 in Practice test: Listening on
other. page 151.
1 Do you think shops will exist in the future?
2 What are the most popular products for teenagers
to buy? WRITING
3 Is it better to buy local products or imported products?
1 Write two main paragraphs for the essay question
4 Why do some people avoid asking sales assistants
below.
for help?
5 Will we buy the same things in the future as we Children in modern society receive too many gifts.
buy now? Discuss.
6 How are older people and younger people different in
their shopping habits? 2 Check your paragraphs with the model answer on
page 110. Did you write one paragraph for and one
2 Take turns to ask and answer the three questions you paragraph against the idea?
chose in exercise 1. Ask your partner to listen to you or
record your responses.
3 Did you or your partner use key phrases appropriate to READING
the question type?
1 Do questions 1–4 in Practice test: Reading on page 154.
Try to get at least three answers correct in 6 minutes.
2 Did you read the topic sentences first to help you to
locate the information?

UNIT 9 Media & travel
83%
of travellers use the
internet for most of
their holiday planning
39% post holiday photos online

during their holidays
51% of travellers 93% say that 34%

have posted an online online reviews help
review about a place, them to book holidays of travellers post
accommodation, updates on social
or venue networks during
their holiday
Travellers now consider

an average of
7 hotels 33% of travellers use
mobile devices to find
when booking holiday local amenities (restaurants,
accommodation etc.) during their holiday
What do you think?

1 How do you find out information before you travel?
2 Do you ever post online reviews of a place you have visited?
3 Previously, do you think people considered more or fewer than seven hotels when
booking holiday accommodation? Why?
4 What information do you share with others about your holiday? How?
5 Do you think social media will continue to change travel in the future? How?

SPEAKING Narrating
EXAM FOCUS: PART 2
▶▶ use sequencing markers

▶▶ use the past simple and Topic focus
past continuous
▶▶ speak about events in the 1 Look at pictures and headlines A–C. Which of the news stories would you most
news like to read? Why?
▶▶ say the endings of regular 2 Number the stories according to how popular you think they were (1 = most popular,
past tense verbs 3 = least popular).
3 How are news websites different from newspapers?
A B C
Global economy to get weaker Man who fights shark loses job NASA: Life on Mars could exist
Events in the news 4 Match the phrasal verbs with nouns 1–6.
break out break into sth take place run over sb
go off run off come across sth crash into sth
1 an event 4 a driver (x2)

2 an alarm or a bomb 5 thieves (x2)
3 scientists 6 violence or a fire
5 Complete the sentences with verbs from exercise 4. You may need to change the form of
the verbs.
1 When the thieves the factory, the alarm and so they quickly
.
2 Some violence before the match yesterday.
3 Last night, a driver a pedestrian and then a wall.
4 During their trip, the scientists a new species of animal.
Exam skills
Using sequencing markers 6 Match the events to the pictures (A–E), then put them in order to make a narrative.
The family was rescued. The firefighters arrived. The fire was put out.
A fire broke out. The family screamed for help.
A B C D E

88 UNIT 9 MEDIA & TRAVEL For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
7 Tell a partner your narrative from exercise 6, using the sequence markers below. Did you
EXAM TIP 2.19
tell the same version?
In Speaking Part 2, you may be asked
to describe or ‘narrate’ past events. Next Then In the end Soon First First, a fire broke out. Then, …
Remember to use mostly past simple verb
forms. What tense can give background to
your narrative? » page 145 Grammar GRAMMAR FILE » page 119
Past simple and past continuous 8 Look at tasks a–c. Read the narrative below. Which task does it refer to?
a Describe a difficult journey.
b Describe the plot of a book you enjoyed.
c Describe an interesting news story.
I recently 1 (read) about a backpacker. He 2 (get lost) in

the Australian Outback while he 3 (walk). If I remember correctly, he
4
(work) at a farm, many miles from the nearest town. To survive, he first
5
(drink) some contact lens solution that he 6 (carry) with
him. But then this 7 (run out) and he 8 (become) weak.
After three days in the sun he nearly 9 (die) but in the end, a helicopter
10
(discover) him while he 11 (cross) an area of open land.
They 12 (rescue) him and 13 (take) him to hospital.
I 14 (think) the story was really interesting because …
9 Complete the narrative in exercise 8. Put the verbs in brackets into the past simple or
past continuous.
10 Work with a partner. Use only the list of verbs to retell the narrative from exercise 8.
read get lost walk work drink carry run out

become die discover cross rescue take think
11 2.20 Listen to the final sound of the regular past tense verbs. Put each one into the
correct column of the table.
discovered reported crashed arrived screamed visited
attacked survived worked rescued posted photographed
/d/ /t/ /ɪd/
12 Continue one of the stories below. Use as many verbs from exercise 11 as you can.
1 The pilot was feeling tired as his plane approached Madrid airport …
2 The tourist was enjoying the boat trip along the Amazon River …
Exam practice
Describe an interesting news story. You should say:

– how you found out about the story
– what it was about
– why you chose to read it / watch it / listen to it
and explain why you thought the story was interesting.

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. UNIT 9 MEDIA & TRAVEL 89
LISTENING Understanding connected speech
▶▶ separate connected speech

▶▶ recognize and use vocabulary Topic focus
for tourist city sights
▶▶ consider resources you can 1 Cities 1–6 are among some of the most visited cities in the world. Match them with
use to prepare for the test countries a–f.
1 Kuala Lumpur a Thailand
2 Istanbul b Spain
3 Barcelona c Malaysia
4 Dubai d USA
5 Bangkok e Turkey
6 New York f UAE
2 Tell a partner what you know about the cities in exercise 1. Why do you think they
are popular?
3 Can you think of any other cities that are popular with tourists?
City sights 4 Look at pictures A–F. Which sights from the list below are shown?
street market harbour monument mall art gallery fountain

cathedral mosque main square city wall public gardens statue
A B C D E F
5 Complete the questions with the correct form of the verb visit.
1 Do you enjoy monuments?
2 Would you prefer public gardens or a street market?
3 Have you an art gallery recently?
4 Can you any famous buildings where you live?
5 What can you see if you the main square in your town or city?
6 Work with a partner. Take it in turns to ask and answer the questions in exercise 5.
Exam skills
Separating connected speech 7 2.21 Listen to four sentences. How many words do you hear in each sentence? (Count
contractions, e.g. it’s, as one word.)
EXAM TIP 2.22 8 2.23 Listen to the recording and rewrite sentences 1–3 correctly.
In the Listening test, you often have to 1 It’s a really grey town.
write down individual words that you hear. 2 You’ll soon see his stories everywhere.
What makes this difficult? » page 146
3 Is that the woman you meant?

9 2.24 Listen to Aimee’s audio diary about Mexico City. Complete the notes. Write no
more than three words for each gap.
MEXICO CITY
Good points:
– The 1 of the buildings
– The 2 in the churches
Interesting facts:
– The towers in Mexico City aren’t 3 .
– This is because it was built on a 4 lake.
Getting around:
– Easy to travel around the city on 5 .
– It stops at all the key 6 .
What next?
– Cancún! The flight there takes 7 .
– There, you can go dancing in some 8 and spend time on 9 .
Exam practice
10 2.25 Listen and answer the questions.
B O S N I A 1 Which is the correct position of Dubrovnik Airport in the diagram: A, B or C?
H E R Z E G O V I N A
2 Which three things does the guide say you can see as you walk through Dubrovnik?
A cars D an old fountain
A B small mansions E some birds
C lively cafés F bookshops
11 2.26 Listen and complete the notes. Write no more than two words for each gap.
Dubrovnik B
Tourist sights and activities in Dubrovnik:
C R O A T I A – The 1 Limited gallery
– A coffee bar that 2 during the recent war
C – Views of the tall 3
–A4 to the island of Lokrum
Adriatic Sea
– A view of the harbour from the 5
– A dance on 6
What do you think?

12 Think of a city you know well. Which sights would you take a foreign visitor to on a
one-day tour?
13 Compare your ideas with a partner. Give reasons. How could they improve their tour?
Study skills
Using resources How would you use the resources below to help you to prepare for the test?
• your coursebook • your teacher
• your study notes • your friends and family
• practice tests • your classmates
• the internet • free time
Are some resources more important as you get closer to the test date? Why / Why not?

WRITING Conclusions
EXAM FOCUS: TASK 2
▶▶ writeconclusions for essays

▶▶ usecompound nouns to Topic focus
write about the media
1 Look at the headline and the pictures. What do you think happened?
Change of luck for homeless man
2 Read the news story on page 110. Compare your prediction from exercise 1.
1 Why was there such a positive reaction to the news story?
2 Would you give money to a ‘viral’ campaign like the one started by Sarah Darling’s
husband?
Compounds: media 4 Create compound nouns by matching nouns in group A with nouns in group B.
A news Web social TV
B story content programme users
page media network broadcast

1 Which news network do you trust the most?
2 Which social media sites do you use?
3 Have you ever created a web page about yourself?
4 How do you decide which TV programmes to watch?
Exam skills
Writing conclusions 6 Look at the essay questions. Which one asks you to show if your opinion is the same as
the one given?
1 The internet has allowed the public to be better informed about world events. To
what extent do you agree or disagree with this view? Give reasons for your answer.
2 How does the internet affect people’s views of the world?

7 Look at the parts from an essay below. Are they from an answer to question 1 or 2 in
exercise 6?
Thesis statement:
Arguably, the internet has not increased the public’s knowledge of world issues.
Topic sentences:
It is true that the internet has allowed people to find a wide variety of news
stories and articles online …
However, internet users tend to select more entertaining stories to read and
listen to …
Furthermore, web publishers show us only the information they know we like ...
8 Read the conclusion. Which sentences repeat the information in a) the thesis statement
and b) the topic sentences from exercise 7?
1
In conclusion, the internet has not made us better informed about global news.
2
It may have helped the public access information, but the quality of information
we are given is often poor and web users generally choose to watch less serious
content. 3Consequently, if we want to educate people, it is essential that we
preserve traditional forms of media as far as possible.
9 Rewrite thesis statements 1–4 to make different sentences for conclusions. Use
vocabulary from exercise 4 where possible. The first one is done for you.
1 This essay will argue that broadcasters have less control over news than they used to.
This essay has argued that news networks have less control than they used to .
EXAM TIP 2.27 2 This essay will argue that online communities are replacing traditional friendships.
This essay has argued that .
In a conclusion, you should include
a summary of your main points and 3 This essay will argue that the public controls the material it sees on the internet.
a sentence that directly answers the This essay has argued that .
question. What else could you include? 4 This essay will argue that live visual media will be replaced by recorded video content.
» page 147
This essay has argued that .
10 Put sentences a–c in the correct order to make a conclusion for essay question 2 in
exercise 6.
a The question is whether we can trust the public to access important information.
b The internet has changed our view of the world in two very different ways.
c It has made information about other countries readily available and has given us
freedom to choose the content we see.
Exam practice
11 Read the thesis statement and topic sentences. Then write a conclusion for the essay.
Thesis statement: This essay will outline how digital communications can help us
to create change in our world.
Topic sentence 1: Firstly, the internet helps people raise awareness of key issues
around the world.
Topic sentence 2: Secondly, mobile media, like smartphones, makes it easy to
meet or act together.
Topic sentence 3: Thirdly, online payment systems enable money to be raised and
sent quickly.

READING Yes / No / Not Given
▶▶ understand Yes / No / Not

Given questions Topic focus
▶▶ understand vocabulary of
advertising 1 Look at the advert for New Zealand. Would you like to go there? Why / Why not?
2 What picture and phrase would you use to advertise your country?
Advertising 3 Match 1–10 with definitions a–j.

1 advert 6 blog
2 (hash)tag 7 trending list
3 campaign 8 review
4 brand 9 slogan
5 logo 10 search engine ranking
a a website where a person writes regularly about recent topics or events
b a design or symbol that a company or an organization uses as its special sign
c the position something has on the internet depending on its popularity
d a phrase used to attract people’s attention or to suggest an idea quickly
e topics being discussed frequently on a social media site such as Twitter
would appear here
f a type of article in which somebody gives an opinion on something
g a notice, picture, or film telling people about a product, job, or service
h a symbol which highlights a topic being discussed on Twitter
i the associations connected to a product name
j a series of planned activities that are intended to promote a product or service
4 Are items 1–10 in exercise 3 usually created by companies or the public?
Exam skills
Understanding Yes / No / 5 Read paragraph G of the passage on page 95. According to the author, which group of
Not Given questions people helps to create national brands?
6 Is the author likely to agree or disagree with the statements below?
1 Governments need to spend more money on printed adverts.
2 Tourists can’t get useful information about countries online.
Exam practice
7 Do the statements agree with the ideas expressed by the author of the passage? Write
EXAM TIP 2.28 Yes, No, or Not Given.
Yes / No / Not Given questions are 1 Countries spend more than you would expect on national branding.
different to True / False / Not Given
2 Traditional rebranding campaigns have worked well in many cases.
questions. How? Where can you often find
the author’s main opinion? » page 148 3 Britain and Las Vegas have recently had successful rebranding campaigns.
4 It is harder for authorities to control branding than it was in the past.
5 Films and music now have more effect on branding than all other sources of information.
6 The experience of South Korea shows that slogans can still be effective.

BRANDING
PLACES advertising slogans fail to compete with this rising tide of
information. For example, the ‘South Korea – Sparkling’
and the ‘Soul of Asia’ advertising messages have certainly
A The travel and tourism industry contributes $6 trillion to made less impact on the national brand than the country’s
global GDP*, almost as much as banking. With the industry 40 ‘K-pop’ music genre.
still growing, it is not surprising that many countries are
E This does not mean that public spending on tourist
spending tens of millions of dollars trying to increase their
promotion is wasted, but it has to work together with
5 share of the prize. What then should countries be doing to
existing media. Consequently, many countries now promote
promote themselves?
themselves through popular blogs or travel websites and
B One traditional approach has been to use rebranding 45 create adverts that connect with ‘trending’ topics. For
campaigns, with logos and slogans, to create a fresh, new example, when, on one day in 2012, an ancient Mayan
image for the country. This approach has seen notable prediction led nervous internet users to worry that the
10 successes. Perhaps most famously, in the 1980s, Spain world was about to end, the Australian government placed
managed to transform itself into the world’s eighth a clever advert on the web. It said: ‘Tomorrow has already
largest tourist economy with its ‘Everything under the 50 arrived in Australia’, reminding people where to go for
sun’ campaign, which emphasized its variety of attractions. sanity and calm.
Similarly, in the 1990s, the ‘Scotland the brand’ campaign
F But the days of the big, planned campaign are not
15 resulted in a 200% rise in cultural exports like food and
over. Clever tourist authorities have been able to organize
drink, and a decade later the ‘100% Pure New Zealand’
social media campaigns, and they’ve often used their own
campaign helped to make this small nation the adventure
55 citizens to do this. For example, the Colombian government
sports capital of the world.
launched a page on Facebook entitled: ‘It’s not Columbia;
C However, tourist authorities have not always found it’s Colombia’, to highlight the common spelling error. In
20 it easy to impose a brand on a country. For example, the the first two weeks the page had been ‘liked’ by 70,000
‘Cool Britannia’ brand message of the mid-1990s was soon proud Colombians, and it went high up in search engine
ridiculed in the British media as it didn’t reflect important, 60 rankings. The Philippine government had even greater
traditional values. Similarly, Las Vegas failed to rebrand in impact with its tag ‘#itsmorefuninthephilippines’. It invited
the 1990s when it created the ‘It’s anything and everything’ Philippinos to upload and tag photos of themselves having
25 message to try and attract a range of tourists, including fun and many did, making their campaign the number one
families, to the world’s party capital. Tourist authorities in trending topic on Twitter. Both countries are reporting
both places were quickly forced to change their advertising 65 growth in tourism.
to reflect more popular views of the destinations.
G Perhaps then, the key to successful place branding is to
D In fact, in the modern world it is becoming increasingly turn millions of patriotic social media users into a giant
30 difficult for authorities to control the brand of destinations. sales force. The messages they spread are certainly likely to
The growing number of travel bloggers, reviewers, and be more powerful and authentic than advertising slogans.
social media users all contribute their own views (and
Glossary
photos) of destinations. Similarly, cultural products like
GDP abbreviation for Gross Domestic Product (total value
films and music, which create vivid images of places, are
of all goods and services produced by a country in one year)
35 exchanged on a growing scale. Comparatively bland
8 Complete the text below with words from the list.
adverts proud believable web pages traveller attractive
social media support create pictures countries messages
Tourist authorities use online media in a variety of ways. They can make 1
that are linked to popular internet discussion topics, but they can also start campaigns
in 2 communities. The campaigns have often been most successful when
authorities involve the people of their own countries. For example, citizens may be
encouraged to 3 a particular web page or even put 4 online
with an official tag. These work well because people are very proud of their 5
and their contributions on social media sites are usually 6 and influential.

What do you think?
1 Do you think it’s important for a country to develop a brand? Why / Why not?
2 Does your country have a slogan? If so, do you think it is an effective slogan for
your country?
3 Think of countries you know well. How would you brand them?
10 In 2013, experts predicted the countries below would have strong brands in the future.
What do you know about the countries? Do you think the predictions will be correct?
Chile Estonia Qatar
China Malaysia United Arab Emirates
EXAM CHALLENGE
SPEAKING WRITING
1 Prepare to speak about the topic on the card. Think or 1 Write a conclusion to follow the thesis statement and
make notes for 1 minute. the three topic sentences below.
Talk about a difficult journey you have made. Thesis statement

You should say: This essay will argue that guidebooks are still a
– where you were travelling to useful resource for travellers.
– how you were travelling
– who you were travelling with Topic sentences
and explain why the journey was so difficult. First, the high quality of writing can inspire
travellers.
2 Speak for 1–2 minutes about the topic on the card. Ask a Secondly, the information in guidebooks is
partner to listen to you or record your responses. selected and edited to make it clear and concise.
3 Ask your partner or yourself the questions. Finally, guidebooks can be used in remote places
1 Did you use a variety of regular and irregular past tense where digital media cannot.
verbs?
2 Did you make sure the -ed endings were pronounced 2 Compare your conclusion with the model answer on
clearly? page 110. Then answer the questions.
3 Did you include sequence markers (First, next, then, etc.) 1 Did you include all the necessary parts of the
in your narrative? conclusion?
2 Did you try to paraphrase some of the vocabulary from
the topic sentences in exercise 1?
LISTENING 3 Now do Task 2 in Practice test: Writing on page 161.

152. Try to get at least two answers correct. READING
2 Did you manage to identify individual words that you
knew? 1 Do questions 37–40 in Practice test: Reading on
page 160. Try to get at least three answers correct
in 6 minutes.
2 Did you use your knowledge of the author’s opinion
to help you to choose the answers correctly?

UNIT 10 Science & progress
QW E RTY
1798 1804 1826 1842 1843 1880 1895 1903 1924 1928 1938 1957 1971 1973 1990 2001
001101010100111100101011100101
11110000011101011010110110110
11000011100101011001100000111
101010101010100111000110010101
00111000001100110101001000110
111010010101100110101100101010
101001011101010110100101100101
101001010101001010110001101110
100101011001101011001010101010
010111010101101001011001011010
010101010010100011010101001111
What do you think?

1 What are the inventions in the infographic?
2 Do you know any of the people who invented them?
3 How do you think each invention changed people’s lives?
4 Which invention has most affected your life today?
5 Can you extend the timeline with any more recent inventions?

SPEAKING Comparing past and present
EXAM FOCUS: PART 3
▶▶ avoid common errors in Topic focus

Speaking Part 3
▶▶ use used to 1 Label photos A–C with the words below.
▶▶ speak about areas of
education income health
progress in a country
▶▶ ask for clarification
2 Which area in exercise 1 do you think gives the best indication of progress in a country?
Areas of progress 3 Look at areas 1–11 used to assess progress. Match them with descriptions a–k.
1 housing 7 civic engagement
2 income 8 health
3 jobs 9 life satisfaction
A B 4 community 10 safety
5 education 11 work-life balance
6 environment
a qualifications, number of years studying, skills development
b interest in issues of public concern
C c number of rooms per person, basic facilities, and cost
d number of serious crimes
e total wealth and money available after paying taxes, etc.
f feeling good about life
g life expectancy and feeling fit
h social support network
i air pollution and water purity
j working less and having more leisure time
k level of unemployment, salary, job security
4 Underline the words or phrases in a–k in exercise 3 that helped you to match the
descriptions with areas 1–11.
5 Work with a partner and look at the map. Write areas 1–11 from exercise 3 next to
the countries which you think have the highest level/quality of each.
SWEDEN
FINLAND
ICELAND
JAPAN
USA
housing SWITZERLAND
DENMARK
AUSTRALIA

98 UNIT 10 SCIENCE & PROGRESS For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
6 Choose a country (A–D) according to what is important to you. Then turn to page 110 to
find out the name of the country.
Country A Country C
higher levels of health and community higher levels of education and income
lower levels of education and jobs lower levels of environment and work-life
balance
Country B Country D
higher levels of education and jobs higher levels of life satisfaction and health
lower levels of health and wealth lower levels of safety and income
7 Compare your choice in exercise 6 with a partner. Give your reaction.
Used to 8 2.29 Listen to a student in Speaking Part 3. Complete the sentences.

1 People have larger homes.
2 The standard of accommodation be so high.
3 Our country export much.
4 Workers earn more money than they .
9 Decide which examples of used to in exercise 8 describe:
a a regular action in the past c a situation in the past
b an action that didn’t happen in the past d a situation that didn’t exist in the past.
10 2.30 Listen to the sentence and answer the questions.
In the past, people didn’t use to use cars and they used to walk more.
1 Do you hear the /d/ sound in used?
2 Do you hear the /u:/ sound in to?
3 How is the letter s pronounced differently in the first use and the second use?
11 Think about your lifetime. What changes have happened in the areas below in your
country? Discuss with a partner.
education jobs health safety
Many people used to leave school at sixteen but nowadays they usually study longer.
Exam skills
Avoiding common errors 12 2.31 Listen to a different student in Speaking Part 3. Match his three responses with
the common errors (a–c).
a too short
b too personal
c doesn’t respond to the question
13 2.33 Complete the phrases to ask for clarification. Then listen and check.
EXAM TIP 2.32
1 Sorry, but what do you by community?
In Speaking Part 3, if you don’t 2 Please could you the question?
understand, you can ask the examiner
for clarification. How can you begin your 3 Sorry, I’m not sure you mean.
question to sound more natural?
» page 145
Exam practice
14 Work with a partner and take turns. Student A, go to page 110. Student B, go to page 112.
For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. UNIT 10 SCIENCE & PROGRESS 99
LISTENING Following exam instructions
▶▶ avoid common errors in the

listening test Topic focus
▶▶ use can and may to describe
possibility 1 Look at the ideas below. Which ones have you heard about before? Discuss with a
▶▶ use key phrases for discussing partner.
cause and effect 1 A coin dropped from a tall building can kill someone.
▶▶ discuss online study resources 2 Eating chocolate can make a country win more Nobel prizes.
3 A full moon can make people go mad.
2 2.34 Which idea in exercise 1 is most likely to be true? Listen and check.
Key phrases
Discussing effects 3 Match 1–5 with a–e to make complete sentences.
1 In poor countries, junk food can be expensive and consequently
2 A diet that is high in salt, sugar, and saturated fats can lead to
3 Changes in technology may account for
4 We rely on the internet more and more and as a result
5 We have greater access to private transport, which means that
a higher rates of obesity.
b changes in the way future generations will learn.
c people are less active than they used to be.
d it is consumed by rich sections of society.
e our memories may be becoming less effective.
4 Complete 1–5 in exercise 3 with your own ideas about effects.
Example: In poor countries, junk food can be expensive and consequently not many people
eat it.
Can and may for possibility 5 Underline examples of can and may in the sentences in exercise 3. Which one means
possible now / generally possible and which one means possible in the future?
6 Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
1 Smoking can / may cause cancer.
2 Human activity can / may account for future climate change.
3 Modern technology can / may lead to more people working from home in the future.
4 Media reports on science can / may be inaccurate.
7 Talk to a partner about the possible effects of 1–4 below.
People eat a lot of chocolate and this can lead to obesity.
1 People eat a lot of chocolate …

2 Scientists have discovered planets similar to Earth …
3 You need advanced laboratories and equipment to study science …
4 People spend more time on computers than they used to …

Exam skills
Avoiding common errors 8 Read questions 31–40 below. What types of common error might students make?
Example: Students might write too many words.
Questions 31–34 Question 36
Complete the text below. Write no more than TWO Which of the following do modern data journalists have?
WORDS OR A NUMBER for each answer.
A Increasing pressure at work
In the media, there is often confusion with the terms
B Improved statistical training
‘correlate’ and ‘cause’. This error is particularly common
C Good critical thinking skills
in the reporting of 31 . When two
things happen at the same time, it does not mean there
is a cause and effect relationship, even though this kind Questions 37–40
of relationship may 32 . For instance,
Decide how each factor changed. Write:
people have often connected being a better learner with
having 33 , but in fact people who don’t
I if the factor increased
eat properly before school often 34 ,
D if the factor decreased
too, and this plays a more important role.
N if there was no change
Question 35
37 Number of depressed people
Which two problems with scientific experiments are
mentioned? Choose TWO letters A–E. 38 The amount of drugs in doctors’ prescriptions
39 Sales of fish oil tablets

A The method is often bad.
B Too many people are tested. 40 Academic results of students
C Some experiments are not legal.
D Some scientists just want to make a profit.
E Experiments can be expensive.
9 Look at the answers on page 111 for questions 31–40 in exercise 8. What types of error
EXAM TIP 2.35
did the student make?
A few simple steps can help you to
avoid common errors in the Listening test.
What three things should you do when
Exam practice
transferring your answers to the answer 10 2.36 Listen and answer questions 31–40 in exercise 8.
sheet? » page 146
11 Copy your answers to the questions in exercise 8 onto the answer sheet on page 111.
What do you think?

12 How reliable do you think the media is? Who or what do you trust as a reliable source
of information? Why?
Study skills
Using online study resources There are many online resources to help you to practise for the exam. Tell your partner
about:
1 any websites you know and have already used 3 how often you use the website(s)
2 what is good about the website(s) and what activities you usually do.

WRITING Describing processes
EXAM FOCUS: TASK 1
▶▶ summarize a process
▶▶ check for common errors in Topic focus
writing
▶▶ use the passive to describe 1 Read the descriptions of three new items of technology. Then tick if you think they are
a process useful (progress) or not useful (pointless).
▶▶ use sequencing words Invisibility cover
A cover that makes objects seem to ‘disappear’ progress pointless
Location tracking
An application that enables you to locate friends and family progress pointless
Virtual fitting room

A device that shows you wearing any item of clothing progress pointless
Passive for a process 2 Look at the sentences about the invisibility cover. Complete them with the passive of the
verb in brackets. The first one is done for you.
a The image is reflected off the cover. (reflect off)
b The image by a computer. (process)
c The background image ‘through’ the cover. (see)
d The image to a projector. (send)
e The image onto the cover. (project)
f A video image of the background . (record)
3 Look at the diagram of how the invisibility cover works. Number a–f in exercise 2 in the
order that the steps happen.
Example: 1 f
4 Why is the passive often used to describe a process? Choose from options a–c.
a We don’t know who or what does the action.
b The important part of a process is what happens, not who does it.
c Verbs used in a process don’t have active forms.
Key phrases
Sequencing words 5 Which five words or phrases can be used to complete the sentence below?
next then firstly now lastly after that
meanwhile subsequently secondly and
A video image is recorded. , the image is sent to a computer.

6 Tell a partner why the other five words or phrases in exercise 5 cannot be used to
complete the sentence.
7 Choose the correct option in 1–6 below to complete the description.
1
At first / Firstly, an image of the background is recorded 2next / and is sent to a
computer. 3Then / And the image is processed. 4After that / Meanwhile, it is sent to a
projector, 5now / where it is projected onto the cover. 6Lastly / In the end, it is reflected
off the cover to the viewer.

Exam skills
Summarizing a process 8 Use the words to complete the summary.
general achieve diagram suggests complex
EXAM TIP 2.37
When you describe a process, you should The 1 shows one way that an object can appear invisible. In
try to include an ‘overview statement’. 2
, we can see that achieving even a simple illusion is a very
Why is this difficult? What should you 3
process and this 4 that true ‘invisibility’ may take
comment on? » page 147 many years to 5
.
9 Look at the diagram of the robotic vacuum cleaner below. Write a summary about how
it works. Use the summary in exercise 8 as a model. (Y = Yes; N = No)
Y N Y EMPTY
BATTERY TIME
RECHARGE BIN &
FINISHED? FINISHED?
RECHARGE
ROOM SIZE REVERSE,

VACUUM MOVES HIT OBJECT Y
& TIME ROTATE,
START IN A SPIRAL THEN OR FIND
NEEDED ARE MOVE
ALONG A WALL STEP?
CALCULATED FORWARDS
BRUSHES Y
LOTS OF
KICK UP GO BACK
DIRT?
DIRT
Checking for common errors 10 Put errors 1–10 into three groups. Write G (grammar), V (vocabulary), or P (punctuation).
1 not using a comma after a linking word which needs one, e.g. Next_the image is …
2 not using a full stop at the end of a sentence, e.g. This is how the machine works_
3 missing the verb be from a passive, e.g. the image _ sent
4 missing s or es endings from a plural, e.g. a lot of student_
5 missing s or es endings from third-person verbs, e.g. it travel_ quickly
6 not putting a subject before a verb, e.g. After that _ is sent electronically …
7 spelling words incorrectly, e.g. miror mirror
8 using the wrong part of speech, e.g. The develop development of the process …
9 using a linking word incorrectly, e.g. Secondly, the process starts …
10 not putting in an article, e.g. _ Process is quite complicated.
11 Read the text about the robotic vacuum cleaner on page 111. Find an example of each
of the errors 1–10 in exercise 10.
Exam practice
12 Look at the diagram on page 111. Describe the process, selecting and reporting the
main features.
13 Exchange your description from exercise 12 with a partner. Check for any errors. Label
them G (grammar), V (vocabulary), and P (punctuation).
READING Labelling
▶▶ labelgraphics
▶▶ understand scientific words Topic focus
▶▶ speak about scientific issues
1 Some people believe the moon landings didn’t happen because the pictures don’t look
real. Match reasons 1–3 with explanations a–c.
1 There are no stars in the background.
2 There is a letter ‘C’ on one of the rocks.
3 The flag seems to move but there’s no wind on the moon.
a A hair got onto the film.
b It was constructed to stand upright and look like it was moving.
c Sunlight reflected off the moon’s surface was too bright for a camera to pick up things
in the distance.
2 Do you believe the moon landings happened? Why / Why not?
Scientific words 3 Complete the table with the correct word forms.
Verb Noun
design
discover
experiment
A The percentage of 1
who trust in science invent
prediction
prove
Percentage
48%
research
test
2
%
4 Complete the sentences with the correct word from the table in exercise 3.
1 I don’t believe new ideas until scientists them.
1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2 Japanese scientists that flights without fossil fuel will be possible by 2038.
3 Products only become popular if they have an attractive .
4 Many people say we should drugs on animals before humans use them.
5 Scientists often do to make a profit.
6 The to discover the Higgs boson particle cost too much money.
3
%
66%
7 Scientists will fewer products in the future because we have everything
Percentage
we need.
B The percentage of 4 8 The of antibiotics changed our lives more than anything else.
who trust in science
5 Discuss the sentences in exercise 4 with a partner. Say which ones you agree / disagree
with and why.
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

Exam skills
Labelling graphics 6 Do graphs A and B above show that more or fewer people now trust scientists?
7 Read the first paragraph of the passage on page 105. Complete labels 1–4 on graphs A
and B.

TRUST ME, I’M A
t is t!
scien
climate change than those with little knowledge. So why do
we doubt science?
A Trust in scientists seems to be decreasing. Since 2005 the E The first reason is that science is becoming political.
percentage of Europeans who trust in science has declined In his research, Kahan also discovered that people’s
from 78% to 66%, while among conservative Americans 40 willingness to accept climate change depended on their view
trust in science has declined by 13% since the 1970s to of the world. People who believed strongly in individual
5 35%. So, first, are we right not to trust in science? Secondly, freedom tended to disagree with the science, whereas people
how can we explain this trend? who believed strongly in communities were more happy
to accept scientists’ warnings. This is probably because
B The answer to the first question is quite simple. No. 45 climate scientists often recommend government control or
Over the last century the world has made huge advances
collective action, which challenge individual freedom.
in life expectancy and wealth and this is largely due to
10 scientists. For example, they have discovered cures to some F The second reason is that conspiracy theorists who
of the world’s most dangerous diseases, like smallpox, and believe that scientists are trying to make money are partly
discovered how to modify crops to prevent crop failures. right. An increasing amount of research is indeed supported
Such discoveries have far-reaching consequences. They save 50 by companies who will often sign contracts with scientists
lives, especially among children, and so families then choose that allow the companies to view results before they are
15 to have fewer children and invest more money in educating published. Surveys have proved that the public is not only
them. Populations then become more skilled and economies aware of such practices but that these contracts have
grow. In short, we have progress. weakened their trust in science. However, while money may
lead to bias in some research, it would be unlikely to affect
C It is surprising then that scientists today face such 55
all of it. Why then, when a majority of scientists agree we
hostility and criticism. When scientists modify a crop
should do something, do we still doubt them?
20 to increase growth or to add vitamins, they are accused
of ‘playing with nature’. When they discover that we are G There is perhaps a psychological explanation which a
changing our climate, they are criticized for trying to scare recent example will illustrate. In 1998, there was a report
us. When scientists invent a vaccine, they are wrongly 60 that suggested a link between a vaccine (for the disease
accused of trying to make a profit from fear of illness. measles) and autism in children. Subsequent research
25 When the swine-flu epidemic occurred in 2009–10, some found no proof for the link but, despite this fact, rates of
conspiracy theorists even suggested that scientists created it. immunization began to fall – resulting in the first rise in
measles cases for decades. It seems that sometimes humans
D So, what is behind this distrust of science? Many have 65 are happy to reject the beliefs of the majority and accept the
argued that it is simply a lack of education. But this can’t
claims of a few, especially when the minority view causes
be true. We are all becoming more intelligent, at a rate of
people to worry.
30 three IQ points per decade, and better educated. In fact,
research has shown that it is the more educated people H In short, suspicion is weakening our faith in science:
who often distrust science the most. Dan Kahan of Yale suspicion of political agendas, suspicion of big money,
University did an experiment which showed that members 70 and suspicion of consensus. This is a great shame because
of the public who had a high level of scientific knowledge science is based on evidence and the scientific community
35 were slightly less likely to believe what scientists say about should largely be beyond suspicion.
Exam practice
8 Complete the labels for the graphics below with words from the passage. Write no more
EXAM TIP 2.38 than three words and/or a number.
You may be given a series of graphics
BELIEF IN CLIMATE CHANGE
and be asked to complete labels or to
choose the correct graphic. What reading
skill can you use to complete labels? YES NO YES NO YES NO
» page 148
A People who have a B People who believe in C People who believe in

lot of 1 personal 2 strong 3

9 Do statements 1–6 agree with the information in the text? Write:
Yes if the statement agrees with the claims of the author
No if the statement contradicts the claims of the author
Not Given if it is impossible to say what the author thinks about this
1 Medical scientists are motivated by a desire to make money.
2 Most scientists do not believe in individual freedom.
3 Scientists have contributed more to progress than rich individuals.
4 A lot of modern research is controlled by companies.
5 The world will probably be a worse place in the future.
6 Modern scientific communities are normally right.
10 Choose the option which best describes the author’s main point.
A Progress will probably stop. C We should trust scientists more.
B Scientists do a valuable job. D Scientists help the world make progress.
What do you think?

11 Do you agree with the author’s claim in the final sentence of the text? Why / Why not?
Discuss with a partner. Support your argument with ideas from the text.
EXAM CHALLENGE
SPEAKING LISTENING
1 Respond to the questions. Ask a partner to listen to you 1 Do questions 31–34 in Practice test: Listening on page
or record your responses. 152. Try to get at least three answers correct.
1 How have scientists made our lives better? 2 Did you use your knowledge of common errors to avoid
2 Do you think the world is becoming a safer or more simple mistakes?
dangerous place?
3 Are standards of education higher in your country
today than in the past? WRITING
4 How were working conditions in your country different
in the past? 1 Look at the diagram on page 111. It shows how carton
5 In what ways has your country made progress in recent manufacturers can use location tracking for a product
years? such as a carton of milk. Describe the process, selecting
and reporting the main features.
6 What progress would you like to see in your country in
the future? 2 Compare your paragraph to the model answer on page
112. Did you use the passive and remember to include
2 Ask your partner or yourself the questions.
an overview statement?
1 Was your answer long enough?
3 Now try Task 1 in Practice test: Writing on page 161.
2 Did you avoid talking about your personal experiences?
3 Did you clarify any ideas you weren’t sure about?
3 Now do Practice test: Speaking Parts 1–3 on page 162 READING
with your partner. Take turns to be the examiner.
1 Do questions 20–22 in Practice test: Reading on page
157. Try to get at least two answers correct in 5 minutes.
2 Did you use the relevant parts of the text to label the
graphs correctly?

INFORMATION FILE
UNIT 1 SPEAKING page 9 exercise 15 UNIT 2 WRITING page 23 exercises 11–13

60
SELF-REPORTED NOCTURNAL SLEEP PROBLEMS BY GENDER
% of people reporting poor-quality sleep

STUDENT A IN EIGHT COUNTRIES IN AFRICA AND ASIA, 2006 –2007
50
1 Ask Student B questions 1–3. Time the responses to Women
40
Men
make sure they speak for 15 seconds each time.
30
1 What subject would you like to study in the future?
2 What was your favourite subject at primary school? 20
3 What do you like about the place where you study? 10
2 Answer Student B’s questions. Try to speak for 15 0

South Africa Tanzania Kenya Ghana Vietnam Bangladesh Indonesia India
seconds each time.
UNIT 2 EXAM CHALLENGE: WRITING
UNIT 1 WRITING page 13 exercise 13 page 26 exercise 1
18
AVERAGE NUMBER OF YEARS Country Life expectancy at birth (years)
SPENT AT SCHOOL, 1970 –2009
16 Bangladesh 70
14 Japan 83
Number of years
12

L atin America & Nepal 68
the Caribbean
Nigeria 53
10 Arab States

Central & Eastern Paraguay 75
8 Europe
Poland 77

North America &
6
Western Europe Singapore 83
4 World Sweden 82
1970 1980 1990 2000 2009
United Arab Emirates 76
UNIT 1 EXAM CHALLENGE: WRITING Zimbabwe 54

page 16 exercise 1
The pie charts below show the changes in the percentage UNIT 3 SPEAKING page 28 exercise 12
of people taking different subjects at university in the UK.
Summarize the key information. Write at least 150 words. STUDENT A
PERCENTAGE OF FULL–TIME STUDENTS Ask Student B questions 1–4 in the survey on page 29.
IN EACH SUBJECT AREA Give points each time they:
statement (1 point)
c give a reason for their opinion (1 point).
1995 2008
13.4 Medicine and biology 21.8

26 Other sciences and technology 20.8
10.9 Business 13
6.5 Art and design 10.9
31 Humanities* 33
12.2 Combined courses 0.5
*Includes law, media, education, history, social sciences

UNIT 3 SPEAKING page 28 exercise 12 Plan:
I agree that we no longer need traditional entertainment venues:
STUDENT B • Home entertainment is more convenient.
Ask Student A questions 5–8 in the survey on page 28. • It is also cheaper.
Give points each time they: • It is becoming a lot more sophisticated.

OR
statement (1 point) I disagree that we no longer need traditional entertainment
venues:
c give a reason for their opinion (1 point). • Events at entertainment venues are memorable social
occasions.
• Seeing performers live inspires young people.
UNIT 3 WRITING page 33 exercise 10 • Home entertainment is controlled by large corporations.
The rise in tourism has had a great impact on many parts of the UNIT 6 SPEAKING page 58 exercise 4
world. But has it had a positive impact on development? This essay
will argue that the change is actually progress. Two American researchers, James Kouzes and Barry Posner,
developed a survey that asks people about the characteristics
UNIT 3 EXAM CHALLENGE: WRITING of leaders. According to over 75,000 people, the top five most
page 36 exercise 2 admired characteristics are: 1) honest, 2) forward-looking,
3) competent, 4) inspiring, 5) intelligent.
In many countries, students wear a uniform when they attend
school and workers also follow dress codes. But are such rules UNIT 6 LISTENING page 60 exercise 2
about clothing really good for society? This essay will argue that
we would all work and study more effectively if we could choose Students at Harvard University were asked to choose between a
the clothing we wear. job with a salary of $50,000 a year (option 1) or one with a salary
of $100,000 a year (option 2). The catch was that in option 1, the
UNIT 5 EXAM CHALLENGE: WRITING students would get paid twice as much as everyone else, who
page 56 exercise 2 would only get $25,000. In option 2, they would get paid half as
much as everyone else, who would get $200,000. The majority of
Possible answer people chose option 1. They preferred to do better than everyone
Brainstorm: else, even if it meant getting less for themselves.
Home entertainment can replace traditional entertainment
venues: UNIT 6 EXAM CHALLENGE: WRITING
• You can eat while you enjoy home entertainment. page 66 exercise 2
• You can pause the ‘performance’. Possible answer

• It costs very little. Plan:
• You can enjoy a greater variety of things. Yes, I agree that job satisfaction is more important than high pay.
• You can watch on computers or on mobile devices – anywhere.
• Job satisfaction brings health benefits.
• We already have 3D technology – similar to live performance.
• Too much pay causes stress / anxiety and obsessional behaviour.
• Entertainment at cinemas, etc., is overpriced.
• Job satisfaction will lead to better home life.
Home entertainment cannot replace traditional entertainment Topic sentences:
venues:
The first reason why I think job satisfaction is more important than
• Young people need to see live performances to inspire them. high pay is that it brings health benefits that pay does not.
• You can meet friends there. The second justification for my view is that too much pay causes
• A live audience makes the performers perform better. stress and obsessional behaviour.
• Being part of a large audience is fun. The final advantage of job satisfaction over pay is that it is likely to
• You usually remember live performances for a long time. lead to a better home life.
• Travelling to venues is part of the fun.
• You get more risky (less commercial) art in local venues.
• We don’t want to make the home entertainment corporations
too powerful.

108 INFORMATION FILE For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
UNIT 7 SPEAKING page 68 exercise 9 UNIT 8 SPEAKING page 79 exercise 12
STUDENT A STUDENT A
1 Ask Student B the questions. Ask Student B one set of questions below.
1 What’s the weather like in your country at the Set 1
moment?
1 Why do some people prefer not to use the internet for
2 Do you visit the coast much? Why / Why not? shopping?
3 Have you seen snow before? When? 2 When is it important to buy branded goods?
4 Is the climate changing in your part of the world? 3 What might make people buy local products?
How?
4 Is it better to get a recommendation from a friend or a
2 Answer Student B’s questions. shop assistant?
Set 2
UNIT 7 LISTENING page 71 exercise 10 1 Is it easier to buy electronic goods or clothes?
2 Why do some people spend more than others?
Vent
3 What are the most important qualities of a shop
1
assistant?
Heat
4 Are there any types of shops that won’t exist in the
future?
Vent
5 Set 3
chimney
1 Will consumption levels continue to rise?
3 Fungus
Lateral channel 2 What’s the most important thing to think about when
you buy a car?
Radial tunnel
3 Why do some people write online reviews when they
Vent buy something new?
4 Is it better to give a gift or receive one?
2 4
UNIT 8 WRITING page 82 exercise 2
UNIT 7 WRITING page 72 exercises 2 and 3 Researchers from Columbia University in the USA decided to do
an experiment. They set up a tasting table in a supermarket. On
one day, they put out six different flavours of jam; the next day,
Operation cat drop! they put out 24 different flavours of jam. They were hoping to find
When the forces of nature threaten human life, authorities the answers to two questions. First: ‘In which situation were people
often fail to find an effective response. This was certainly more likely to stop and try some jam?’ The result was that more
true when the World Health Organization (WHO) tried to people stopped, about 60%, when there were 24 flavours than
stop the spread of malaria in Borneo in the 1950s. It started when there were six flavours, about 40%. The second question they
when they sprayed the chemical DDT everywhere to kill wanted to answer was: ‘In which situation were people more likely
the mosquitoes that carried the malaria. They succeeded, to buy some jam?’ Here, the researchers saw the opposite effect.
but the effects didn’t stop there. The poisoned mosquitos Of the people who stopped when there were 24 flavours, only 3%
were eaten by geckos, which were then eaten by cats. of them actually bought some jam. Of the people who stopped
The cats started to die, the rats multiplied, and people when there were six flavours, 30% of them bought some jam. This
were threatened by new diseases. To control the rats, meant that people were at least six times more likely to buy jam if
the WHO then had to drop 14,000 live cats into Borneo they saw only six flavours than if they saw 24 flavours.
by parachute!
UNIT 7 EXAM CHALLENGE: WRITING Plan 1
page 76 exercise 2 Consumption is good:
Governments can now control the effects of extreme weather • It creates jobs, e.g. in retail and factories.
effectively. For example, if heavy snow is forecast they may put salt • It increases levels of tax, e.g. in the UK, 20% of price goes
to government.
on the roads and tell drivers not to travel. This means that people
can carry on their business as normal and schools remain open. If • Large markets encourage new inventions, e.g. Apple and
Samsung.
they do this, the economy does not suffer.
For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. INFORMATION FILE 109
• Trade makes the world more peaceful, e.g. trade agreements. UNIT 9 WRITING page 92 exercise 2
Consumption is bad:
• It uses a lot of raw materials, e.g. oil and wood. Change of luck for homeless man
• Shopping isn’t healthy, e.g. some people become addicted. March 2013, Kansas City, USA. Sarah Darling accidentally
• Not everyone has money to shop, e.g. poor people are excluded. dropped a diamond engagement ring in the cup of
• It creates waste, e.g. packaging. Billy Ray Harris, a homeless man. When he noticed the
accident, Billy Ray Harris kept the ring safe until the woman
Plan 2 came back two days later to claim it. News of Billy Ray
The internet will replace shops: Harris’s action spread quickly via the media. Complete
• It’s more convenient, e.g. you don’t have to leave the house. strangers who saw the news report went to find Harris
• It’s cheaper, e.g. you can compare prices. to congratulate him and give him food. Sarah Darling’s
• There’s more stock, e.g. more selection of colours. husband started an online campaign to collect money for
him. It was so popular it went ‘viral’. In twenty days the
• It’s more informative, e.g. you can read other shoppers’
comments and reviews.
site collected more than 6,000 donations from all over the
world and raised over $185,000. As a result of the media
The internet will not replace shops: coverage, Harris was also reunited with his sister who he
• It’s not as much fun, e.g. you can’t try on clothes. had lost contact with twenty years earlier.
• You can’t inspect items, e.g. you can’t touch them.
• It’s unsociable, e.g. you don’t talk to or interact with anyone.
• Delivery of orders can take time and isn’t always guaranteed,
e.g. if you need immediately or for a certain day. page 96 exercise 2
Plan 3 In short, guidebooks still have a role to play. They are well
written, easy to read, and offer a reliable resource for the traveller.
Electricity is the greatest discovery:
Furthermore, access to digital media can be limited in some
• It has made modern factories possible, e.g. car plants.
isolated areas. Guidebooks will no doubt continue to play a
• It has made digital technology possible, e.g. computers. significant role alongside digital media long into the future.
• It has made our lives more convenient, e.g. lighting.
Electricity is not the greatest discovery: UNIT 10 SPEAKING page 99 exercise 6
• The digital / machine age has brought problems too, e.g.
overwork, unemployment.
Country A: Ireland
Country B: Russia
• There have been negative effects on health, e.g. problems with
sleep. Country C: South Korea
• Other major discoveries have been important, e.g. engines. Country D: Mexico
UNIT 8 EXAM CHALLENGE: WRITING UNIT 10 SPEAKING page 99 exercise 14

page 86 exercise 2
STUDENT A
On the one hand, the giving of gifts brings a range of benefits. For
example, the more we buy, the more economies are stimulated 1 Read and check you understand questions 1–4. Then
and this brings jobs and prosperity to many and a brighter future ask Student B. Use the paraphrase in italics below each
for the children themselves. Furthermore, it is clear that gifts do question to help you to clarify.
bring happiness to many children and give them something to 1 How have people’s expenditure patterns changed in
look forward to. We should also remember that in the past most your country?
children didn’t receive many gifts and our ability to give children Do people spend their money on the same things now
many things indicates how much progress we have made. as they used to?
On the other hand, the extent to which we now give gifts to
2 Do modern career paths differ wildly from those
children has surely led to a lack of appreciation for objects. Most
taken in the past?
presents are now used for a short while and then discarded.
Do people choose to do the same jobs now as they
Furthermore, the disposal of packaging and of presents themselves
used to?
places a huge strain on the environment, adding to the enormous
piles of waste that have to be disposed of every day. Finally, some 3 Is there a great deal more environmental degradation
parents use gifts as an excuse for not building relationships with in today’s world?
their children. Because their children ask for them, they believe Is the environment today better or worse than it used
they are good parents for buying them. In fact, psychologists to be?
would say that the sharing of time and conversation between 4 Are communities as close-knit as they used to be?
parents and their children is far more important. Are people in communities as friendly and kind as they
were before?

2 Listen to Student B’s responses. Check that they:
• aren’t too short How a television works
• aren’t too personal Right view R R R R R
• respond to the question asked. 4 Attach lenticular

lens to TV 6 Brain mixes
3 Listen to Student B’s questions. Ask for clarification images and
sees depth
and answer the questions.
R
RLRLRLRLRL L Right Right
R strips eye
UNIT 10 LISTENING page 101 exercise 9 1 Camera

takes
2 Cut
images
L
R
L
R 5
two into
Describe each type of error the student has made in the answers images strips
L
R
Left Left
below. 3 Combine strips
L
R strips
eye
L
Example: 31 The words don’t fit in the gap. Brain of
✓ 31 ✘ viewer

31 science experiment ✓ 31 ✘

Small
curved
32 is possible ✓ 32 ✘
Left view L L L L L lenses
33 small diner ✓ 33 ✘

34 tired in school ✓ 34 ✘

35 A ✓ 35 ✘
page 106 exercise 1
36 I ✓ 36 ✘

1 Tag put on carton 2 Delivery and shipping 3 Purchase
37 D/I ✓ 37 ✘

38 – ✓ 38 ✘

39 NC ✓ 39 ✘

40 no change ✓ 40 ✘

Factory
Location tracker
UNIT 10 LISTENING page 101 exercise 11 7 Replacement

carton made
✓ 31 ✘

31 ✓ 31 ✘

32 ✓ 32 ✘

33 ✓ 33 ✘

34 ✓ 34 ✘

6 Recycle centre 5 Disposal 4 Use
35 ✓ 35 ✘

36 ✓ 36 ✘

37 ✓ 37 ✘ UNIT 1 SPEAKING page 9 exercise 15

38 ✓ 38 ✘

✓ 39 ✘
STUDENT B
39
40 ✓ 40 ✘

1 Answer Student A’s questions. Try to speak for 15
seconds each time.
2 Ask Student A questions 1–3. Time the responses to
UNIT 10 WRITING page 103 exercise 11 make sure they speak for 15 seconds each time.
1 Who was your favourite teacher at school?
First the room size and the time needed to clean are calculated.
Next, the machine moves to middle of the room and begins 2 What subjects are you studying at the moment?
moving around in a spiral pattern until it hits something when this 3 What subjects don’t you want to study in the future?
happens, it reverses, rotates, and moves forward until finds a clear
path. It avoids steps using four sensors on the bottom of the unit
and if the battery power get low, the vacuum finds the charger UNIT 1 EXAM CHALLENGE: WRITING
and connects itself. Meanwhile, dirt removed from the floor by page 16 exercise 2
two spinning brush. At the same time, two dirt sensors check how The pie charts show the changes in undergraduate enrolment from
much dirt is being kicked up and tell the cleaner to go back over 1995 to 2008 in five subject areas: medicine and biology, other
durty areas again. At last, the dirt bin is automatic emptied into a sciences and technology, business, art and design, and humanities.
large container. They also include information about courses taken in more than

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. INFORMATION FILE 111
one subject area. In general, we can see that trends in student UNIT 10 SPEAKING page 99 exercise 14
enrolment varied considerably between subject areas.
The area with the sharpest rise was undoubtedly medical and
STUDENT B
life sciences, which grew markedly in popularity over the period
shown, attracting over 13% of students in 1995 and just under 22% 1 Listen to Student A’s questions. Ask for clarification
by 2008. In contrast, over the same period there was a notable fall and answer the questions.
in the percentage of students on other science and technology
2 Read and check you understand questions 1–4. Then
courses, from 26% to around 21%. The three remaining areas
ask Student A. Use the paraphrase in italics below each
showed slight increases, with numbers rising from between 2%
question to help you to clarify.
(business and humanities) and 4% (art). However, these increases
may be explained by the decline in combined courses and so 1 How does your disposable income compare to your
student numbers in these subject areas may be considered parents’ generation?
fairly stable. Only the science subjects therefore experienced Do people have more money to spend now than they
considerable changes in popularity. did before?
2 Are contemporary educational standards higher than
UNIT 2 EXAM CHALLENGE: WRITING in the past?
page 26 exercise 2 Do people do better at school now than they used to?
The table shows the life expectancy in ten countries of the world. 3 Do we strike a better balance between work
In general, we can see that in many developed countries life commitments and leisure than our ancestors did?
expectancy is quite high, whereas in the less developed countries it Is our work-life balance better now than it used to be?
is significantly lower. 4 Why are our health needs met more effectively now
Looking in more detail, we can see that three of the countries than they used to be?
have an average life expectancy higher than eighty years, namely Why have we become healthier these days?
Japan, Singapore, and Sweden. These and other countries with a
3 Listen to Student A’s responses. Check that they:
high life expectancy are all located in two main regions: Europe
and the Far East. By contrast, when we look at data for countries • aren’t too short
in Africa and the Indian subcontinent, we can see that the life • aren’t too personal
expectancy is significantly lower. In Africa in particular, the typical • respond to the question asked.
age someone can expect to live to is less than 50 years old. This is
around 35 years lower than countries in the Far East and Europe,
and compared with Japan, it is nearly half the number of years. UNIT 10 EXAM CHALLENGE: WRITING
page 106 exercise 2
UNIT 7 SPEAKING page 68 exercise 9 The diagram shows the process of tracking a product from when it
leaves the manufacturer to the point when it is recycled. In general,
STUDENT B we can see how location tracking can be helpful for companies
trying to keep track of their stock. The diagram shows the normal
1 Answer Student A’s questions. steps of the product life cycle. We see that first, a tag is placed on
2 Ask Student A the questions. the milk carton at the factory. Then it is transported to the shop
or supermarket. After that, the product is sold to a consumer
1 What’s the weather like in your part of the world?
and taken home to be drunk. Meanwhile, the manufacturer is
2 Do you prefer hot or cool weather? Why? continually tracking the progress of the carton and knows which
3 When was the last time you had very bad weather? stage of the product life-cycle the carton is at, and can plan or
4 Does the weather change during the year where you predict the need for new cartons. Finally, after the carton has been
live? How? thrown away and taken to the recycling centre, the manufacturer
can produce a replacement without needing to wait for an order.

GRAMMAR FILE
It and there 1A Choose the correct alternative for each sentence.

1 There / It is a big park near my house.
Empty subjects page 68
2 In the mountains, there / it is very beautiful in the summer.
It is often used instead of a noun to describe the time, a place, a
3 There / It is more to do in the spring.
situation, or the weather. This is particularly common in spoken
English. 4 There / It is not enough time in my day.
It’s late! (the time) 5 Next month, there / it will be a carnival.
It’s hot! (the temperature) 6 There / It is dangerous to walk on the ice.
It is so crowded! (the streets) 7 There / It is my birthday soon.
Add extra information about the noun with an adverb or a 1B Change one or two words in the sentences in exercise 1A.
prepositional phrase. Make each sentence true for you.
It’s hot here. Example: There is a big school near my flat.
It is so crowded in the city centre. 2 Rewrite the sentences. Start with it or there.
The extra information can also go at the beginning of the 1 Car ownership has many negative effects.
sentence. There .
In my country it is beautiful. 2 Speaking English is easy.
It .
When the extra information is at the beginning of the sentence,
3 The climate is very dry in the south of the country.
it cannot be removed.
It .
NOT In my country is beautiful.
4 Not many people vote in local elections.
To describe the things that exist in a place, replace it with there. There .
There is a shopping centre in my town. NOT It is a shopping centre 5 Several cinemas can be found in larger towns.
in my town. There .
To say more than one thing exists, change is to are.
There is a bank in my city.
There are several banks in my city.
Pronoun referents page 75
Pronouns are used instead of repeating the same noun, and to
It for giving opinions page 29 help make writing more cohesive. They usually refer backwards.
It is often used (in spoken and written English) as a sentence Fruit contains vitamins. This makes it an important part of our diet.
subject to give opinions about an action. In these sentences, it
However, they can sometimes refer forwards to an idea.
always refers forwards to the action.
It is healthy to eat fruit.
It is useful to study = Studying is useful.
Those who eat fruit are often healthy.
Note that the infinitive with to is used after the adjective.
When reading, it is important to understand which idea the
It is easy to play piano. NOT It is easy play piano.
pronoun refers to in order to fully understand the text.
There for the existence of abstract nouns page 39 When writing, make sure an appropriate pronoun is selected for
the idea it refers to. Below is a list of the most commonly used
Use there to say that an idea (e.g. a reason or problem) exists.
pronouns. (Note that pronouns I, me, and you are often avoided
There are many problems in my town. in academic writing.)
There does not always refer to a specific place. It may be used to People
refer to a situation in general.
Subject (before verb): I he she we they you
There are many reasons why we must protect the environment.
Object (after verb): me him her us them you
Objects and ideas

It (singular objects), they (plural objects), this (whole idea /
sentence), there (place), those (= the people)
Use a lot of / lots of with both countable and uncountable nouns
1 What people or ideas in the text do words 1–6 in bold and in questions, negatives, and positive sentences.
refer to? There isn’t a lot of pollution in the river.
The best people want to work for the best companies and the
best companies want to keep 1them. But what exactly is it that
keeps people satisfied and motivated? There are many studies 1A Complete the sentences with isn’t much or aren’t many.
in this area and perhaps one of the most famous is by Frederik 1 There factories in my city.
Herzberg. Herzberg interviewed 200 engineers and accountants 2 There traffic in my city.
about 2their experiences of work. The researchers first asked
3
3 There pollution in my city.
these people to recall a time when they felt exceptionally
positive about their job and to think what had happened 4 There people in my city.
before 4this. Analysis showed that before the good times 1B Make the sentences in exercise 1A positive. Then add too if
employees frequently mentioned one or more of the following: this is a problem where you live.
achievement, recognition, the work itself, responsibility, Example: There are too many factories in my city.
promotion. 5They then asked the employees to think of a time
when 6they were particularly negative about their job. When 2 Change much to a lot of if it is used incorrectly in the
talking about the bad times, employees regularly mentioned sentences.
one of the following: company policy and administration, 1 We didn’t have much time.
supervision, salary, interpersonal relations, working conditions. 2 She eats much food.
2 Complete the paragraph with the words below. 3 We create much waste.
4 It costs much money to maintain the roads.
those he it they (x2) this (x2)
5 It wouldn’t cost much money.
Although people in the western world have become much
richer, there is evidence that 1 are not happier.
Psychologists have two main explanations for 2
The first one is that people often make comparisons between
. Comparisons
themselves and others. 3 is based on a
psychological theory suggested by Leon Festinger.
Comparisons with more / fewer / less and than
4
proposed a theory in which people are happy page 22
if 5 have more than 6 who they More, fewer, and less are often used to compare the quantity of
usually compare themselves to. The result is that a person will people or objects.
usually be pleased with a new car – until a friend buys one just
Use more, less, or fewer immediately before a noun.
like 7 !
More people are emigrating to live in other countries.
Use less with uncountable nouns and fewer with countable
Much / many / a lot of page 39 nouns.
People do fewer hours of exercise nowadays.
To use much / many / a lot of correctly, it is important to
understand the difference between countable and uncountable Use more than, less than, or fewer than immediately after a verb.
nouns. Countable nouns are things we can count, e.g. cities, Adults sleep less than children (do).
people. Uncountable nouns are things we cannot count, e.g.
Repeat the preposition with the second noun.
information, data.
More people go to the cinema than to restaurants.
Use much in questions and negatives with uncountable nouns. NOT More people go to the cinema than restaurants.
Much is used to mean a large quantity or to ask about quantity.
There isn’t much traffic in the city centre. Comparative and superlative adjectives
How much waste is produced? For one-syllable adjectives, add -er or -est after the final
Use many in questions and negatives with countable nouns. consonant.
There aren’t many immigrants in our city. cheap cheaper cheapest
How many people are out of work? For a short adjective ending in a vowel and consonant, double
Add too when there is a lot of something and it is a negative the final consonant.
thing. big bigger biggest
There is too much traffic in the city. For two-syllable adjectives ending in -y, change the -y to an -i
There are too many people on the roads at rush hour. and add -er or -est.
busy busier busiest

114 GRAMMAR FILE For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
For adjectives with two or more syllables not ending in -y, put 2B Write the comparative and superlative forms of the adjectives
more or most before the adjective. below.
interesting more interesting most interesting good boring
Some adjectives are irregular, such as: busy far
good better best bad small
excellent long
Add emphasis to a comparative adjective by adding much.
little different
The centre is much older than the rest of the town.
Use the before superlative adjectives, e.g. the funniest, the
most boring.
Adverbs
Use as … as to show that two things are equal.
London is as expensive as Tokyo. Position of adverbs page 48
Use not as … as to show two things are not the same. The position of the adverb depends on the information it
The internet here is not as fast as it is in my country. provides about:
1 actions (quickly, slowly, well, etc.)
1A Complete the sentences with less / fewer or less than / fewer Put the adverb after the main verb except when there is a
than. direct object.
1 People exercise they used to. I shut the door quickly. NOT I shut quickly the door.
2 People had days holiday in the past. 2 feelings (fortunately, hopefully, sadly, etc.)
3 People spend time socializing with other Put the adverb at the start of a sentence. Add a comma
people. afterwards.
4 Most people make effort they Happily, I passed my driving test.
think.
3 frequency (often, usually, sometimes, etc.)
5 There are people in this city
Put the adverb just before the main verb, but always after the
most people think.
verb be.
1B Write new sentences with the same meaning as the first I often arrive late. NOT I arrive often late.
sentences in 1–5. Use more, more than, or as … as.
I am often late. NOT I often am late.
1 I didn’t think I weighed so much.
I weigh . 4 possibility (perhaps, definitely, probably, etc.)
2 I’m surprised how far my pedometer says I walked. Put maybe and perhaps at the beginning of the sentence.
I walked . Put probably / definitely / certainly immediately before the
main verb in positive sentences (but after be). Put probably
3 Every week I try to swim further.
/ definitely / certainly immediately before auxiliaries in
I try to swim . negative sentences.
4 I want to sleep over eight hours.
They’re probably right.
I want to .
They probably aren’t right.
5 There are fewer people in the park on weekdays than there
are at the weekends. Probably they’re right.
There aren’t . Put phrases that are used like adverbs at the end of a sentence.
2A Complete the sentences using a comparative form of the I feel impatient at times.
words below. I don’t do it at all.
happy motivate high well technological I swim a lot.

Some adverbs give information about how strong a verb is: very
1 Psychologists understand depression than much and a lot (positive); at all (negative). Put them at the end
they understand happiness. of sentences.
2 Social networks make people .
3 Many people are by money than friendship.
4 Levels of happiness in Bhutan are than levels
of wealth.
5 With the arrival of more mobile devices, our lifestyles are
becoming .

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. GRAMMAR FILE 115
Adverbs of degree page 69 Use the infinitive when the second verb indicates a purpose.
I’m studying English to get a job.
Some adverbs give extra information about how strong an
adjective is. Put this type of adverb before the adjective. Always use the gerund after certain verbs. These include verbs
for discussing likes and dislikes.
(weak) quite / rather very / really extremely (strong) I enjoy going …
Before very strong adjectives, you often use absolutely. I don’t mind going …
Before adjectives that cannot be graded (e.g. empty / full, dead / Use the gerund after go to refer to activities.
alive), you often use completely. I go running every week.
A bit, a little, and slightly are usually used before adjectives with
negative meanings.
Other uses
This talk is a bit boring. Use the infinitive after adjectives.
It’s fun to study.
Really and absolutely are also used before emotion verbs to
make the meaning stronger. Use absolutely with extreme verbs. Use the gerund when the subject of the sentence is an action.
I absolutely love cats. Swimming is fun.
I really dislike dogs. Use the gerund after a preposition.
I’m interested in travelling.
1 Put the adverbs in brackets into the sentences in the correct
places.
1A Complete the sentences with the gerund or infinitive of the
1 I’ll do a Master’s degree. (maybe) verbs in brackets.
2 My family won’t be happy. (certainly) 1 A: Where would you like to live in the future?
3 I like to do my homework. (well) B: I’d like (live) by the sea. (live)
4 I find learning languages difficult. (really) on an island would be wonderful.
5 Some people are satisfied. (never) 2 A: What do you do to stay healthy?
B: I really enjoy (dance) but it’s difficult
6 I think private education is wrong. (personally)
(find) time. I go (cycle), too.
7 I get up before my parents do. (often)
3 A: Why did you choose to learn English?
2 Complete the sentences with the correct adverb below. B: (get) a better job, really.
4 A: Are you going on holiday this year?
absolutely completely a little at all unfortunately
B: Yes, I’m planning (travel) to Austria because
hopefully extremely from time to time
I love (ski).
1 , I’ll see my best friend soon. 1B Answer the questions in exercise 1A so they are true for you.
2 It’s an pretty town.
3 I feel chilly.
4 I take the car . Uses of that
5 , I didn’t enjoy the party.
6 We soon realized we were lost. Linkers: that / is that page 63
7 Pancakes taste wonderful with lemon. That can be used to connect two parts of a sentence when:
8 I don’t miss my country . 1 introducing a reason, effect, cause, or problem
One effect of overpopulation is that roads become crowded.
Gerunds and infinitives page 9 2 reporting an opinion or statement

Researchers have found that …
When a phrase has two main verbs, you usually use the infinitive
3 introducing a hope, belief, or expectation.
(e.g. to be) or the gerund (e.g. being) for the second verb.
I hope that deforestation will stop.
Always use the infinitive after certain verbs. These include verbs
for discussing the future. In these cases, a noun and verb is needed on both sides of the
word that.
I hope to go …
The problem is that I can’t swim. NOT The problem that I can’t swim.
Similar verbs include:
need want plan would like intend

Relative pronoun Unless can be used to mean except if in all conditional sentences
about the future or about general truths / habits.
That can also be used to say which part(s) of a group is being
Unless I go to university, I’ll get a full-time job.
referred to.
The number of people that go to university is increasing. You do not need a comma when if or unless appear in the
middle of the sentence.
That can often be removed when it is followed by a new subject.
I won’t be a doctor if I don’t go to university.
The hobby that I enjoy most is football.
Time clauses page 19
Other uses
To describe a habitual relationship between two events in time,
That may be used to refer to the words spoken by the other replace if with adverbs like after, before, and the following:
person in a conversation.
as soon as = in exactly the same moment that
That’s true to some extent. I’ll call as soon as I arrive.
That may also be used to refer to the consequence of a state or every time = is always true when sth happens
situation. We argue every time we meet.
I’m so tired at weekends that I stay in bed. whenever = every time, often followed by a state rather than
an action
I sleep whenever I can.
1A Put that in the sentences where possible.
while = in another period of time
1 Many people believe war will end.
I read while I’m on holiday.
2 One benefit of consumerism is economies grow.
3 I hope to move house this year. Future time clauses
4 The subject I liked the most was art. As soon as, while, after, before, and when can also be used
5 People play computer games become addicted easily. instead of if to indicate a future time relationship. In reference
6 One cause of crime is poverty. to the future, when and if have different meanings: when
indicates certainty that the condition will happen.
7 I’m so hard-working I sometimes forget to have lunch.
1B Change the words after that in the sentences in exercise 1A
to make new sentences. 1A Complete the sentences with the correct forms of the verbs
in brackets.
Example: Many people believe that money is the most important
thing in life. 1 A: What will happen if the population continues to grow?
B: I think we (have to) build more houses if
that (happen).
‘Real’ conditionals and time 2 A: What do you do at the weekend?

B: I (have) a lie-in if I (not
clauses have) any plans.
3 A: What will you study if you go to university?
B: I haven’t decided. If I (pass) my maths
Zero conditional for causes and effects page 73
exams, I (study) engineering.
The zero conditional is often used to talk about cause and effect 4 A: Do you often take photographs?
relationships. Use the present simple in both clauses of the B: I (take) photographs whenever I
sentence after if or when in these cases. (be) on holiday.
If / When sea levels rise, there are usually floods in coastal areas. 5 A: Is tourism going to increase in the future?
B: I don’t think so, unless the economy (grow).
First conditional page 16
6 A: Are you going on holiday soon?
The first conditional is often used to talk about future events B: Yes. As soon as I (have) enough money!
that depend on something. Use the present simple after if in 7 A: How do people react when there is unemployment?
these cases. B: They (become) angry.
If I go to university next year, I …
1B Answer the questions in exercise 1A so they are true for you.
The sentence is usually continued with a future form or a
2A Choose the correct alternative for each sentence.
modal verb of possibility.
1 I won’t learn to drive if / unless I get a car.
If I go to university, I will / ’m going to / might / may / could
study law. 2 I’ll move house when / while I get a good job.
3 Young people become obese if / unless they do exercise.

4 I’ll get married when / if I’m 21. 7 I less stressed if we fewer
5 I like to work while / unless I travel. exams. (be, have)
6 I see my family whenever / every time I can. 8 If the government taxes on junk food, it
obesity. (increase, reduce)
2B Rewrite sentences 1 and 3 in exercise 2A using the alternative
you did not choose. 1B Why is could used in sentence 3 in exercise 1A? How does the
meaning change if you add could to sentence 2 in exercise 1A?
2A Match 1–6 with a–f.
‘Unreal’ conditional 1 We could introduce …
2 Improved public transport would …
Second conditional page 59 3 They could …
The second conditional is used to express an unreal or 4 More recycling would …
imaginary situation and its possible result in the present or 5 Homes could …
future.
6 Making homes more energy efficient would …
The second conditional is normally formed with: if + ‘past
a mean that there were fewer cars on the road.
simple’ form, would + infinitive without to. Were is often used
instead of was in such sentences. b reduce the amount of energy wasted.
If I lived in a city, my life would be more stressful. c better public transport.
If I were a senior manager, I would receive a higher salary. d result in less rubbish in landfill sites.
e be more energy-efficient.
The position of the clauses can change without changing the
meaning. f recycle more waste.
If we had more money, it wouldn’t be a problem. 2B Complete the sentences with could or would.
It wouldn’t be a problem if we had more money. 1 I speak to him if I were you.
You can also use might or could instead of would to indicate less 2 If I study anything, it be
certainty about the result. psychology.
If we lived somewhere else, we might be happier. 3 I speak to him for you.
4 They spend less money on military
Could and would page 42 equipment so that they have more to spend
on education.
Could is used in the second conditional to talk about an unreal
possibility. 5 If I solve one problem in my country, it
be the number of deaths from malaria.
If I could meet anyone, it would be Rafael Nadal.
Could is also used to propose solutions or make suggestions.
We could use more renewable energy. Modal verbs
Would can be used to talk about possible results when
discussing a solution. Ability in the past, present, and future page 85
Using renewable energy would cut pollution. Use can to talk about present ability.
We can send messages instantly.
1A Complete the sentences with the correct forms of the words Use could to talk about past ability and general ability.
in brackets.
When I was a child, we could spend whole days doing nothing.
1 If I the president tomorrow, I
him to spend more money on poor people. (meet, tell) Use was able to to talk about ability on one occasion.
2 If I my job, I happier. (change, I was able to take some great photos.
not be) Use will be able to to talk about future ability.
3 If you any amount of holiday per year, how We will be able to work whenever we want.
many days ? (take x2)
4 If I the time, I more. (have, Can and may for possibility page 100
travel)
Can is used to talk about present or general possibility.
5 If she so unfit, she taking
I can meet you at two o’clock.
exercise. (not be, enjoy)
6 If I more money, I happier. May is used to talk about future possibility.
(have, be) I may go to Spain next year.
Can cannot be used for future possibility. stop stopped
I think shops may become larger in the future. NOT I think they can enter entered
become larger.
Many verbs have irregular forms and it is important to learn
May cannot be used for general possibility. them.
You can watch the carnival if you go in February. NOT You may go went
watch the carnival if you go in February.
For negative sentences, use didn’t + infinitive without to.
May and might can be used for future plans, but could cannot I didn’t like broccoli as a child.
be used to mean might when talking about plans.
Use the past continuous tense to describe long actions that
I could go to Spain next year. = it’s a possibility but not likely
provide background information. Remember to use was / were +
I may go to Spain next year. = it’s a possibility I’m seriously -ing form. In written English, if the verb has a short vowel sound,
considering double the last letter to make the -ing form.
I once broke my leg. I was running on an icy road.
1 Complete the sentences with can, could, or will be able to in Do not use the past continuous for states.
the positive or negative.
I loved school. NOT I was loving school.
1 When I was young, I play the piano really well.
You often connect past simple and past continuous sentences by
2 I speak three languages fluently.
inserting while before the past continuous part, or when before
3 In ten years, we use oil more efficiently. the past simple part.
4 They solve the problem without more money. While I was travelling, I suddenly became ill.
5 People travel as easily in the past. I was travelling when I suddenly became ill.
6 Children growing up in the digital era focus
on one task for long periods. Used to page 99
7 People type so much that in the future they To talk about past events you did regularly, use used to + the
write by hand. infinitive without to.
8 People make simple changes to their lifestyles We used to have our family holidays on the Black Sea.
that will help the environment.
This form can also refer to past situations.
2A Complete the sentences with can or may.
I used to play sport.
1 I study abroad next year.
The negative form is didn’t use to.
2 I work in any European country.
I didn’t use to be tall.
3 I study three languages in my school.
4 I travel around India in the summer. Avoid used to if the action or situation still continues. In these
cases, use the present perfect.
5 I change my job next month.
I have always loved going to the mountains. NOT I used to love
6 I leave university in the summer.
going to the mountains and I still love going there.
7 I change courses if I want to.
8 I type very quickly.
1A Find the past simple forms in the word string.
2B In which sentences in exercise 2A can you change the modal
hididiedriedrankeptoldcutatendedrewon
verb for might?
1B Use some of the past forms in exercise 1A to complete the
sentences below.
Describing the past 1 I my homework but I to make
mistakes.
Talking about past events page 89 2 I a goldfish in my bedroom but it
.
Use the past simple to talk about events that happened in a
3 I always the truth to my parents but they
period of time that is finished.
the truth from me.
Some past simple verbs are regular. Make them by adding -ed to 4 My football team was good – we usually or
the verb. our matches.
In written English, if the verb ends in -y, change it to an -i. If the 5 I a large slice of cake and it
verb has a short vowel sound, double the last letter. If the verb quickly.
ends in -e, add -d.
cry cried

2 Choose the correct alternatives to complete the text.
We 1used to go / went on camping holidays. We 2used to put / 1 Are the sentences active or passive? Write A (active) or P
were putting our tent next to rivers or lakes. I remember once (passive).
we 3were camping / used to camp by a river and the weather 1 A lot of tea is drunk in the UK.
4
used to be / was terrible. We 5were sleeping / slept when the 2 Bikes are often stolen in the city centre.
river level 6started / was starting to rise. When we 7were waking
3 The company delivers parcels every day.
up / woke up, we 8were realizing / realized that we 9were being
/ were surrounded by water and all our clothes 10were / used to 4 The factory is cleaned twice a week.
be soaked! 5 Many people were rescued from the floods.
6 My brother took the photo.
2A Look at the information in the table. Then complete the
The passive text with the present simple active or passive of the verbs in
brackets.
The passive is formed with the verb be + past participle (finished,
sent, done, etc.). The verb be can be used in most tenses. Typical monthly spending of teenagers
The product is sold all over the world. Male Female
The house was destroyed. Clothes £50 £80
In active sentences, the sentence topic (or subject) performs an Food £30 £20
action and there is often a direct object. Computer games £100 £50
People (subject) speak (action) English (object) in Australia. Mobile phone £30 £50
In passive sentences, the object of a verb is used as the sentence Total £210 £200
topic. The passive is therefore used to focus on what is done
An average of £210 1 (spend) by boys and
rather than who or what did it.
an average of £200 2 (spend) by girls. Clothes
English (object) is spoken in Australia. 3
(buy) most commonly by girls, whereas boys
When there is a general topic like people, you do not need to mostly 4 (spend) money on computer games.
add by people to the passive form. With a specific topic, you can The girls’ mobile phones 5 (cost) an average of
add the information if it is important. £50 a month while the boys only 6 (spend) an
average of £30. A similar amount 7 (spend) by
The building was constructed in 1901. (by workers)
both boys and girls on food.
The building was designed by Richard Rogers.
2B Imagine the data in exercise 2A is for last month only instead
Use the passive infinitive (be + past participle) after a modal of being typical over a longer period. How would this change
verb. the tense used?
Driving should be banned in the city centre.
2C Use the prompts to write sentences in the passive. Use the
The problem could be solved through co-operation. tenses shown in brackets.
1 My luggage / lose / on holiday. (past simple)
Passive for a process page 102
2 The streets / clean / every day. (present simple)
The passive is often used for describing processes because we
3 A lot of money / save. (future)
are interested in what happens to objects during the process.
4 My wallet / steal. (past simple)
First, the oranges are picked. Then, they are taken …
5 The parcels / deliver / at the end of the week.
When describing processes, use the present simple tense. (present simple)
6 The carnival / hold / in March next year. (future)

VOCABULARY FILE
UNIT 1 EDUCATION & LEARNING

1 Complete the sentences with a school or university subject. 6 Complete questions 1–7 with the phrases below.
1 I enjoyed studying . I liked studying the
compulsory education under pressure
physical part – looking at volcanoes, rocks, and earthquakes.
private school school grades ambition for
I didn’t find the human side so interesting.
levels of stress greatest achievement
2 I’m hoping to study at university. My uncle is a
high court judge and I’d like to be a lawyer. 1 What’s the in your life so far?
3 I’m taking . I’m really interested in finding 2 Do you feel in exams?
more out about how the mind works and to understand 3 Do you think it’s unfair that not everyone can go to a
people’s behaviour.
?
4 I’d like to study . I’m not sure my maths is 4 Are the high in your school system or is it
good enough, but it’s not just about structure, materials, and quite relaxed?
processes – it’s also about design and I’m good at that.
5 Are important for future success?
5 I’m studying . I think I’m a natural leader and I
have a good understanding of how organizations work. 6 When can you finish in your country?
6 I liked studying 7 What’s your academic the future?

. I still love reading books now
– especially thrillers and horror stories. 7 Ask and answer the questions in exercise 6 with a partner.
7 I want to be a doctor so I’m taking physics, chemistry, and Then write an extended response for each one.
. I like the human parts best rather than 8 Put the words into the correct columns of the table.
studying plants and animals.
8 I studied for seven years. I want to be a doctor rise increase significant fall slight
in the USA, a heart specialist, so I’m taking an English course. dramatic minor major decline grow
2 Underline the words in exercise 1 related to each subject.

Movement Movement Big change Small change
Example: 1 physical, volcanoes, rocks, earthquakes, human
up down
3 In your notebook, create a word family diagram for each
subject from exercise 1. Add the words below to the
diagrams. Some words can connect to more than one subject.
legal hospital personality surgery poem natural
charge organic bureaucratic biological geographical 9 Complete sentences 1–4 with the correct preposition.
urban case author conscious relationships reader
maintain authority build chairman rural to (x2) in by from
1 There was a significant increase the number

4 Add two more words of your own to each word family of people starting university.
diagram.
2 The average grades fell B C in
5 Match the sentences in exercise 1 to questions a–c below. 2012.
Each sentence can be used more than once. 3 The number of people studying engineering increased
a What subject would you like to study in the future? 20% over the last five years.
b What was your favourite subject at school or university? 4 The number of pupils in private education fell
c What subjects are you studying at the moment? under 100,000 during the recession.

UNIT 2 HEALTH & MEDICINE
1 Replace the words in bold in 1–9 with words of a similar 5 Choose the correct form of the words in brackets to complete
meaning below. the sentences.
1 There are differences in the levels of obesity.
convenient repetitive demanding effective
(region / regional / regionally)
dull expensive beneficial ideal simple
2 A high level of food inevitably leads to weight
1 It’s quite a basic idea, but effective. gain.
2 I’m on a very tough exercise schedule to try to get fit. (consumption / consume / consumer)
3 The treatment was successful. 3 Medical intervention alone is not an solution.

(adequate / adequacy / adequately)
4 I stopped going to the classes because they weren’t at a
suitable time. 4 Free healthcare is not because the number of
elderly people is growing.
5 I find running incredibly boring. I much prefer team sports. (sustain / sustainable / sustainability)
6 Swimming is the perfect sport for me because there isn’t any 5 Each piece of evidence should be looked at
impact on my joints. by medical researchers.
7 Gym membership can be very costly. (individual / individualistic / individually)
8 Exercise is good for your levels of stress. 6 The unequal of food causes many of the food
9 I think exercising in the gym is boring. The exercises are shortage problems.
always the same. (distribute / distribution / distributed)
2 Which adjectives have a positive meaning or a negative 7 can create serious health problems.
meaning? Write + (positive) or – (negative). (Sleeplessness / Sleepless / Sleepy)
6 Add any new suffixes from the words in exercise 5 to the
dreadful comprehensive handy table on page 24.
gorgeous gentle superb trivial
7 Choose the correct alternative to complete the sentences.
3 Match 1–7 with words of a similar meaning in exercise 2. 1 People do many more things online because they find it
1 convenient, nearby handy more convenient / convenience.
2 awful, terrible 2 Some people demand / demanding a big improvement in
fitness for not much effort.
3 insignificant, minor
3 Short periods of exercise have been shown to be effect /
4 detailed, thorough
effective in losing weight.
5 beautiful, splendid
4 The ideal / ideally amount of exercise is five 30-minute
6 excellent, brilliant sessions per week.
7 considerate, soft 5 Modern lifestyles have had a significant / significance impact
4 Which parts of speech are the suffixes below usually on people’s weight.
associated with? 6 Walking more is benefit / beneficial to your health.
7 I read the instructions thorough / thoroughly but I still can’t
-ate (x2) -ive -ful -ment -ic -ly -al
use it.
-able -ed (x2) -es (x2) -y -ness -tion
8 I need to consider / considerate all the options before I
decide.
8 Choose four words from this page. Use them in four different
sentences about your diet, health, and exercise routine.
Example: Ideally, I’d like to do some exercise every day.

122 VOCABULARY FILE For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
UNIT 3 SOCIETY & FAMILY
1 Put the verbs in the correct column of the table. 5 Is it important for a country to control or
should people be able to come and go as they please?
account associate sth benefit
6 Should the government provide job for young
react lead search convince sb
people?
7 Should there be a limit to the an individual
for sth from sth of sth to sth with sth can receive?
8 Is your or money more important to you in
your life?
2 Match the expressions with prepositions from exercise 1 to 5 Think about your answers to the questions in exercise 4. Then
definitions 1–7. choose three questions and write your answers as complete
sentences.
1 persuade sb of sth
2 look for sth 6 Correct the mistakes with prepositions in sentences 1–6.
3 result in sth 1 Looking closely at the results leads of some surprising

conclusions.
4 be the explanation or cause of sth
2 I read an article into the effects of old age on family
5 connect sth to sb or sth members.
6 gain sth positive from a situation 3 Her motivation about returning to work was linked to
7 respond to sth gender equality.
3 Choose the correct alternatives to complete the sentences. 4 The rationale into living together was the fact that people
1 Birth order is associated with / convinced of success. Older were financially dependent on each other.
siblings and only children are usually the most successful. 5 The analysis about behaviour is often carried out using
2 The increased number of elderly people benefit from / studies of twins.
account for the higher proportion of private pensions. 6 Research for living alone often focuses on the psychological
3 Some people still need to be led to / convinced of the need impact of living alone.
for equal opportunities. 7 Write sentences about society and families in your country.
4 China has benefited from / associated with having a large Use some of the expressions in exercises 1–3.
population. Example: In my country, the high cost of housing has led to young
5 Many people react to / benefit from news by posting people living at home for longer.
comments in message boards. 8 Match adjectives 1–8 to a–h with the opposite meaning.
6 Living alone has convinced of / led to increased levels of 1 adventurous a lazy
consumption.
2 caring b serious
7 People often react to / search for reasons to explain why
something happens. 3 creative c unimaginative
4 clever d cautious
4 Complete sentences 1–8 with the words below.
5 easy-going e unintelligent
housework responsibility well-being opportunities 6 hard-working f cold
customs income immigration laws 7 sociable g inflexible
1 Is it the of the government or individuals to 8 fun-loving h shy
promote exercise and healthy diets? 9 Write sentences about someone you know. Describe them
2 Should be introduced to ban unhealthy food? using some of the adjectives in exercise 8.
3 Who should do the at home? Example: My older brother is very sociable and easy-going.
4 Is it important to protect the and traditions of
a culture?

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. VOCABULARY FILE 123
UNIT 4 POPULATION & THE ENVIRONMENT
1 What types of area do the problems below mostly affect? 5 Complete sentences 1–4 with words or phrases from
Write U (urban), R (rural), or B (both urban and rural). exercise 4.
1 An is a fairly recent problem. Since the
overcrowding exhaust emissions
industrial revolution it has risen from under 1 billion to over
depopulation poor public transport
7 billion.
lack of green spaces uncontrolled migration
congestion unemployment 2 are a concern for nearly 1 billion people,
lack of facilities household waste while at the same time there are over 1 billion obese people
in the world.
2 Which problems in exercise 1 are sentences 1–10 about? 3 An increase in the standard of living is also linked to
1 People don’t have access to doctors, hospitals, or schools. of goods and services.
2 The flats are very small and there are too many people using 4 The is a growing concern. Of the 44,838
things like public transport. identified worldwide, 905 have already disappeared and
16,928 are listed as endangered.
3 Slums appear with poor sanitation facilities because the
government doesn’t control who can move to cities. 6 Match words 1–8 with definitions a–h.
4 If you haven’t got a car, you have to walk or cycle 1 decrease / reduce 5 modify
everywhere. 2 develop 6 limit
5 The air pollution is really high in some of the country’s bigger 3 construct 7 introduce
cities. 4 improve 8 adapt
6 We need to recycle more of the waste we produce at home.
a to form something by putting different things together
7 The traffic jams are so bad it can take several hours to travel
b to become better than before; to make sth / sb better than
a few kilometres.
before
8 With fewer people living there, the government has stopped
c to make sth less or smaller in size, quantity, price, etc.
investing money in supporting these regions.
d to stop sth from increasing beyond a particular amount or
9 Many people leave rural areas because there isn’t enough
level
work, but some also fail to find good jobs in cities when they
move there. e to make sth available for use, discussion, etc., for the first time
10 The city has so many big buildings everywhere. There are f to change sth in order to make it suitable for a new situation
hardly any parks or open areas. g to change something slightly
3 Underline the words in exercise 2 that helped you to match h to gradually grow or become bigger, more advanced,
the sentences with the problems in exercise 1. stronger, etc.; to make sth do this
4 Complete the causes and effects in 1–4 with the words or

phrases below.
climate change flood desertification extinction of species
1 Chopping down trees loss of natural barriers
2 Food shortages over-farming loss of nutrients in the

soil
3 Burning of fossil fuels increased pollution
4 Increasing population increasing consumption

deforestation loss of natural habitats

UNIT 5 CULTURE & ENTERTAINMENT
1 Put the words and phrases into the correct columns of the 5 Add the words to each group in exercise 4.
table. Some words can go in more than one column.
illustrates therefore hence in the case of
police fact life events crime psychology so origin including root owing to
space extra-terrestrials planets creatures
imaginary lands and species relationships betrayal 6 Complete the sentences with words from exercises 4 and 5.
monsters murder real events frightening love 1 The of the review was major changes to the
education system.
Biography 2 films, people can post reviews for others to
read online.
Detective story 3 The of film criticism was nearly 100 years ago
in the USA.
Fantasy 4 the positive impact that artistic activities can
have, many people would like to see them taught more
Horror story widely in schools.
5 Playing music has many benefits, improving
Romance reading and maths skills.
Sci-fi 7 Add the words to groups 1–3 below.
upgrade attain raise contribute present fulfil
2 Use the words in exercise 1 to write a description of each 1 accomplish, achieve, gain, ,
type of book. Change the form of the words if necessary.
2 develop, enhance, improve, ,
Example: A biography is a factual story about the real events in a
3 create, give, provide, ,
person’s life.
8 Which words from exercise 7 collocate with words 1–3?
3 Cross out the places where you would not expect to find
entertainment facilities 1–6. 1 opportunities
1 VIP box plane, nightclub, stadium 2 standards
2 aisle plane, theatre, nightclub 3 goals
3 snack bar theatre, cinema, hotel 9 Use collocations from exercise 8 to write sentences about
4 screen cinema, stadium, theatre artistic activities.
5 balcony theatre, cinema, opera house Example: Increased government spending has created
opportunities for more people to take part.
6 stage theatre, opera house, stadium
4 Decide if the words in groups 1–3 introduce examples,
reasons, or effects.
1 since, due to, because, as
2 for instance, such as, in
particular, for example
3 consequently, outcome,
resulting in, as a result

UNIT 6 CAREERS & SUCCESS
1 Choose words to describe people who typically follow 4 Replace the words in bold in sentences 1–5 with a phrase
careers 1–3. Some words can be used more than once. below with a similar meaning.
inspiring intelligent fair determined imaginative drawback of advantage of consequence of

passionate ambitious courageous forward-looking reason for way to explanation for
honest supportive dependable extroverted
sociable competent 1 Many people hope that the result of going to university is a
better career.
1 teacher 2 One good effect of living in a city is the wider employment
2 politician opportunities.
3 sportsperson 3 One disadvantage of being successful can be the stress that
comes with it.
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words
in brackets. 4 The solution to reduce unemployment is to make people
relocate.
1 My father was my (inspire) for becoming
a doctor. 5 The cause of the company collapse was the risks taken by
the directors.
2 A successful team (dependable) on each other
to succeed. 6 The justification for their failure was the low level of staff
skills.
3 It’s my (ambition) to become a successful
lawyer. 5 Complete opinions 1–7 about success with the words below.
4 I am (passion) about studying literature, but
looks dress intelligence drive curiosity
not because it will lead to a career.
family background educational background
5 (competent) in a foreign language is expected
for many different jobs. 1 Appearance in an interview is very important. The way
6 A good manager is (support) of all their staff people can have a real impact on what other
equally. people think.
7 It’s important for companies to treat employees 2 A lot of people have natural talent, but to reach the top you
(fair). need the to get there.
8 (determine) is essential for people who want 3 To be successful in science you should have
to start their own business. about the world around you.
3 Choose the correct alternative to complete the sentences. 4 Your can affect your success because in some
professions such as law, for example, you need to go to a top
1 Many people work full time / part time because of family
university.
commitments such as taking children to school.
5 often has a major impact on educational
2 I get an annual salary / bonus on top of my basic pay.
success. If a child’s parents didn’t do well at school, often the
3 I pay 8% of my salary into my pension / pay rise fund. child also does poorly.
4 My company allows overtime / flexitime so I start at 7 a.m. 6 Good help a lot in this profession. Most
and finish at 3 p.m. people working in this sector are attractive.
5 My company has an extensive promotion / training 7 You don’t necessarily have to be well qualified, but you do
programme. I’ve learnt a lot since starting here. need to have a high level of .
6 The attractive location / holiday allowance is one of the main
6 Write three sentences using the words in exercise 5. Say how
benefits of working in the public sector.
you feel each factor does / doesn’t influence success.
7 My colleague / boss doesn’t delegate enough work. He tries
Example: Good looks can help you to meet people more easily.
to do too much himself.
8 We get five sick leave / public holidays in this country.
9 Commission / Praise is more motivating over a longer period
than money.

UNIT 7 NATURE & BIOLOGY
1 Complete the words about weather. 3 has the world’s longest coastline at over
1 ch geab 7 c l 200,000 kilometres.
2 st y 8 dr 4 At the top of you can swim right to the edge
in some of the highest rock pools in the world.
3 p as t 9 w dy
5 The Arctic ice cap is shrinking and is now it
4 ch y 10 o rcas
was 30 years ago.
5 s y 11 w t
6 is the highest waterfall in the world.
6 mi 12 hum
7 50% of is just 1 metre above sea level.
2 Write the words in exercise 1 along the line according to 8 Felix Baumgartner jumped from a balloon at 38,969 metres
whether they describe good weather or bad weather. where the air pressure is .
5 Match the words in groups 1–3 with possible solutions a–c.
good weather bad weather
1
3 What types of weather are the words in italics? Write R (rain), flood a dams and canals
S (sun), or S/I (snow/ice).
food shortage b relocation
1 The skiers were warned about a possible avalanche.
volcano c redistributing supplies
2 The flood was so bad we had to go up to the top floor.
3 The airplane couldn’t take off because of the blizzard. 2
4 It was boiling so we spent most of the time swimming. asteroid a reservoirs
5 You shouldn’t drive tonight – it’s going to be freezing and the drought b specially constructed buildings
roads will be dangerous. earthquake c missiles
6 The hailstones were so big they damaged lots of cars.
7 During the heatwave we cooled ourselves down with ice 3
packs. disease a renewable energy
8 Only light showers are forecast for tomorrow. erosion b vaccinations
4 Complete statements 1–8 with the information below. climate change c sea barrier
Angel Falls half the size Canada 6 Write sentences explaining the solutions to problems in
the Netherlands almost non-existent exercise 5.
9.3 metres Victoria Falls 11 kilometres
Example: A vaccination for malaria could save hundreds of
thousands of lives.
1 The Marianas Trench is the deepest point in the Earth’s
seabed, located below the surface.
2 Cherrapunji in India holds the world record for the most
rainfall in a single month at .

UNIT 8 PRODUCERS & CONSUMERS
1 Complete sentences 1–6 with the words below. 4 Match words from exercise 2 to groups 1–5 below.
1 fake jewels, some currencies worthless
impulse buys branded goods services electronic goods
white goods gifts chewing gum clothes perfume 2 antiques, jewellery, property
chocolate laptop washing machines shoes toys 3 air conditioning in cold climates, clothes
financial advice dishwashers tablet you never wear
4 designer clothes, sports cars, luxury holidays
1 You always see placed near the checkout
5 sales, bargains, discounts
in a shop. They include things like and
. 5 Put the linking words below into groups 1–5 with words of a
2 such as and similar meaning.
are some of the most expensive things you can buy for the
such as lastly additionally moreover first whereas
home.
3 The I buy aren’t very original. I usually get 1 finally,
for my children and for my
2 secondly, furthermore, ,
wife.
3 firstly, to begin with,
4 I love , especially designer labels. I like having
a style and image, so I always buy particular 4 on the other hand, however,
and . 5 for example, for instance, as a case in point,
5 I love to have up-to-date . I get a new phone 6 Complete sentences 1–5 with words you added to the groups
every year and a new or every in exercise 5.
two years. 1 Crime statistics have a number of uses,
6 I have my own business so I use such as governments being able to show that there has been a
to help me to run the company. reduction in the levels of crime committed.
2 Choose the correct alternatives to complete the sentences. 2 This essay will look at three main points. , it
1 To me, this watch is priceless / worthless. My grandfather left it will look at consumer behaviour online.
to me after he died. 3 Some people buy new products very quickly,
2 Most people think of my country as wealthy / good value, but others wait for a product to become established.
there are actually a lot of poor people there. 4 Buying a new phone every year causes a lot of waste.
3 It’s my aim to be valuable / rich. I don’t care how I make the , many now use certain metals that are limited
money – I just want plenty of it! in supply.
4 This part of the city is very poor / a waste of money. 5 , the essay will conclude by offering a
prediction about the future.
5 I don’t agree with buying a new phone every year – it’s really
wasteful / pricey.
3 Write sentences to describe things you buy / don’t buy using
words from exercise 2.
Example: I don’t buy branded clothes because I think they’re a
waste of money.

UNIT 9 MEDIA & TRAVEL
1 Replace the words and phrases in bold in sentences 1–8 with 5 At the you can buy local food, snacks,
the phrasal verbs below. Use the past tense of the verbs. clothing, and souvenirs.
6 The contains sculptures, paintings, and other
break out break into sth take place run over sb
priceless artefacts.
go off run off come across sth crash into sth
7 It was so hot that children were splashing each other with
1 Police say the gun was fired by accident. the water of the .
2 The thief escaped before the shop assistant could call 8 The is over 500 years old and stretches for
the police. nearly 4 kilometres.
3 The violence started around 8 p.m. last night. 4 Underline the words in exercise 3 that helped you to choose
4 The criminals illegally entered the offices during the night. the answers.
5 The royal wedding happened last April. 5 Write a short description of a place you know well using
6 The driver knocked over a pedestrian. words from exercise 3.
7 Scientists found a potential cure for the disease from a plant 6 Match words 1–8 with definitions a–h.
in the Amazon. 1 media profile 5 television network

8 The driver hit the side of the building. 2 media event 6 mass media

2 Match the words below to groups of people 1–3. 3 news broadcast 7 new media
4 social media 8 media coverage
robbery speeding discovery blackmail
breakthrough murder invention jam a a company that has many channels and programmes
innovation congestion hacking motorway b things watched or read by large numbers of people, such as
TV programmes, newspapers, and magazines
1 scientists
c the reputation sb or sth has in the media
2 drivers
d the internet rather than TV and newspapers
3 criminals
e sth such as an important interview and press conference
3 Complete sentences 1–8 with the words below.
f the amount of time or space given to a story or event
street market harbour monument mall g a TV programme that reports the events of the day
art gallery fountain cathedral mosque h websites and computer programmes that allow people to
main square city wall public gardens statue communicate
1 The is full of ships, and lots of tourists visit the 7 Cross out the words that do not fit in each of groups 1–4.
surrounding fish restaurants. 1 media advert, newspaper, magazine, TV
2 The is dedicated to the memory of those who 2 social media (hash)tag, network, broadcast, trending list
died in the Second World War. 3 advert brand, logo, slogan, programme
3 The has more shops, stores, and square 4 broadcast programme, news, search engine ranking,
metres of space than any other in the world. documentary
4 The give the city a lot of open, green space.

UNIT 10 SCIENCE & PROGRESS
1 Complete sentences 1–10 with the words and phrases below. 3 Many (experiment) were performed to test
patient responses.
education housing safety jobs
4 The smartphone is perhaps one of the world’s greatest
work-life balance health communities
(invent).
environment civic engagement incomes
5 When do you (predict) there will be a cure for
1 The in some cities lacks basic facilities such as cancer?
clean water and a sewage system. 6 There doesn’t seem to be much scientific
2 is good in my country. Most people have a (prove).
good quality of life. 7 Further (research) is needed.
3 have fallen since the recession started. 8 It was just one of many (test) that were
4 Improved levels of have helped the global performed.
average for life expectancy to reach just over 70 years. 5 Complete the sentences with a word from exercise 4. You
5 In my opinion, isn’t as important as most may need to change the form of the word.
people think. It’s all about personal connections. 1 It is that nano-robots will be able to deliver
6 Crime is a problem in this area because so many young drugs to specific parts of the body.
people don’t have . 2 There are ways to change our DNA before we are born
7 have broken down because people move but some people are worried that parents will want
around so much. babies. In other words, they might choose
8 Traffic levels have dramatically increased damage to the things like their hair and eye colour.
. 3 on animals for medical purposes is less
9 is fairly low in my country. Very few people controversial than for products such as make-up.
vote in elections, for example. 4 Researchers have that a single form of cancer
10 is a concern in some parts of the city at night. is actually made up of many different types of cancer.
2 Match the words and phrases below to the sentences in 5 Pharmaceutical companies have to that their
exercise 1 with a similar topic. drugs are safe before they can be sold.
6 on animals can help us to understand the
employment grades public concern violence sanitation effect of a disease on humans.
earnings elderly neighbourhood pollution leisure time 7 Surprisingly, a car mechanic has a device that
is likely to make childbirth easier.
3 Write sentences about progress in your country. Use words
8 and development is expensive so companies
and phrases from exercises 1 and 2.
will only do it if they think they can make a profit.
Example: There are high levels of pollution in most of our main
cities. 6 Choose one of the topics below to write a short paragraph
about. Try to include at least three words from exercise 5 in
4 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in your paragraph.
brackets.
1 The (design) is one of the main selling points.
• Animal testing should be banned.
2 The (discover) of antibiotics is one of the
• Pharmaceutical
a profit.
companies should not be allowed to make
greatest medical breakthroughs.

• People
reasons.
should only be allowed to control DNA for medical

STUDY SKILLS FILE
Vocabulary
1 Which item of research 1–4 is the most surprising? Why?
STUDY TIP 11 Teaching does not necessarily lead to learning. File & Adams (2010)
found that less than half of the words that are taught by teachers are
To improve your
vocabulary, try actually learnt by students.
graded readers
from Bookworms 2 Students have to read or hear a word 10–30 times or sometimes up to
Factfiles. They 50 times before they can connect the form, i.e. spelling or sound, with
feature topics similar the meaning (Waring, 2009).
to IELTS such as
environmental, 3 Wide reading of graded readers is a very useful way for students to
historical, and learn common vocabulary (Nation, 2011).
cultural issues.
4 Using ‘word cards’ can speed up students’ progress. Self-testing on the
words with longer intervals between each test is an effective way of
learning (Pyc & Rawson, 2007).
2 Read student comments A–D about learning vocabulary. Which comment(s) describe
how you feel? Which item(s) of research from exercise 1, if any, would you tell the
students?
I recognize a lot of words, but I When I first started to learn English I B

find it difficult to use them actively. was learning a lot of words, but now I
feel like my progress has slowed down.
A
D
My teacher often says that my
grammar is accurate, but that I want my teacher to spend more
C my vocabulary is too limited. time on teaching me new vocabulary.
3 Look at the ideas for learning vocabulary. Which idea is best for each student in
exercise 2?
Buy a vocabulary book and 4 Choose one new word,
do a lot of practice exercises. 1 phrase, or collocation
each day. Use it when you
Read any kind of text in English speak or write in English.
(short or long!) every day. 2
LEARNING
5
VOCABULARY
Use cards to record information about

new words. Add translations and
pictures to help with the meaning. 3
6
4 Add two more ideas to the diagram in exercise 3.

5 Which three ideas from exercise 3 would be most helpful for you? Which one idea can
you do today?
Speaking
STUDY TIP 1 The amount that students read has a significant impact on how fluently
they speak (Stanovich & Cunningham, 1998).
Ask your teacher to train you how to
provide feedback on speaking to a
partner. It’s important to help your partner 2 Preparing a four-minute talk and then giving it in three minutes to one
to be accurate without having a negative person and then in two minutes to a different person helps to improve
effect on their fluency. students’ fluency (Nation, 1989).
3 Communicating in real-time conversations on a computer can improve

students’ spoken fluency (Razagifard, 2012).
4 When students learn how to provide feedback to other students it has a

positive effect on their grammatical accuracy (Sato & Lyster, 2012).
2 Read student comments A–D about speaking in English. Which comment(s) describe how
you feel? Which item(s) of research from exercise 1, if any, would you tell the students?
I struggle to speak for a long time and I’d like to have more time to think. I find B
say ‘Er’ a lot when I run out of ideas! it difficult to start speaking immediately
after someone asks me something.
A
D
I worry about making mistakes when I feel I don’t know enough about
C I speak and this makes me avoid it. some topics or haven’t got enough
words to talk about them effectively.
3 Look at the ideas for improving speaking. Which idea is best for each student in
exercise 2?
Read newspapers, magazines, and 1 Try to correct other students

websites on different topics such as the when they speak. Ask them
environment, society, and technology. 4 to do the same for you.
Make notes on what you already know 2

about typical IELTS topics. Then do
some research to add more ideas and
key words to your knowledge.
IMPROVING
5
SPEAKING
Chat on social media sites. 3 6

you do today?

132 STUDY SKILLS FILE For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
Listening
STUDY TIP 1 Individual sounds are unreliable, so students need to rely on words or
groups of words (Field, 2008).
To improve your recognition of how words
sound, use the dictionary search box in
your Online Practice to find out how a 2 It is better for students to practise listening to short texts regularly (30
word is pronounced. Click on the audio seconds–2 minutes) than longer texts (Thompson & Rubin, 1996).
symbol to hear the word and repeat it.
3 Learning how to pronounce English naturally improves students’
listening (Ghorbani, 2011).
4 When students practise writing the exact words they hear, it can
improve their listening ability and confidence (Seigel & Seigel, 2013).
2 Read student comments A–D about listening in English. Which comments describe how
I find it difficult to concentrate. By B

the time I’ve worked out one word,
I’ve missed the next sentence. I often only understand individual words.
I know the words but I don’t I recognize the word but I can’t spell it!
C recognize them when I hear them.
D
3 Look at the ideas for improving listening. Which idea is best for each student in
exercise 2?
Practise writing what you hear and 1
record common spelling mistakes. 4 Focus on learning
common collocations.
Listen often to short extracts. 2
IMPROVING
LISTENING
Practise your pronunciation. If you 3

say words correctly, you’ll recognize
them more easily when you listen.
6

you do today?

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. STUDY SKILLS FILE 133
Writing
STUDY TIP 1 Practising connecting sentences improves 60% of students’ writing

(Hillocks, 1986).
When you choose books or articles to
read, try to select ones that are at your
language level. There should be no more 2 Reading helps to build fluency in writing and understanding of
than two or three unknown words on connections between words (Horst, Cobb & Meara, 1998).
a page. This will help you to build your
fluency and ability to recognize familiar 3 Learning how to write in steps or stages significantly improves writing.
groups of words. Skilled writers spend more time organizing and planning what they are
going to write (Hillocks, 1986).
4 Writing immediately after vocabulary learning improves students’

writing (Lee, 2003).
2 Read student comments A–D about writing in English. Which comments describe how
I struggle to remember new

I use the same words every time I write. B
words and groups of words so
I don’t think I’m making any progress.
I often choose a simple word.
A
While I write, I often forget
I just don’t like writing – what I should be writing about!
C it takes too much time.
D
3 Look at the ideas for improving writing. Which idea is best for each student in
exercise 2?
Practise writing skills simply by 1

planning essays. It’s not necessary 4 Paraphrase writing tasks in
to write them in full every time. your own words to help you to
understand and remember them
better before you start writing.
Read more because it will help 2
you to remember words more
quickly and know the words
they go together with. IMPROVING
5
WRITING
Look at writing models and find words 3 6

and phrases that you would like to use
before you write practice essays.

you do today?

134 STUDY SKILLS FILE For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
Reading
STUDY TIP 1 Understanding the sounds of a language can help students improve
their reading comprehension (Walter, 2008).
To improve your
understanding of
sounds, use the CD- 2 Reading materials that are too difficult will make students avoid
ROM that comes with reading more and reduce the rate by which they improve their reading
the Oxford English (Stanovich & Cunningham, 1998).
Grammar Course. It can
help you to: 3 Reading aloud helps students to recognize the connections between
• hear the difference between strong written and spoken forms and can improve reading speeds (Stanovich,
and weak forms 1991).
• recognize words that are run together
• hear the main stress in a sentence. 4 Reading quickly can improve students’ comprehension (Breznitz, 1997).
2 Read student comments A–D about reading in English. Which comment(s) describe how
When I hear a word spoken I I know I need to learn more words, but B
recognize it, but when I see it my test is soon! I’m not sure how to
written down I don’t understand it. practise to improve my understanding.
A D
My teacher told me to read anything, but I wish the spelling of a word in English
most books in the library are just too hard. was the same as how it sounds. This is
what happens in my language.
C
3 Look at the ideas for improving reading. Which idea is best for each student in
exercise 2?
4 Read texts which are written for
Listen to an audio version of 1 your level or a little above your level.
a text before you read it.
Practise specific features of

pronunciation such as word stress. 2
5
IMPROVING
READING
Set yourself a time limit to 3

read part of a text. 6

you do today?

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. STUDY SKILLS FILE 135
WRITING FILE
Writing tasks: Summary of types

Task 1 types Key language Important information See pages
Description of trends Trend verbs Describe the key trend before the detail. 137
Comparison Comparative structures Describe key similarities and differences 138

between categories.
Description of a process Present tenses and the passive Include an overview statement on the 139
process as a whole.
Description of a diagram / Prepositions of place and movement Include a general statement which 140
illustration compares the features.
Task 2 types Common instructions / questions Important information See pages
Personal opinion essay Give your opinion and support it. Give your own opinion. 141 & 143
Do you agree or disagree?
To what extent do you agree or disagree?
Discussion essay Discuss both views. Discuss both sides of the argument. 142
What are the advantages and disadvantages …?
Explanation essay What problems are associated with …? Give and explain your ideas. 144
What can governments do to …? Don’t give your own opinion.
Note: In Task 2, you may be asked to do a combination of two types of essay. In this case, make sure you do both parts of the task.

136 For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
Task 1: Description of trends
1 Look at the Exam practice task on page 13. 3 Look at the task, the chart, and the sample answer below.
Which of features 1–10 in exercise 2 are missing?
2 Now read the model answer below. Look carefully at the
underlined features 1–10. The chart below shows information about the proportion
of female teachers in primary education in various regions
The bar chart shows how long, on average, of the world between 1990 and 2009.
schoolchildren remained at school in five regions of the
Summarize the information by selecting and reporting the
world from 1970 to 2009 1. In general 2, we can see
main features, and make comparisons where relevant.
that there was an increase in the length of time that
children stayed at school in all regions. Looking in more 100
PERCENTAGE OF FEMALE TEACHERS 1990
detail 3, the bar chart illustrates that this increase 90
IN PRIMARY EDUCATION, 1990 –2009 2000
2009
was particularly large in both the Arab states and
Latin American countries 4. In the former, the number 80
of years spent in education rose by 5 years, from 70

under 6 years to around 11 years, while in the latter
the increase was slightly greater still, from 8 to 14 60
years 5. This rise was especially great in the 1970s 50
but growth remained steady throughout the period
%
shown. By contrast 6, the increase in the number of 40
years spent at school in the wealthier 7 nations was
30
of around 3 years over the 40-year period. Although
the rate of increase was relatively modest 8 here, 20
the length of time children remained at school still
10
remained higher than in other parts of the world 9, at
around 16 years. 0
Arab States Central & Central Asia East Asia & Latin America North America
In conclusion 10, it could be said that the Eastern the Pacific & the & Western
Europe Carribean Europe
traditionally richer nations are being ‘caught up’ by the
rest of the world in terms of duration of schooling.
The bar chart shows the percentage of female
Features of the model answer teachers in primary education from 1990 to 2009
1 Definition of bar chart. in various regions. First, we can see that in the Arab
2 Overview statement gives general picture of data. states the proportion of female teachers rose a
3 Important information is selected and described first. little. A similar pattern can be seen in three of the
other regions: Central Asia, East Asia and the
4 Regions are grouped according to common features.
Pacific, and North America and Western Europe. The
5 Statement is supported with specific data. increase was particularly notable in East Asia and the
6 Relationship between ideas is clearly marked by linking phrase. Pacific. However, there was a sizeable drop in Central
7 New label shows relationship between regions in this category. and Eastern Europe, and in Latin America and the
Caribbean.
8 Avoids repetition with synonym.
In conclusion, it seems that primary education is
9 Complex grammar structure is attempted. becoming an increasingly common career for female
10
Concluding comment adds additional interpretation of data. workers.

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. WRITING FILE 137
Task 1: Comparison
1 Look at the Exam practice task on page 23. 3 Look at the task, the chart, and the sample answer below.
2 Now read the model answer below. Look carefully at
features 1–10. The chart below shows information about the use of
complementary and alternative medicines (CAM) by age in
The bar chart shows how common sleep problems were one Western country in 2007.
between 2006 and 2007 in eight different countries.
In general, we can see that women reported sleep
problems more than men did in all countries, though
the difference between genders ranges from a single 50
CAM USE BY AGE, 2007
percentage point in some countries to 20% in others. 1
In terms of the overall levels of sleeplessness, it 40
is difficult to establish patterns between countries.
The three countries with the most reported sleep
problems are South Africa, Vietnam, and Bangladesh, 30
where one in three adults had these concerns 2. In %
contrast, far fewer 3 people in other African and Asian
20
countries 4 reported problems: around one in twenty
adults in Indonesia, India, and only a little more in other
African nations. 5 10
In Bangladesh 6, the difference between the
number of men and women 7 who couldn’t sleep well is
also great. To be specific, just under half of women 0
85+ 70–84 60–69 50–59 40–49 30–39 18–29 12–17 5–11 0–4
reported suffering from sleep problems while just Years of age
under a quarter of men stated that they had similar
difficulties. However 8, the difference between genders
is greatest in Kenya where, despite there being fewer The data reveals how much of the population used
sleep problems overall, women reported twice the complementary and alternative medicines (CAM) in
number of problems than men did. 9 10 one Western country in 2007. We can see a rise in
usage of CAM towards mid-life, when around 40% of
Features of the model answer the population used CAM, before the figures declined
1 General statement presents key differences early in description. again towards old age.
2 Avoids repeating language by using synonym references.
Only 20% of people over 85 years of age used CAM.
This surprises me because I thought older people were
3 Comparative form is used to maintain connection between more traditional. People in their fifties used CAM the
ideas. most, with around 43% of people in that age group
4 Groups data and creates categories. using CAM. The 0–4 year group used CAM the least
5 All observations are supported by data. (only 10% of them did), though the younger categories
6 Paragraphs are connected by topic so description flows nicely. contain a narrower range of ages and, proportionally,
young people’s use of CAM was similar to that of the
7 Description is clearly organized, reporting first national elderly. The fact there were fewer young people using
differences and then gender difference. CAM may be because parents are scared to give
8 Relationship between ideas is clearly marked by linking phrase. treatments that are not tested scientifically to their
9 Conclusion omitted in this answer to avoid repetition. children.
10
Avoids giving explanations for data trends. In conclusion, we can see that middle-aged people
used CAM the most.

138 WRITING FILE For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
Task 1: Description of a process
1 Look at the Exam practice task on page 103. 3 Look at the task, the diagram, and the sample answer below.
2 Read the model answer below. Look carefully at features 1–8.
The chart below illustrates the scientific method.
The diagram shows one process by which 3D (three-
dimensional) TV images are created 1. In general, we
can see that the process is very complex and involves
tricking the brain into seeing depth. 2 MAKE AN
3 At the beginning of the process, two images are OBSERVATION
recorded 4 by the camera. One is for the right eye and
the other for the left. The image is then 5 cut into
vertical strips, which are combined and shown on TV.
After that 5, the combined image passes through a
device called a lenticular lens. This is made up of a set
? ASK A
QUESTION
of small, curved lenses that send the strips in two

directions 6. As the images leave the lens, the right
image strips are sent to the right eye while 7 the left ➡
➡
FORM A HYPOTHESIS
(IDEA TO TEST)
image strips are sent to the left eye. Next 5, the two
images are combined in the human brain as one single
image, creating an illusion of a three-dimensional
CONDUCT AN
object. 8 EXPERIMENT
Features of the model answer

1 Opening statement defines type of data that is presented.
2 Overview statement comments on feature of process as a ✓ ACCEPT
HYPOTHESIS ✗ REJECT
HYPOTHESIS
whole.
3 New paragraph separates general and detailed information.
4 Passive is used to maintain focus on object of description. In general, we can see that despite the complexity of
5 Order of actions clearly marked by variety of sequencing science, the method behind it is very simple, consisting
phrases. of just five steps. First of all, scientists make
6 Technical language from diagram is explained in simpler terms. observations about the world around them. Then they
ask questions about things that they are unable to
7 Two actions that occur together are indicated with a linking explain or which they haven’t understood clearly.
phrase. Then they create a hypothesis, which is a type of
8 Conclusion unnecessary in Task 1 descriptions. guess that they need to prove. To see if their ideas
are correct, scientists must then carefully design
and carry out experimental work, usually in a special
laboratory. If the experiments eventually prove that
the hypothesis is correct, then scientists accept the
idea and it becomes a scientific fact. If the experiment
suggests the hypothesis is not correct, then
scientists will have to rethink their hypothesis and
conduct further experiments.

Task 1: Description of a diagram
1 Look at the task and the diagram below. Features of the model answer
1 If diagram doesn’t refer to a time, present perfect tense can be
The diagram shows a model of land use and conservation
used for completed actions.
strategies in a coastal area.
2 No data or sequence to describe but writer may give details
of location.
main features and make comparisons where relevant.
3 Features of diagram are still grouped where possible.
4 Labels are paraphrased where possible.
5 Size of comparable features is compared.
Mountain recreation area 6 Used to refer to existence of features in diagram.
Wildlife area
7 Relative clauses add information about features in diagram.
Forest plantation
Residential area Dirty water
treatment plant 8 Prepositions are used frequently to indicate location.
Grazing
9 Passive is used frequently to avoid referring to unknown agents.
Industrial area
10
General statement focuses on comparisons between features,
Farming
No fishing zone,
even if less clear than in a data graphic.
due to pollution Fishing village
3 Look at the task, the diagram, and the sample answer below.
Wildlife area
Marine protected area Coastal fishing The diagram shows details of a street improvement project
in a city.
2 Read the model answer below. Look carefully at Summarize the information by selecting and reporting the
features 1–10. main features and making comparisons where relevant.
This diagram represents how land could be used in a

mountainous coastal region. In the model, planners
have carefully arranged 1 developments to create a
balance between human activities and conservation.
We can see a range of human activities represented,
mostly located close to the river and sea 2. These
include developed areas dedicated to traditional
industrial activity 3, such as a fishing community 4, a
relatively small 5 industrial zone, and areas for leisure
and tourism, both on the coast and in the mountains.
There is 6 also a small residential area, which has its
own treatment plant for dirty water nearby. 7
Between 8 these developed areas are areas of
EXISTING LAND USE PROPOSED LAND USE
nature – either farmland or zones designed for
wildlife to be protected. The aquatic areas are
also divided 9, with parts dedicated to fishing and
marine conservation. In general, we can see that the The diagrams show existing land use in an urban area
conservation areas and farmland cover a greater area and the proposal for changing it. In the image for
than the developed environment, which is far smaller in existing land use, we can see two parallel streets. One
area than one might expect. 10 large street connects these streets. The buildings on
the map are fairly low. We also have many green spaces
and trees along the road.
In the proposed street plan, we can see that the
number of parallel streets increases to three and an
additional connecting street now exists. The number
of buildings planned has increased dramatically and
the new ones are a lot higher. Consequently, under the
proposal, far fewer green spaces exist. However, a far
larger number of trees replace these spaces to some
extent. The trees have been planted along the centre
of the main roads, too.

Task 2: Personal opinion essay (1)
1 Look at the Exam practice task question 1 on page 33. 6 First reason for writer’s view is given clearly in topic sentence.
2 Read the model answer below. Look carefully at 7 Main idea in topic sentence is explained in detail.
features 1–12. 8 Paragraph concludes with consideration of wider implications.
9 Linking word shows writer continues to build argument.
In many countries, the last few decades have seen a
10
Avoids repetition with synonym phrase.
rise both in wealth and the number of single people 1.
Both these trends have contributed to a rise in 11
Conclusion begins with clear summary of argument.
the numbers of individuals who are choosing to live 12
Concluding comment offers suggestion for future action.
alone. This essay will argue that this is a negative
3 Read the essay question and sample essay below. Which of
development and that the government needs to act
features 1–12 in exercise 2 are missing?
to place limits on it. 2
3 Of course, there are many reasons why It is the responsibility of everyone in society to help parents
governments have not acted to stop this trend. make sure that children are raised well. To what extent do
Many 4 would argue that we should be free to choose you agree or disagree?
our own living arrangements and that government
interference in such personal matters would be
unwelcome. Clearly, governments would run the risk of When the misbehaviour of young people appears in the
making themselves unpopular if they were to restrict news, we often hear criticism of parents. But should
our choices. we not all take responsibility for the lives of our young
However 5, no modern government can be blind to the people? This essay will discuss whether society as a
environmental damage that living alone is causing. 6 By whole needs to take more responsibility for raising our
living independently, we use heating and lighting that young.
we would otherwise share with others 7. This makes it Of course, the main responsibility for raising
much more difficult for governments to meet their CO2 children should remain with the parents. They usually
emissions targets. 8 understand their children’s needs the best and are
Furthermore 9, governments must act to avoid most likely to have their best interests at heart, so it
a crisis in housing supply. The global population is therefore right that the majority of decisions about
continues to grow quickly and we cannot continue their education or punishment should remain with
to build new houses to meet the demand because them.
we need to protect green spaces. It is therefore Other members of society can offer important
necessary that we find alternative solutions and advice and guidance to children. Parents cannot see
encouraging people to live in larger households 10 would how children behave with school friends and it is
certainly help. important that teachers feel able to offer guidance
To conclude, our current living habits need to be and punishment in school as well. Similarly, when
changed and we must take sensible steps to make children play in parks or in the streets, parents
better use of housing resources 11. It may not be are often not there to teach them how to respect
appropriate for governments to ban independent neighbours. Older people or local residents should be
living, but taxation changes and publicity campaigns to free to criticize poor behaviour.
promote living with others would be welcome. 12 Not all parents have the ability to look after
their children well. Being a parent can be a stressful
Features of the model answer experience and often families break down, leaving the
1 Background statement introduces essay topic and links it to real children in an unhealthy home environment where they
world events. might not feel protected. In such cases, it is clearly
2 Task requires writer’s opinion so this is made clear in right that teachers, neighbours, or family members
introduction. intervene to protect or offer additional support.
Unless we create a strong network of support for all
3 To what extent in essay question invites consideration of both
children, we may not be able to ensure that all receive a
viewpoints. This paragraph considers the opposing argument.
minimum standard of care, or that there are adequate
4 Confirms this is not writer’s opinion. levels of guidance for the young.
5 Change in direction of argument clearly indicated by linking
word.

Task 2: Discussion essay
1 Look at the Exam practice task on page 43. Features of the model answer
2 Read the model answer below. Look carefully at 1 Background statement introduces essay topic and links it to real
features 1–11. world events.
2 Views of writer not required so states an intention to discuss
Ever since the arrival of cheap air travel, the numbers others’ views.
of visitors to countries has increased dramatically 3 Topic sentence indicates negative effects will be discussed first.
and many argue that high levels of tourism are
4 Neutral word confirms writer is reporting view without bias.
damaging the environment 1. This essay will discuss
whether we should allow tourism to grow without 5 Cautious language confirms that writer is neutral.
limitation. 2 6 Linking word emphasizes that contrasting view is presented.
The kind of damage that tourism brings is well- 7 Avoids repetition with synonym.
known 3. Environmentalists 4 often point to the
8 Linking words within each paragraph show writer continues to
level of CO2 emissions from airplanes, adding that
build argument.
they also create a great deal of noise, too. Though
tourists are not the only people who travel by plane, 9 Varied range of points is used to support each side of argument.
they represent a large proportion of air travellers. Point is supported with quick examples.
10
In addition, the environmental problems of tourism 11
Conclusion states thoughtful position between two views.
may continue when tourists arrive. Large hotels and
resorts are sometimes 5 built in the middle of areas of 3 Read the task and sample essay below. Which of features
great natural beauty, destroying natural habitats and 1–11 in exercise 2 are missing?
landscape. Furthermore, leisure activities, like hiking or Environmental problems in cities can be resolved most
biking, can erode the landscape and visitors frequently effectively through improvements in public transport.
leave litter behind them. Discuss the arguments for and against this view.
However 6, the tourism industry often points out
that not all tourism has a negative effect on the
environment. Most tourists are keen to conserve This essay will discuss whether improving public
nature 7 and some authorities have been able to transport is the answer to urban environmental
construct accommodation and facilities that respect problems, considering both sides of the issue.
local populations and ecosystems. Furthermore 8, On the one hand, I think it is important to improve
the income from tourism can be spent on measures public transport. The addition of tramways and
to protect the environment 9, such as hiring rangers extended bus networks will encourage people to
or monitoring pollution. 10 As regards air travel, there leave cars at home, which will have a range of positive
is also hope that in the future airplanes may use effects. Air quality will be improved, as levels of other
greener technology and be far less damaging to the exhaust emissions are reduced. Congestion will be
environment. reduced, creating more peaceful and safer streets for
In conclusion, it is perhaps not so much the all to enjoy.
quantity of tourism that should be reduced. Rather On the other hand, I think we must also consider
it is the way that tourism is managed that needs the alternatives to public transport. Buses are always
our careful attention. Governments must allow both noisy and dangerous, especially for cyclists, and so
tourism and nature to coexist and thrive. 11 they are a terrible solution. By comparison, improving
cycle networks and expanding green spaces and areas
where people can walk would definitely have a more
positive effect on our health and well-being. It would
also create quiet areas for relaxation, and habitats for
creatures like birds and butterflies.
To conclude, there are valid arguments on
both sides of the debate, but personally I think
governments would be better off investing in projects
that contribute to public health, and not in public
transport infrastructure.

Task 2: Personal opinion essay (2)
1 Look at the Exam practice task on page 53. 3 Read the sample essay below. Which of features 1–10 in
exercise 1 are missing?
2 Read the model answer below. Look carefully at features
1–10. The arts – like music, painting, literature, and film – have
the power to bring people from different nations and
The effects of technology on our ability to cultures together. To what extent do you agree or disagree?
communicate are well known, but we rarely consider
how the performing arts have benefited in our high-
tech age. I believe passionately that we should In today’s globalized world, there are very few forms
celebrate the contribution of technology to the of art that are known only in one country or region.
performing arts and will outline reasons below. 1 The music of the Andes can be sold in the street
First, we must 2 consider how online media have markets of Calcutta and the works of authors can
brought the performing arts to a far larger audience be translated into English and distributed online to
than, for example, Mozart or Shakespeare could have millions. Exhibitions frequently tour the globe, too.
dreamed possible. Of course, there are issues with how First, art forms can often overcome language
artists should be paid when content is viewed online, 3 boundaries. Admittedly, the English language is slowly
but thanks to technology their work is now enjoyed uniting the globe, but it is spoken in accents and
by millions, even billions, of people across the globe, varieties that are often associated with particular
and this must be the priority for any self-respecting places. Music and painting, on the other hand, do not
artist. seem so connected to place and we often enjoy a tune
Secondly, technology has made it possible for the or painting without much knowledge of who wrote it or
great 4 performances of the past to be preserved and where it came from.
adapted for future generations. For example, we can Perhaps most importantly, forms of art may teach
still hear Elvis Presley or listen to Jacqueline du Pré 5 in us about the lives of others. When we enjoy a book or
high-quality, digital sound. True, we can still enjoy live film by a foreign artist, we can learn what it means
performance – recorded music simply ensures that to have a different religion, to be of a different race,
great music remains available for all. or to live under a different political system, and this
Finally 6, we must consider the wonderful sounds helps us to respect and appreciate different views and
that digital technology has created. Where would we perspectives on life.
be without the emotional power of the electric guitar However, art forms can be misunderstood or viewed
or the atmospheric tones of the keyboard? 7 If people very differently by people in different cultures. For
want to learn the violin or flute, they still can, but we example, a play that features political material or
should celebrate the additional range of expression naked actors may be considered interesting in one
that these electronic instruments 8 allow us to have. society, but confusing or even insulting in another.
In conclusion, technology has enriched the Consequently, some forms of art can have the effect
performing arts and enabled them to reach an of emphasizing differences between countries and
audience of millions 9. We should welcome it without cultures.
reservation. 10 In conclusion, I believe art forms can unite people
from around the world and governments should invest
Features of the model answer in developing artistic endeavour as much as possible in
1 Writer has decided to take strong stance, which task allows. the interests of peace and global unity.
2 Language is strengthened with imperatives and modals of
strong obligation.
3 Considering an opposing view makes writer seem more
persuasive and authoritative.
4 Emotional language and adjectives persuade reader.
5 Examples from writer’s experience.
6 All paragraphs support stance of writer, in line with strong
stance taken.
7 Rhetorical question as a persuasive technique.
8 Substitute words are used throughout paragraph.
9 Main ideas are summarized neatly in one sentence.
10
Views of author are stated again in conclusion.

Task 2: Explanation essay
1 Look at the Exam practice task question 2 on page 63. 4 Early ideas are criticized to give sense of progression towards
better ideas.
2 Read the model answer below. Look carefully at
features 1–11. 5 Each paragraph contains new idea that supports the thesis
statement.
The question of motivation is a never-ending issue for 6 Idea in topic sentence is explained fully.
employers, and the health of economies all over the 7 Third idea adds sense of progression and range in response.
world depends on it 1. Given this, what can be done to
8 Used to refer back to idea in topic sentence.
motivate employees? 2
One traditional method is to offer rewards 3. Bosses 9 Language remains neutral and objective throughout.
have long believed that the promise of a bonus or 10
Summary and evaluation of ideas are offered in conclusion.
a company car or a bigger office will drive people to 11
Final comment provides additional level of analysis.
dedicate themselves to their company. However, there
is nothing to stop other companies offering similar 3 Read the sample essay below. Which of features 1–11 in
rewards, and an employee may not be motivated exercise 2 are missing?
by improved pay if there is the sense that it is an What effects does having a large supply of graduate
expected or normal condition of employment. 4 students have on a country?
An alternative is to punish workers who do not
perform well5. Employers can threaten to take away
certain expected benefits, such as a staff party, if University enrolments have risen dramatically in many
certain conditions are not met 6. Alternatively, they countries over the last half-century and ever higher
may even threaten to demote a member of staff. numbers are entering adulthood with a university
However, this approach may have the effect of making degree. This essay will outline the effects that this
staff members disloyal to companies or encourage has on the economic and social life of a country.
them to do only the minimum needed to protect their Perhaps the main impact is on a nation’s economy
benefits. and this effect may be two-fold. There will, of course,
A third way is perhaps to make sure that staff be a greater supply of highly trained talent available
members are happy in their jobs 7. This 8 can be done by to businesses and so more innovation within the
ensuring staff can contribute to decision-making or workplace. On the negative side, competition
that they have some control over the projects they for graduate jobs will increase and lead to some
undertake. It may also be achieved by allowing them unemployment unless the number of jobs available
to have flexible working hours or by trying to stop grows at the same pace. It may also result in a lack
bullying. This might encourage many workers to fully of supply for sectors of the economy that do not
dedicate themselves to their work. 9 require graduates, and therefore an increased need for
In conclusion, there are a variety of tools that migrant labour.
managers can use to motivate staff members, Secondly, a large number of graduates may have
the best of which is perhaps to create a happy a significant and broadly positive impact on society.
workforce 10. However, it should be remembered that Higher levels of education should result in a larger
all people are different and will respond differently to number of people who participate in politics. Also,
various methods of motivation, and bosses should graduates are likely to marry and settle down later
remain open to all techniques. 11 in life, resulting in a lower number of births overall.
University also puts young people in contact with
Features of the model answer people from other backgrounds and the result may
1 Background statement establishes topic and connects essay to be greater familiarity and openness towards other
the real world. cultures.
2 Thesis statement may be replaced by question in this type of In conclusion, governments should continue to
essay. make university education an attractive option for
3 Ideas that are weaker, more obvious, or more accepted are students, provided there are an adequate number of
mentioned first. graduate jobs available.

EXAM TIPS
EXAM TIPS: SPEAKING

Part 1 questions page 9 Varying language page 59
Speaking Part 1 lasts 4 to 5 minutes and the examiner asks you Varying your language helps you to get a higher mark for
questions about a range of personal topics, such as your family, vocabulary and grammar. In Speaking Parts 1 and 3, the different
hobbies, work or education, and holidays. Listen carefully for questions you’re asked usually give you the chance to demonstrate
the question word – where, when, who, how, how often – and different language. However, during the 2 minutes of Part 2 it’s less
try to respond in a conversational way. It’s important that you easy to keep your language varied because there aren’t as many
understand the question, and give a full response to show that you questions. Try to show variety by using different parts of speech or
can use a variety of language. Try to add some extra information grammar structures, like a passive or conditional sentence.
that gives the examiner something more than a basic response.
Each response should be about 15 seconds. ‘The four Ss’ page 68
In Speaking Part 2, you’ll be asked to describe something, for
Part 2 preparation time page 19 example a place, for 2 minutes. When you’re feeling nervous or
In Speaking Part 2, it’s difficult to remember everything you want under pressure, it can be difficult to think of details to talk about.
to say but the 1 minute of preparation time can help. Writing notes Use the preparation time to try to remember things that could
on the topic during this time is useful or, if you prefer, close your extend your talk. One way you could do this is to use ‘The four Ss’:
eyes and try to imagine the things you’re going to describe. You sights, sounds, smells, and sensations. These four categories should
could also set yourself different objectives for each stage of the help you to think of some interesting details.
extended speaking. Your first objective could be to speak for 25
seconds about the first prompt on the card. If you can do this, you Part 3 questions page 79
should be able to speak for more than 1 minute in total. Then, for In Speaking Part 3, you can be asked a wide range of question
the next stages, focus on demonstrating your grammar, vocabulary, types related to the topic in Part 2. For example, you may be
and pronunciation in turn. asked to predict, evaluate, speculate, or compare. Other questions
may require you to talk about change, give opinions, explain, or
Sounding enthusiastic page 29 hypothesize. The different questions will give you the opportunity
Sounding enthusiastic can help you to get a better mark for to show you can use different grammar structures, vocabulary, and
pronunciation because your intonation and word stress will be phrases. This is why you need to practise listening for certain types
more varied. However, it’s not always easy to do this, especially of question and prepare phrases that you could use for each type.
when the examiner is looking down and taking notes. Try to
imagine you’re talking with a friend instead! Part 2 description page 89
In Speaking Part 2, you may be asked to describe a series of events
Talking about problems page 39 or, in other words, to ‘narrate’. For example, you may be asked to
In Speaking Part 2, you may have to talk about a problem you describe something that happened to you or something that you
have experienced, and what the causes and effects of this problem saw. This provides a good opportunity to use a range of regular
are. Also, you’ll probably be asked to say what you have done to and irregular past tenses. A good way to give background to your
resolve it. For example, when talking about the causes and effects narrative is by using the past continuous tense, as in I was walking
of problems in the environment (such as too much household down the street near my home when … You can then continue with
waste), you might be asked to say what you personally do or could the past simple tense to describe what happened.
do to help the situation (such as recycle more efficiently).
Clarifying part 3 questions page 99
Using adverbs page 48 In Speaking Part 3, the questions are sometimes complicated
Using adverbs correctly can really improve your grammar and so it’s important you listen carefully and answer the question
vocabulary. In Speaking Part 1, you can add adverbs like sometimes you’re actually asked. Unlike in Part 1, you can ask the examiner
and usually to say how often you personally do something. In for clarification if you don’t understand. Try to remember some
Speaking Part 3 – where the ideas discussed are more complicated phrases to help you, and begin your question with Sorry or Sorry,
– you can use adverbs like maybe or perhaps to show you’re not but to sound more natural.
certain about something. In all parts of the Speaking test, you can
put adverbs like actually or generally at the beginning of sentences
to make your ideas seem clearer and more natural.

EXAM TIPS: LISTENING
Section 1 numbers and names page 10 Completing notes page 60
In Listening Section 1, candidates often make mistakes writing When you complete notes from a recording, make sure you read
down details such as numbers and names. With numbers, think the notes before you listen. While you read them, think about
about what would be realistic in each gap because this will help possible answers and possible types of words that could fill each
you to understand the number correctly. It’s also a good idea to gap. It’s very important that you do this before the recording starts,
practise listening to longer numbers, like telephone numbers, because it’s hard to read, listen, and write at the same time! The
which are often said quickly. With names, candidates often sentences that you hear will be different from the sentences that
misspell them because they confuse how each letter is said – you read, so don’t listen for the exact sentences on your paper.
particularly the vowels: a, e, i, o, u. The main thing is to read the
instructions and look at the information carefully to find out if Section 4 labelling diagrams page 71
names or numbers are required … or both! In Listening Section 4, you have to label diagrams and you’ll
hear a lot of technical words. Quite often you’ll hear words that
Section 2 tables page 20 you haven’t heard before. If this happens, don’t panic! Many of
In Listening Section 2, you may have to complete a table with the words will be compound nouns – words made from two (or
information – numbers or individual words. Candidates often hear more) other words. Even if you don’t understand the meaning of a
the information that’s needed but then write it down incorrectly by particular compound noun, you should know the individual words
failing to add articles (a or the) or the right endings. This will lose that make it up. Listen carefully to the whole word and try to
you marks in the exam. Make sure you look carefully at the forms recognize smaller, individual words, using the context to help you
of other words in the same column of the table, as these can help to guess. The words in less common compound nouns are usually
you to decide the type of word or number you need. written separately.
Section 3 dialogues page 30 Multiple-choice options page 81

In Listening Section 3, you hear two or three speakers. The In addition to basic multiple-choice questions, you may have to
conversation takes place in an academic environment – for choose more than one option from a list. This can be difficult
example, a university classroom or lecture hall. But it can also take because sometimes the answers may not be mentioned in order.
place anywhere on ‘campus’ – that means the university grounds For this reason, you should consider all the options on the list as
– such as in a sports centre or student café. The speakers often you listen. As usual, preparation is important. Make sure you read
express different opinions and you may be tested on how well you all the options before the recording starts and underline key words
understand any disagreements. that you should listen for.
Key words page 40 Recognizing individual words page 90

When you’re preparing to listen, it helps to underline ‘key words’ In the Listening test, you often have to write down individual
in the questions and sentences. Key words are basically the words words that you hear. This is difficult because, in natural spoken
with the most meaning, so usually nouns and verbs rather than English, the words in a sentence often seem ‘connected’ together.
‘small’ words like prepositions and articles. You can also quickly You can’t easily hear where one word ends and another begins!
try to think of similar words or synonyms that might be used to Also, the sound of the individual words sometimes changes when
describe the same thing. This can help you to notice when a topic they’re spoken with others. This means you might not recognize
is mentioned in a listening. them. With practice, however, you can improve your ability to
recognize individual words and work out which are important.
Plans and maps page 50
On plans and maps, there’s a lot to look at and it’s sometimes Avoiding common errors page 101
difficult to find all the question numbers. As well as making sure A few simple steps can help you to avoid common errors in the
you find the gaps for all the questions, check the instructions to Listening test. First, it’s important to read the instructions carefully
see if you have to write a letter or a word. Then, in the 30 seconds so that you answer in the correct way. Make sure you know how
you have to prepare, use your knowledge of similar places to many answers will be given in each recording, as sometimes you’ll
predict the ones on the plan or map. hear the answers to more than one set or you may have to turn
the page to find some of the questions. At the end of the test,
you’ll have time to transfer your answers to the answer sheet. Use
this time to make sure that your answers fit the gaps grammatically
and to check that they are spelt correctly. You can also guess any
answers you weren’t sure about!

146 EXAM TIPS For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
EXAM TIPS: WRITING
Context and key trend page 12 Topic sentences page 62
When you write a report about a chart or a graph, don’t focus on The first sentence in each paragraph of an essay is often a topic
the detail straight away. Take a step back and make sure you see sentence. It contains the main idea of the paragraph and should
the context or ‘bigger picture’. Start by defining what the graphic connect to your thesis statement. For example, if you give your
shows. The next thing you should do is to write a sentence that opinion in the thesis statement, each topic sentence should give
describes the key trend. Did the numbers rise or fall? If they didn’t a reason for this opinion. Or, if you say you’re going to discuss an
rise or fall, you can say that there’s no clear trend. Even after you’ve argument, each topic sentence should introduce one side of the
given the key trend, don’t try to describe everything in detail! argument. If you say you’re going to explain causes or effects, each
topic sentence should state a cause or effect. Note that each point
Key similarities and differences page 23 in your plan should become a topic sentence.
In Writing Task 1, when you write about tables (and also bar charts
or pie charts), look for key similarities and differences between the Paragraph structure page 73
categories. You should then compare and contrast these pieces Make sure your paragraphs are well structured. What this means
of information. Remember that you don’t have to write about is that the sentences are all connected logically. A main idea is
why the data shows what it does, though you may add some given first in the topic sentence, and then other sentences in
interpretation of the data in your conclusion. the paragraph support the idea of the topic sentence, providing
explanation or examples. Your examples might include causes and
Parts of an essay question page 33 effects, depending on the essay question. Make sure everything is
There are three main parts to an essay question – each of which directly related to the topic sentence and doesn’t go too far from
has a different function. First, the main topic gives the general area the main point of the paragraph.
to discuss. Second, the issue tells you how you should discuss it,
for example, looking at what should be done. Third and probably Discussion or personal opinion essay page 82
most important, the instruction tells you what type of essay If a Task 2 essay question asks about opinions, check whether
you actually need to write, for example, to show agreement or you have to write a discussion essay or personal opinion essay.
disagreement. If you ignore or misunderstand the instruction, then This is important because they require different approaches. In a
you won’t answer the question properly and you’ll get a low mark. discussion essay, you should give a balanced response by giving
one view and then the opposite view. You can give your own
Brainstorming essay ideas page 43 personal opinion in the conclusion but it’s not required by the task.
Always brainstorm ideas or reasons before you start writing an In a personal opinion essay, on the other hand, you must make
essay. If you don’t, you may find you’ll repeat the same points or your own opinion clear, right from the introduction. Then, in the
think of extra, better ideas when you have no time left to write body section, you focus on giving reasons for your opinion and,
them! Of course, you don’t have long to brainstorm in the test so perhaps, reasons why the opposite view is wrong.
you don’t need to produce a long list. For example, for a discussion
essay, try to think of three reasons for each opposing view. For a Essay conclusion page 93
personal opinion essay, save time by deciding whether you agree In a conclusion, you should include a summary of your main
or disagree before you start brainstorming! Then, try to brainstorm points and a sentence that directly answers the question – even
about five or six reasons for your view. if you’ve already stated this in the thesis statement. You may also
wish to include a personal comment that’s not connected to the
Paragraph topics page 52 essay question but which is relevant to the essay topic. This could
Before you start writing your essay, it’s important to write a plan be a prediction about the future – in an essay about energy use, for
with paragraph topics. Choosing good paragraph topics will help example, you could predict how people’s lives might change.
you to organize your ideas clearly and avoid repetition. Each topic
you choose must be different from the others but general enough Overview statement for a process page 103
for you to add examples and explanations in the paragraph. Look When you describe a process, try to include an ‘overview
for points in your brainstorm that you could group together in one statement’. This is difficult because it requires a different approach
category and try to think of labels like social, economic, or cultural to how you write an overview statement for describing data. With
that connect them. a process, there’s no mention of trends, numbers, or possibly no
comparisons. Instead, try to comment on a feature of the process
as a whole that makes it interesting. For example, it may be
particularly complex or have a surprisingly large number of stages.

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. EXAM TIPS 147
EXAM TIPS: READING
Multiple-choice options page 14 Finding topic sentences page 64
Multiple-choice questions with four options often feature in Finding topic sentences is a very important skill. They’re usually
the Reading test. As you read the options, underline key words located near the beginning of each paragraph. If you just read
or make a quick note next to any options which you think are the topic sentences, you’ll be able to understand the main ideas
possible answers. Of course, you then have to decide which option of the passage and, more importantly, the information that each
the passage actually agrees with. The ‘stems’ are useful because paragraph contains.
they give you an idea of where to look for the information in
the passage. True / False / Not Given questions page 74
In True / False / Not Given questions, you have to compare several
New or difficult words page 24 statements with information in the reading passage. The Not
You won’t know the meaning of every word in the passages in the Given option can make this type of question confusing. This is
Reading test. If you think a new or difficult word is necessary to because Not Given doesn’t mean Not True – instead, it means that
answer a question, try to guess its meaning. First, start by deciding a statement could be True or False. Also, Not Given doesn’t always
what part of speech it is: a noun or a verb, for example. Then use mean that the information is not mentioned. Information related
clues in the surrounding text (this is called the ‘context’) to help you to Not Given options may sometimes be in the passage but it won’t
to guess the meaning. Finally, as a check, think of an easier word be similar enough to decide if the answer is True or False.
with the same meaning and see if it makes sense in the sentence.
Using topic sentences page 84
Scanning page 34 In order to understand the main idea of a passage, you don’t
Scanning is a reading strategy you can use when looking for always need to read the complete passage. Often, you need to
specific information such as a word, number, or name. It’s read just the topic sentences of each paragraph. This strategy
common in real life – think about how you scan a TV guide to is particularly useful for questions where you choose the best
see what’s on at a certain time, the sports results to look for your heading, or questions where you complete a summary. But it can
favourite team, or a timetable to see when a train or bus is due to also help you to predict the missing word for a gap or help you
leave. It’s also useful for questions requiring short answers in the to find the paragraph of a passage that contains the most useful
Reading test. information.
Organization of passages page 44 Yes / No / Not Given questions page 94

In the test, there are many different types of passage. Three Yes / No / Not Given questions are different to True / False / Not
common types are problem–solution, information, and discussion, Given questions. Yes / No / Not Given questions test your ability to
which gives an author’s opinion. The first paragraph often tells identify opinions rather than facts. You can often find the author’s
you the type of passage because key words or phrases show that a main opinion in the final paragraph. Understanding this can help
problem, some information, or a discussion and opinion are going you to predict or guess whether they agree with the statements in
to be described. If you know the type of passage, you should be Yes / No / Not Given questions.
able to predict its organization and, as a result, find information
more quickly. For example, if a question about an information Labelling graphics page 105
passage refers to the future, this information is usually found at You may be given a series of two or more graphics and be asked
the end of the passage – you can then start your search in the final to complete labels for them or to choose the correct graphic. The
paragraph. first thing you should do in these cases is consider how they’re
different. For example, one may point to a square object and
Matching questions page 54 another to a round object, or one will refer to a certain century
Some matching questions in the Reading test ask you to look for and another to a different century. If you have to complete labels,
specific information. To do this, you’ll need to scan the passage first study the visual information to help you to predict answers.
to identify which paragraph contains the information. Before you The missing labels will quickly tell you the type of information you
actually start looking, underline all the key words in the questions need – often a number or a name. You can then scan the passage
and then decide which key word to look for first in the passage. and underline sentences which contain possible answers.
Proper nouns, like people’s names, and dates are usually easiest
to find. Once you’ve located the word or idea you’re looking for,
read that part of the passage carefully to make sure that there are
synonyms for all the key language in the question.

148 EXAM TIPS For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
IELTS PRACTICE TEST
LISTENING
Section 1
Questions 1–7
2.39 Complete the form below.

Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Temporary Employment Registration Form

Category: 0 full-time employment
Name: 1
Address: 2 Avenue
Postcode: 3
Contact number: 4
Current situation: studying 5 at university
Availability: July–September
Experience: retail: assistant in a 6
catering: worked as a 7
Questions 8–10
2.40 Complete the notes below.

POSSIBLE JOBS
• C
afé
position of assistant
might include 8
• Tourist information office
doing administrative work
9 needed
• Department store
serving in the 10 department

Section 2
Questions 11–15
2.41 Complete the table below.

Parents’ Evening – Talks

Time Speaker Topics
7.00–7.30 head teacher – tests in the future
– the latest 11
7.30–7.45 deputy head teacher – changes at 12
– new rules for 13
7.45–8.00 a 14 – school trips during the year
– 15 the children will use
Questions 16–20
2.42 Label the plan of part of the school below.

Write the correct letter, A–H, next to questions 16–20.
AREA OF SCHOOL USED FOR PARENTS’ EVENING
STAGE
MAIN HALL
16 healthy eating scheme
17 refreshments
A B
18 parents’ association
DOORS
19 maths teachers
20 head teacher
H
D
CANTEEN

150 IELTS PRACTICE TEST LISTENING For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
Section 3
Questions 21–24
2.43 What surprised the speakers when they were doing their research?
Write the correct letter, L, H, B or N next to questions 21–25.
Write
L if Liam only was surprised
H if Holly only was surprised
B if Both of them were surprised
N if Neither of them was surprised
21 the paper’s sales figures
22 the paper’s response to the arrival of the internet
23 the amount of influence the paper has had
24 the cartoons in the paper in the past
Questions 25–27
2.44 Choose THREE letters, A–F.

Which THREE features of the paper have stayed the same according to the speakers?
A its political views
B its weather reports
C its coverage of famous people
D its sports section
E its handling of social issues
F its appearance
Questions 28–30
2.45 Choose the correct letter, A, B or C.

28 In the general section, Liam is going to focus on
A why British people choose to read a particular newspaper.
B how British people judge other readers of newspapers.
C what gives each newspaper its reputation.
29 In the general section, Holly is going to discuss
A why someone stops reading a particular newspaper.
B reasons for a decline in loyalty to newspapers.
C how newspapers change to appeal to new readers.
30 One reason why both speakers have enjoyed doing the project is that
A they could choose what to focus on.
B it has involved less work than other projects.
C they have learnt a lot about a single topic.

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. IELTS PRACTICE TEST LISTENING 151
Section 4
Questions 31–34
2.46 Complete the summary below.

Short history of Tower Bridge

Before Tower Bridge was built, the only way to cross the river in that area was through Tower Subway,
which was built in 1870. At first, Tower Subway had an 31 but after three months it
became a tunnel for people to walk through. To meet the demand for a new crossing, a committee
was formed, and they used a 32 to find the best design. A fixed bridge could not be
used because 33 ships had to go through it, so a bridge was created with ‘bascules’.
These were two sections that would separate when they were 34 so the ships could pass.
Questions 35–37
2.47 Label the diagram below.

HOW TOWER BRIDGE WAS RAISED
Room with boiler

and accumulators 35
Towers
36
Bascules
Gears attached to
37
SOUTH SIDE NORTH SIDE
Questions 38–40
2.48 Complete the sentences below.

Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
38 During the day, were placed on the bridge to signal to ships.
39 During the day, ships were required to have a in a high position.
40 Nowadays, ships have to notify the bridge before they want to pass through it.

152 IELTS PRACTICE TEST LISTENING For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
READING
Reading passage 1
Read Passage 1 and answer Questions 1–13.
The birth of the child detective

Emil and the Detectives, by Erich Kästner, was an instant hit when it was published in 1928. Just three years later it
was adapted into a film and the book and its sequel, Emil and the Three Twins, have since been translated and adapted
many times. But the book is not simply notable for its success; it also brought a great deal of innovation to the world
of children’s literature.
The hero of the book, Emil Tischbein, is a boy who is set a task: to take some money by train to his grandmother, who
lives in the big city, Berlin. Money is a big deal as he is being brought up by a single mother. We hear that his father
was a plumber but died, and his mother has to work as a hairdresser. With a touch of realism that is the flavour of
the book as a whole, we learn that, ‘Sometimes she is ill, and then Emil fries eggs for her and for himself’. So, Emil is
anxious about the money in his pocket on the train. He is also anxious about a crime he has committed: together with
his friends, he has drawn a moustache on the face of the town statue of the Grand Duke Charles.
On the way to Berlin, Emil sits in a carriage with an odd gentleman, Herr Grundeis, and though he tries to avoid it
happening, Emil falls asleep. When he wakes up, his money has gone and so has Herr Grundeis. This occurs not long
after a quarter of the way through the book, so for the rest of the story we live with Emil’s swirling emotions, his
meetings with a group of boys in Berlin, and the eventual capture of Grundeis. The reason why Emil doesn’t involve
the police is because he fears exposure as the criminal who daubed the Grand Duke’s statue. The word ‘detectives’
is in the title, but in a way the book is a detective novel in reverse, as it requires Emil and the boys to first catch the
criminal and only then prove his guilt to unbelieving adults.
The secret to the book’s popularity may be lost on many adults, who may doubt the likelihood of children taking such
control of events. After all, the detective in most fiction is usually a clever adult who will make the world safer for us
ordinary mortals. Perhaps it is even a contradiction that children, who are the symbols of innocence, can be as clever as
their fictional adult counterparts. But that, of course, is the point of the book: real children, with flaws (they might fall
asleep on the train, or lie to their parents), manage a very difficult job. We should remember that children’s fiction often
appeals to a child’s desire for power and independence. As smaller, un-powerful members of the human race, they are
greatly attracted by heroes that are capable of acts beyond a child’s usual capabilities.
When Emil and the Detectives first appeared, it broke new ground in many ways at once. It is probably the first of the
‘child detective’ books, a genre taken up so successfully by other authors. It is also one of the first books for children
that gives us a full picture of a child in a single-parent family of very little means, and one of the first which treats the
city as a place of excitement. And it appears to approve of the actions of children working together for a common
purpose without the guidance of adults.
As if this wasn’t enough, there are many more technical innovations, too. The book breaks from the usual format of a
single line of narrative told to us in the third person by a knowing narrator, and adds witty one-page commentaries on
people appearing in the story. These are written in the first person as if the narrator is thinking aloud for our benefit
and talking directly to us. The dialogues, too, are innovative since in the original German, the boys whom Emil meets
talk with a Berlin slang. Whereas in most children’s books of the time urban speech told the reader that that person
was bad or stupid, in Emil and the Detectives the local dialect seems to confirm the resourcefulness of the boys. Even
the film adaptation was innovative in the realistic acting of child actors and the use of ‘synch’ sound on location on the
streets of Berlin.
The original context for the story stemmed partly from Kästner’s own life. He was born in 1899 and grew up in a
small town rather like Emil’s home town, and like Emil he lost his father when he was young. He, too, then made his
way to Berlin, where he worked as a writer. But we should note that not all the credit for the story can go to Kästner,
for it was the head of a Berlin publishing house, Edith Jacobsen, that approached him, and she who suggested the idea
of a children’s detective novel.

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. IELTS PRACTICE TEST READING 153
Questions 1–4
Complete the summary below.

Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each answer.
Write your answers in boxes 1–4 on your answer sheet. (page 163)
Story of Emil and the Detectives

The story concerns a boy called Emil who has to deliver money to 1 in Berlin. He lives
with his mother, who is a hairdresser and not well-off. On the journey, he meets someone who he thinks
is strange, and while Emil is 2 , the money disappears. When he gets to Berlin, he meets
some 3 and they help him to find the person who took the money. He does not want to
report this theft because he is worried about some damage that he did to a 4 and thinks
he will get into trouble for that.
Questions 5–7
Choose the correct letter, A, B, C or D.

Write the correct letters in boxes 5–7 on your answer sheet. (page 163)
5 What point does the writer make about Emil and the Detectives in the fourth paragraph?
A It says something important about adult behaviour.
B It has a different outcome from most detective fiction.
C The children are different from most real children.
D The children are like the adults in other detective fiction.
6 The writer says that children particularly like fiction which
A describes children being in control of events.
B presents situations they are personally familiar with.
C is read to them by adults in an enthusiastic way.
D includes a large number of surprising events.
7 The writer says that a feature of the book that was new at the time was
A its focus on children’s opposition to adults.
B its use of a city as the main setting for much of the action.
C its portrayal of a child growing up in difficult circumstances.
D its inclusion of more than one child detective.

154 IELTS PRACTICE TEST READING For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
Questions 8–13
Do the following statements agree with the information given in Reading passage 1?
In boxes 8–13 on your answer sheet (page 163), write
TRUE if the statement agrees with the information
FALSE if the statement contradicts the information
NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this
8 The book is unusual because it has more than one narrator.
9 Some readers found it hard to understand the slang used by some characters.
10 Local dialect is a positive feature of some of the characters.
11 The film of the book had features that were unusual at the time.
12 Kästner based the whole story on real events in his life.
13 Kästner wrote the story and then sent it to a publisher.
Reading passage 2
The Park Hill housing development

A The huge Park Hill housing development in Sheffield is a Brutalist masterpiece, widely praised by
architects, and it has been admired by many in the media, too, since its recent redevelopment. But it
has had a controversial past. Jack Lynn, one of a pair of idealistic young architects leading the project,
designed Park Hill when there was a major post-war shortage of housing in the city. In December 1940,
two nights of bombing had brought devastation to the area, destroying many of the Victorian terraced
streets. The city was left with a major homelessness problem, which became even worse when the
remaining Victorian housing was judged unsuitable for living in. Land was also in short supply as much
of it was ‘green belt’.
B In a desperate effort to solve the problem, Sheffield City Council sent a group of experts to look at
housing projects in Europe. They returned full of enthusiasm for the modernist developments they had
seen. The inspiration for Jack Lynn, his colleague Ivor Smith, and the city architect Lewis Womersley,
was the work of Le Corbusier, whose concrete ‘streets in the sky’ were very popular in France. The
idea was to replace Sheffield’s slums with ultra-modern flats and facilities, recreating the communities
that had flourished in the pre-war housing developments. The new development was also designed as a
response to what were considered, even in the 1950s, to be modern architecture’s failures: empty spaces,
isolation, a lack of street life, and a middle-class ‘we know what’s good for you’ ethos.
C When the estate was formally opened in 1961, Park Hill was intended to be a perfect vision of social
housing. Conceived as a town within a town, it consisted of 996 flats that would house almost 3,000
people and was equipped with every sort of public facility – shops, a doctors’ surgery, dentist, clinic,
nursery, school, four pubs, and a police station. While most tower blocks of the era had flats built
around narrow, dark corridors, Park Hill’s flats had interlinked ‘street-decks’ – communal areas running
along each storey where children could play and families socialise. The decks were as broad as real
streets and wide enough for a milk float to pass along. The blocks of flats themselves were connected
by walkways, and their height varied, from four storeys to thirteen, in order to maintain a roof line that
remained level across the development.
D Motivated by a deep social commitment, Jack Lynn and his colleagues did everything they could to
ensure that the new residents felt at home in their new environment. Cobblestones from the old terraced
streets surrounded the flats and paved the pathways down the hill to Sheffield station; brick infill panels
were made of the same material as the houses they replaced, and the flats all had traditional front
doorsteps. Each floor was given an old street name and neighbours were rehoused together.

E A survey of residents conducted by the housing department a year after the flats had been officially
opened was overwhelmingly positive, and awards were heaped on the designers. ‘When one looks out
from some part of it and sees another of its limbs swinging across the view,’ enthused the architectural
critic Reyner Banham, ‘the effect is like that of suddenly realising that the railway lines on the other
side of some valley in Switzerland are the same that one’s own train has just traversed a few moments
before.’ The vision of Park Hill as a living community also seemed justified. Of the walkways, Banham
wrote: ‘Toddlers play on them, teens mend bikes and swap gossip, and grannies stand at their doors …’
F But Park Hill did not age as well as its admirers hoped. The concrete in which it was built proved
less suited to the damp climate of Sheffield than the dry heat of the south of France, and as the years
passed it became damaged. By the 1970s problems were accumulating. Cockroaches invaded the estate
and a series of violent attacks led to headlines in the papers. In the 1980s, as unemployment soared,
social problems multiplied. There were burnt-out cars, boarded-up shops, rubbish, and graffiti. The
council was accused of dumping problem families there, while the ‘streets in the sky’ proved an ideal
place for gangs to hide from police. Deliverymen found that they often had to dodge milk bottles and
other missiles, while older inhabitants who had once chatted and gossiped with their neighbours began
locking their doors. The cost of refurbishing the flats and of maintenance was also getting too high as
councils struggled to deal with the many problems. By the 1980s, Park Hill had come to be regarded as
a dangerous no-go area, an embarrassing blot on the face of the city.
Questions 14–19
Reading passage 2 has six paragraphs, A–F.

Choose the correct heading for each paragraph from the list of headings below.
Write the correct number i–ix in boxes 14–19 on your answer sheet. (page 163)
List of headings
i A massive decline
ii Including familiar elements in the development
iii Problems with the development predicted
iv Meeting a need at the time
v Various opinions on the new development
vi An initial response to the housing problem
vii A change of plan for the development
viii Influences on the design
ix What the development offered residents
14 Paragraph A
15 Paragraph B
16 Paragraph C
17 Paragraph D
18 Paragraph E
19 Paragraph F

Questions 20–22
Label the diagram below.

FEATURES OF THE PREVIOUS HOUSING USED FOR PARK HILL
22 Level
Brick panels
20
21
Public facilities
Cobble stones
Questions 23–26
Answer the questions below.

23 What showed that residents liked the development at first?
24 What was badly affected by the weather in Sheffield?
25 According to some, what kind of people did councils put in Park Hill in the 1980s?
26 Which visitors were attacked when visiting Park Hill?

Reading passage 3
Human distrust of robots that look like us

A We humans have evolved to relate emotionally to non-living objects, which is strange when you think about it.
Children play with dolls and toy soldiers as if they were people. Adults talk to their cars. As long as they are robot-
like and ‘mechanical’, we are comfortable around them, and can display affection (as for an old car). But when it
comes to human-like robots, something different happens. As they become more human-like, our affection disappears
and we begin to feel less comfortable. Our liking turns to revulsion. Androids that look too human freak us out.
B This odd phenomenon is called the ‘uncanny valley’, a term coined by robotics professor Masahiro Mori. But the
effect has particularly confused and puzzled engineers and scientists who design robots and interactive software. The
term comes from the dip in a graph with two parameters: affection and human likeness. As human likeness increases,
so does our affection. As soon as the resemblance becomes too great, though, affection drops below zero – hence the
‘valley’. The effect was highlighted by studies of machines such as the Geminoid F robot, created by Professor Hiroshi
Ishiguro of Kyoto University. His robots have human-like bodies but their movements, although impressively human-
like, show something of the mechanism beneath their ‘skin’ and people didn’t respond well to them. Making robots
look human is a major goal of robotic engineers and scientific writers have long dreamt of androids, so the ‘uncanny
valley’ could potentially spell the end to their dream.
C Researchers have tried to find the cause of the ‘uncanny valley’. One of the most interesting insights has come from an
international team led by Ayse Pinar Saygin of the University of California, San Diego (UCSD). Saygin and her team
conducted an experiment scanning the brains of twenty subjects aged 20–36 while they were looking at three different
things: a human, a mechanical-looking robot, and a human-like robot. Interpreting the results from the fMRI scans, the
researchers suggested that the cause for the valley is a conflict in perception between two processes in the brain: that of
recognising a human-like face and that of recognising different kinds of movement.
D These processes, or pathways, meet in an area of the brain called the parietal cortex. There, information from the
visual cortex relating to bodily movement is integrated with information from the motor cortex that contains mirror
neurons, the brain cells that register that what we are seeing is ‘one of us’. Alarm bells go off in the brain when there
is a conflict between the human-like features of the robot and its inhuman movement. This mismatch creates a feeling
of revulsion similar to what we feel when looking at a movie zombie. We instinctively expect human-like creatures to
have human-like movements. As Saygin says: ‘The brain … look(s) for its expectations to be met – for appearance and
motion to (match).’
E The discomfort we feel is not logical and has its roots in our evolutionary past. Researchers believe that the modern
mind came into being between 60,000 and 40,000 years ago when pathways in the brain became connected, probably
thanks to the evolution of language. The way we understand our world then emerged from these new connections.
Robotic evolution challenges this mental ‘software’ of ours. The ‘uncanny valley’ seems to represent the point at
which logic stops and our instincts start to react.
F Despite such studies, many (e.g. MacDorman et al) believe that cultural factors also contribute to the effect, and
researchers have pointed to the fact that young people who are used to technology seem less affected by the effect.
Furthermore, the ‘uncanny valley’ effect has been observed in our response to still photographs of humans that have
been altered slightly with Photoshop software. Even as far back as the 19th century, the great naturalist Charles
Darwin noticed that we react most adversely to species with eyes, nose and mouth arranged like our own. The
phenomenon may therefore be more complex than Saygin’s research suggests.
G So is this the end of robots as we have dreamt them? Are our brains unable to cope with mechanical doubles? Perhaps
not. It may just be a temporary phenomenon. The positive response to recent androids shows that once the design
and movements of robots become even more human-like, the affection graph rises again from the ‘uncanny valley’;
acceptability returns steeply to normal. We seem to be at ease with androids that have human bodies and human
movements, even if we know they are not human. As we cross the ‘uncanny valley’ another basic instinct comes into
play: empathy. It is possible to mix human and mechanical characteristics without getting trapped in ‘uncanny valley’.
Eventually, human-like robots will make us love them, too.

Questions 27–30
Reading Passage 3 has seven paragraphs, A–G.

Which paragraph contains the following information?
Write the correct letter, A–G, in boxes 27–30 on your answer sheet. (page 163)
27 a belief that we may have strong, positive feelings for robots in the future
28 a description of how the human brain developed over time
29 a contrast between our reaction to various objects and our reaction to robots
30 an example of robots which people have a very negative reaction to
Questions 31–33
Look at the following statements and the list of scientists below.

Match each statement to the correct scientist, A–E.
Write the correct letter, A–E, in boxes 31–33 on your answer sheet. (page 163)
31 We feel disgusted when things don’t move as we think they will.
32 We feel visual disgust when animal faces appear similar to human faces
33 The causes of the ‘Uncanny Valley’ effect are not just biological.
List of scientists
A MacDorman
B Professor Hiroshi Ishiguro
C Charles Darwin
D Ayse Pinar Saygin
E Masahiro Mori

Questions 34–36
Complete the sentences below.

Choose ONE WORD ONLY from the passage for each answer.
34 The ‘uncanny valley’ concerns the relationship between how much a robot looks like a human and the
amount of people feel.
35 Scientists think that the development of played an important part in the development of
the modern mind.
36 The ‘uncanny valley’ reaction is also seen when people look at which have been changed
a little.
Questions 37–40
Do the following statements agree with the views of the author in Reading Passage 3?
In boxes 37–40 on your answer sheet (page 163), write
YES if the statement agrees with the views of the author
NO if the statement contradicts the views of the author
NOT GIVEN if it is impossible to say what the author thinks about this
37 It is surprising that people can have strong emotional feelings for objects.
38 The term ‘uncanny valley’ is very difficult for many people to understand.
39 The research in California adequately explains the ‘uncanny valley’ effect.
40 Researchers will probably learn to overcome the ‘uncanny valley’ effect.

WRITING
Writing task 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on this task.
The chart below shows the number of openings and closures in the UK by shop category in
the first six months of 2013.
Summarize the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons
where relevant.
Write at least 150 words.
SHOP OPENINGS AND CLOSURES IN THE UK, FIRST SIX MONTHS OF 2013
CLOSURES OPENINGS
BANKS
DVD RENTALS
WOMEN’S CLOTHES
PHOTOGRAPHY SHOPS
CONVENIENCE STORES
CHARITY SHOPS
-150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150
Writing task 2
You should spend about 40 minutes on this task.
Write about the following topic:
In recent times and in many countries, schools that achieve good exam results in maths, literacy,
and science are being considered ‘good schools’ while schools that do well in other subjects like art or
music are not receiving high ratings. This is a negative development.
To what extent do you agree or disagree with this opinion?
Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own knowledge or experience.
Write at least 250 words.

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. IELTS PRACTICE TEST WRITING 161
SPEAKING
Part 1
Sports
• What sports have you played?
• What are the most popular sports in your country? Why?
• Do you go to sports events and/or watch them on TV? When / Why?
• Would you like to try any sports in the future? Why?
Food
• Who prepares the food where you are living?
• What was the first meal you learnt to cook?
• Do you prefer to eat in a restaurant or at home?
• How are eating habits changing in your country?
Part 2
You will have to talk about the topic for one to two minutes.
You have one minute to think about what you are going to say.
You can make some notes to help you if you wish.
Describe a city that you enjoyed visiting.

You should say:
why you went there
what you did while you were there
what you liked about the place
and explain why you would or wouldn’t like to live there.
Part 3
City life
• What kinds of people most enjoy living in a big city?
• Why do some people find life in cities hard?
• Are more people likely to live in cities in the future?
Problems in cities
• Do modern cities have more or fewer problems than cities 100 years ago?
• What can we do to make cities more attractive places?
• Should we destroy old housing where possible to create modern apartments?

162 IELTS PRACTICE TEST SPEAKING For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
Listening and Reading answer sheet
LISTENING
1 ✓ 1 ✘ 21 ✓ 21 ✘

2 ✓ 2 ✘ 22 ✓ 22 ✘

3 ✓ 3 ✘ 23 ✓ 23 ✘

4 ✓ 4 ✘ 24 ✓ 24 ✘

5 ✓ 5 ✘ 25 ✓ 25 ✘

6 ✓ 6 ✘ 26 ✓ 26 ✘

7 ✓ 7 ✘ 27 ✓ 27 ✘

8 ✓ 8 ✘ 28 ✓ 28 ✘

9 ✓ 9 ✘ 29 ✓ 29 ✘

10 ✓ 10 ✘ 30 ✓ 30 ✘

11 ✓ 11 ✘ 31 ✓ 31 ✘

12 ✓ 12 ✘ 32 ✓ 32 ✘

13 ✓ 13 ✘ 33 ✓ 33 ✘

14 ✓ 14 ✘ 34 ✓ 34 ✘

15 ✓ 15 ✘ 35 ✓ 35 ✘

16 ✓ 16 ✘ 36 ✓ 36 ✘

17 ✓ 17 ✘ 37 ✓ 37 ✘

18 ✓ 18 ✘ 38 ✓ 38 ✘

19 ✓ 19 ✘ 39 ✓ 39 ✘

20 ✓ 20 ✘ 40 ✓ 40 ✘

READING
1 ✓ 1 ✘ 21 ✓ 21 ✘

2 ✓ 2 ✘ 22 ✓ 22 ✘

3 ✓ 3 ✘ 23 ✓ 23 ✘

4 ✓ 4 ✘ 24 ✓ 24 ✘

5 ✓ 5 ✘ 25 ✓ 25 ✘

6 ✓ 6 ✘ 26 ✓ 26 ✘

7 ✓ 7 ✘ 27 ✓ 27 ✘

8 ✓ 8 ✘ 28 ✓ 28 ✘

9 ✓ 9 ✘ 29 ✓ 29 ✘

10 ✓ 10 ✘ 30 ✓ 30 ✘

11 ✓ 11 ✘ 31 ✓ 31 ✘

12 ✓ 12 ✘ 32 ✓ 32 ✘

13 ✓ 13 ✘ 33 ✓ 33 ✘

14 ✓ 14 ✘ 34 ✓ 34 ✘

15 ✓ 15 ✘ 35 ✓ 35 ✘

16 ✓ 16 ✘ 36 ✓ 36 ✘

17 ✓ 17 ✘ 37 ✓ 37 ✘

18 ✓ 18 ✘ 38 ✓ 38 ✘

19 ✓ 19 ✘ 39 ✓ 39 ✘

20 ✓ 20 ✘ 40 ✓ 40 ✘


AUDIOSCRIPT
1.1, 1.2 page 8 exercises 6 and 7 understand the number correctly. It’s also a good Receptionist: In the first month, you study
idea to practise listening to longer numbers, like language and culture. In the second month, you
1 At school, I hated studying sciences, especially telephone numbers, which are often said quickly. look at dealing with cultural change, in other
biology and chemistry. However, now I’d like to With names, candidates often misspell them words, cultural training methods … and in the
study medicine! because they confuse how each letter is said – third month, you study culture and business.
2 I prefer studying vocational subjects connected particularly the vowels: a, e, i, o, u. The main thing is Caller: OK – sounds useful. Where does it take
to my chosen career. I hope to go into business, to read the instructions and look at the information place? In Nottingham, too?
so economics and management are particularly carefully to find out if names or numbers are
Receptionist: No, it’s in Derby.
important. required … or both!
Caller: Right. And when does it start?
3 I enjoy studying psychology at university,
but at school I didn’t like studying in general 1.9 page 11 exercise 9 Receptionist: You can start on the 25th of April or …
because most subjects we learnt, like history and one moment … on the 2nd of September.
a Pablo Hernandez – P-a-b-l-o H-e-r-n-a-n-d-e-z
geography, were compulsory. Caller: Great. Er, could you possibly send me
b 115 information about how to book and register – a
c Irene Allegri – I-r-e-n-e A-l-l-e-g-r-i full brochure or something?
1.3, 1.4 page 9 exercises 9 and 10
d 8th Receptionist: Of course. What’s your name?
1 I hated studying sciences.
e Mohammed Bagabas – M-o-h-a-m-m-e-d B-a- Caller: It’s Claire Kuhles. That’s C-l-a-i-r-e … and
2 I’d like to study medicine. g-a-b-a-s family name, K-u-h-l-e-s.
3 I prefer studying vocational subjects. f 772289 Receptionist: OK … And where do you live?
4 I hope to go into business. g 86 kilograms Caller: 20 College Street, Oxford, OX1 5NP.
5 I enjoy studying psychology. h 07789 471147 Receptionist: OK. And what’s your email address?
6 I didn’t like studying in general. Caller: It’s c-dot-kuhles at lastmail dot com.
1.10 page 11 exercise 11 Receptionist: … at lastmail dot com. OK, I’ll put the
1.5 page 9 Exam tip information in the post to you today.
Receptionist: Foxhill House College. Hello?
Speaking Part 1 lasts 4 to 5 minutes and the Caller: Fantastic – thanks a lot!
Caller: Hi, I’m calling about the International Law
examiner asks you questions about a range of course. Could you give me some more details?
personal topics, such as your family, hobbies, work 1.11 page 12 Exam tip
or education, and holidays. Listen carefully for Receptionist: Certainly, what would you like to
know? When you write a report about a chart or a graph,
the question word – where, when, who, how, how
Caller: Er, what time do the classes start? don’t focus on the detail straight away. Take a step
often – and try to respond in a conversational way.
back and make sure you see the context or ‘bigger
It’s important that you understand the question, Receptionist: They run from 7 p.m. till 9 every picture’. Start by defining what the graphic shows.
and give a full response to show that you can Monday … for 10 weeks. The next thing you should do is to write a sentence
use a variety of language. Try to add some extra
Caller: OK. And how much does the course actually that describes the key trend. Did the numbers rise
information that gives the examiner something
cost? or fall? If they didn’t rise or fall, you can say that
more than a basic response. Each response should
Receptionist: It’s £500, but there are discounts there’s no clear trend. Even after you’ve given the
be about 15 seconds.
available. key trend, don’t try to describe everything in detail!
Caller: Right. What do we look at in the class?
1.6, 1.7 page 10 exercises 3 and 4 1.12 page 14 Exam tip
Receptionist: You look at how international law
Globally and on average, 25% of students attend developed and how it works. Multiple-choice questions with four options often
additional courses outside school. More than feature in the Reading test. As you read the options,
75% of students in Colombia, Latvia, the Slovak Caller: OK. And where does the course take place?
underline key words or make a quick note next to
Republic, the Philippines, and South Africa have Receptionist: It’s in Nottingham and the next one any options which you think are possible answers.
private tuition in mathematics. In Japan and starts on the … let’s have a look … on the 31st of Of course, you then have to decide which option
South Korea respectively, the figures are 71% May. the passage actually agrees with. The ‘stems’ are
and 64%, while in the UK, 20% of students attend Caller: Great. Er, what other courses do you have useful because they give you an idea of where to
extra courses. In general, the levels of tuition are that are international? look for the information in the passage.
especially high in East Asian countries where over
Receptionist: Well, there’s ‘Intercultural
70% of students receive extra tuition at some point
communication’. 1.13 page 18 exercise 2
in their school careers. Levels of tuition are lower
in European countries, for example in Germany, Caller: OK. How long is that? 1 It was a Swiss doctor called Susanne Klein-
where recent surveys indicate that around 16–20% Receptionist: It’s a twelve-week course … and it’s Vogelbach who first suggested that giant plastic
of students receive tuition, usually in mathematics. earlier, too – from 6.30 p.m. till 8 p.m. balls could be used for health purposes and
‘Swiss balls’, as they became known, soon
Caller: And how much does it cost?
became very popular. Many people believe
1.8 page 10 Exam tip Receptionist: Hold on … Ah, here we are. It’s £1,200 that sitting on a Swiss ball is an effective way
In Listening Section 1, candidates often make for the three months. of building your muscles. These days, you’ll see
mistakes writing down details such as numbers and Caller: OK. What’s covered? them used for general fitness training when you
names. With numbers, think about what would be go to a gym. They’re also ideal for doing yoga
realistic in each gap because this will help you to and Pilates.

164 For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
2 The Wii Balance Board arrived with Nintendo’s of exercise but still burns the same number of
1.16 page 19 Exam tip
Wii Fit in 2007. It’s a convenient way of exercising calories as martial arts! Scuba-diving is particularly
because you can use it whenever you’re at In Speaking Part 2, it’s difficult to remember useful because it helps to reduce stress. And there
home. It’s also simple to use because it actually everything you want to say but the 1 minute of are some things we might not think of as ‘proper’
remembers your exercise programmes for you. preparation time can help. Writing notes on the exercise but which can still help. Playing the drums,
Obviously, you need a Wii and the Wii Fit game topic during this time is useful or, if you prefer, close for example, is great for releasing tension in the
to use the Balance Board, which are all quite your eyes and try to imagine the things you’re going body and just walking the dog or playing with
expensive, but it’s worth the money. to describe. You could also set yourself different pets in the garden can help you to burn calories,
3 Sports watches measure how far and how fast objectives for each stage of the extended speaking. about 281 per hour, and also exposes you to fresh
you walk or run. Most can also measure your Your first objective could be to speak for 25 air. Even riding a motorbike is better than sitting
heart rate and how many calories you burn. seconds about the first prompt on the card. If you in a car because it can help strengthen knees and
They’re really beneficial as they encourage can do this, you should be able to speak for more thighs. So, there you go – no excuses – if you stay
people to be as active as possible. As soon as you than 1 minute in total. Then, for the next stages, active, then you can also keep fit!
turn the watch on, it starts working and can tell focus on demonstrating your grammar, vocabulary,
and pronunciation in turn.
you how far you’ve walked or run. You can wear 1.20 page 21 exercise 7
it wherever you are. For some people, jogging
Hi, everyone. Can I just have your attention?
can be a bit dull, but with a sports watch you 1.17 page 19 exercise 12
have something to focus on. Thanks. Well, first of all, welcome to Ab-Solutions
OK, I’d like to talk about a friend of mine, called Gym. We’re going to start this introductory session
4 Exercise bikes are a common sight in gyms Ann. She’s an old friend – she’s in her thirties now with a quick look at our timetable. Has everyone
everywhere and are used by a wide range of and has a child, but she’s really active. Actually, got one? Good. As you can see, the group exercise
people. Parents can even buy exercise bikes she’s played sports for as long as I’ve known her. classes are all in the evenings. On weekdays, you
that rock a baby to sleep while they use them. She always wears a tracksuit and trainers, even can do Spinning with Deborah from 7 o’clock –
They have a variety of programmes to make the when she’s shopping or going out! Er, her favourite that’s a 45-minute session. After that, we have Abs
exercise as easy or as demanding as you want activity is definitely yoga. She goes to the gym to blast and Core blast – both are pretty hard-core
and they tell you how far you cycle as well as do classes whenever she can and as soon as she sessions and not ones I’d really recommend for
how many calories you burn. However, some gets home she does extra exercises, too. I think complete beginners! They’re a bit demanding so
people find doing the same exercise programmes she probably does it in her dreams! She gets into both last for about half an hour, but if you want
a little repetitive and they prefer to use a normal all sorts of strange positions which I could never something more relaxing then I do recommend
bike outside. do. I don’t know how she does it. OK. The good Aerobics at quarter past nine. This usually attracts
thing about yoga is that you don’t need a lot of the ladies but if any guys want to have a go, then
1.14 page 18 exercise 5 equipment. Ann uses a long plastic mat – there’s they’re also welcome! At the weekend, things
always one on the floor of her living room. It’s change around. We start with our very popular
1 Sitting on a Swiss ball is an effective way of green and looks very soft and comfortable. You Beach body workout – that’s with Paul – before
building your muscles. have to have loose clothing, too, but she always we do Aerobics with Moira. Two great sessions for
2 They’re also ideal for doing yoga and Pilates. wears this anyway, as I said before. And there general fitness. Following that, we have Boxercise,
3 It’s a convenient way of exercising because you are probably things you can buy if you want, but though I’m afraid the timetable is wrong there and,
can use it whenever you’re at home. nothing important. I think what she does is great in fact, Gary will be leading that session instead
and I wish I was more like her. She seems very calm of Paul. Don’t forget that at the end of the day on
4 It’s also simple to use because it actually
and cheerful. But I’m not sure that kind of lifestyle Saturday we have Advanced yoga, too. Finally, on
remembers your exercise programmes for you.
is good for everyone. Personally, I think I’d probably Sunday it’s all change again. We have an energetic
5 You need a Wii and the Wii Fit game to use the find it a bit dull and repetitive; I need more variety. session of Ladies’ fitness with Moira for 45 minutes,
Balance Board, which are all quite expensive. I’m quite different from Ann, I think! then if you haven’t tried martial arts before, we have
6 They’re really beneficial as they encourage a visiting instructor coming in to take a karate class.
people to be as active as possible. It’s beginner level, so I’d give it a go. That’s then
7 For some people, jogging can be a bit dull. followed by Zumba, and Pilates on Sunday evening.
In Listening Section 2, you may have to complete
8 They have a variety of programmes to make the a table with information – numbers or individual
exercise as easy or as demanding as you want. words. Candidates often hear the information that’s 1.21 page 21 exercise 8
9 Some people find doing the same exercise needed but then write it down incorrectly by failing OK, so if you follow me, I’ll show you the main
programmes a little repetitive. to add articles (a or the) or the right endings. This room of the gym. To get in, you have to pass your
will lose you marks in the exam. Make sure you identity card over the scanner here. Look after
look carefully at the forms of other words in the your card carefully, because you also need it to
1.15 page 19 exercise 9
same column of the table, as these can help you to use the equipment. Anyway, I’ll let us all in for now
1 A I listen to music while I’m running. decide the type of word or number you need. … There we go. OK. Over here, there are several
B I listen to music while I’m running. computer screens. I should say these aren’t for
2 A I go to the gym after 9 a.m. when it’s less checking emails! The idea is that you can type in
crowded. your unique personal code – you get this when you
B I go to the gym after 9 a.m. when it’s less Perhaps you’re one of those people who don’t arrive – and then download an exercise programme
crowded. actually like taking exercise? Well, the good news that matches your level. Now for the equipment
is that you don’t necessarily need to work too hard itself. OK, first of all, it’s very important to leave the
3 A Whenever I can, I try to do yoga.
to keep fit. Of course, there are some demanding equipment clean for the next user, so we expect
B Whenever I can, I try to do yoga.
forms of exercise that are good for you. Running, everyone to wipe down the machines after use with
4 A I have a shower as soon as I finish running. for example, can burn 1,267 calories if you run at the spray provided and a paper towel. When using
B I have a shower as soon as I finish running. 17.5 kilometres per hour. Almost as useful are other all machines, please remember to wear clean shoes
5 A I don’t exercise indoors when it’s warm and forms of physical, outdoor work. Chopping wood, that haven’t been worn outdoors and to wear loose,
sunny. for example, can really build stomach muscles. If comfortable clothes. You should also bring plenty
B I don’t exercise indoors when it’s warm and you’re worried about injuries, then swimming is an of fluid so that you don’t become dehydrated. All of
sunny. ideal activity because it’s a low impact form the exercise machines have an audio socket so you
can plug in your own headphones, or you can buy

For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited. AUDIOSCRIPT 165
a pair of them at reception. The machines all allow welcome a lot of immigrants, we have to help
you to choose from a selection of music and videos them to integrate.
so there’s no reason to get bored! OK? Great. If you Interviewer: OK. Here’s the last statement: People Isabella: I thought Professor Greene’s lecture today
have any questions, please ask a member of staff – should never break the law. Do you agree? was interesting.
there’s someone here at the gym all the time and Simon: Yes. I don’t think I’ve ever really thought
Respondent: Yes, of course I do! What kind of
happy to help. So, if you come this way, I’ll show about why me and my older brothers are
society would we have if we allowed people to
you some of the most popular machines … different.
break the law whenever they wanted to?
Isabella: Hmm. The new research he mentioned
1.22 page 23 Exam tip into older siblings was really fascinating.
In Writing Task 1, when you write about tables Simon: Yeah, but I’m not sure I understood the
Interviewer: Do you think the government should idea. I thought that part of the lecture was very
(and also bar charts or pie charts), look for key
reduce differences in income? difficult. He said that babies who are born first
similarities and differences between the categories.
You should then compare and contrast these pieces A: Well, it depends. It’s important to be fair, but are cleverer, didn’t he?
of information. Remember that you don’t have I think it’s difficult to have complete income Isabella: I don’t think so. They achieve higher scores
to write about why the data shows what it does, equality. in intelligence tests than their younger siblings,
though you may add some interpretation of the B: Well, it depends. It’s important to be fair, but but only when they’re eighteen, so they seem to
data in your conclusion. I think it’s difficult to have complete income become cleverer later.
equality. Simon: Hmm. So is that because they get all the
1.23 page 24 Exam tip attention from their parents before their brother
1.26 page 29 exercise 11 or sister is born?
You won’t know the meaning of every word in the
passages in the Reading test. If you think a new or Isabella: No, Professor Greene said that can’t be
Well, it depends. It’s important to be fair, but I think
difficult word is necessary to answer a question, try right, because at twelve years of age the younger
it’s difficult to have complete income equality.
to guess its meaning. First, start by deciding what siblings do better in intelligence tests. So that
part of speech it is: a noun or a verb, for example. means that younger siblings …
Then use clues in the surrounding text (this is called 1.27 page 29 Exam tip
the ‘context’) to help you to guess the meaning. Sounding enthusiastic can help you to get a better 1.32 page 31 exercise 8
Finally, as a check, think of an easier word with mark for pronunciation because your intonation
the same meaning and see if it makes sense in the Simon: Oh, right. So what was the reason, then?
and word stress will be more varied. However, it’s
sentence. not always easy to do this, especially when the Isabella: Well, he thinks it’s because older children
examiner is looking down and taking notes. Try to teach their brothers and sisters.
imagine you’re talking with a friend instead! Simon: But I don’t get it. Shouldn’t the youngest
learn more, then?
Interviewer: Right, I’d like you to say whether you
agree with these statements. Here’s the first one: 1.28, 1.29 page 30 exercises 2 and 3 Isabella: No, because when you teach something, it
improves your thinking. It’s good for your brain.
Men shouldn’t do housework. Do you agree? A: I think older siblings have more fun.
Simon: Right. OK. I think I need to go and look at
Respondent: No, absolutely not. I think it’s B: I don’t know about that. They often have to help
the research! Did Professor Greene say there
important to share housework. If men don’t help, look after younger children.
were copies of the report available in the library?
women won’t be able to go to work. A: That’s true, so I suppose that makes them a bit
Isabella: Yes. There’s a copy of the research in the
Interviewer: OK. And here’s the next statement: more responsible.
social sciences section, I think.
Women should be prepared to stop paid work B: Definitely!
because of family responsibilities. Do you agree Simon: What, in the main library?
with that? A: Er, OK. I also think older siblings tend to be
Isabella: No, in the faculty library, next door.
brighter – you know, more clever academically.
Respondent: Well, it depends. It’s right for women Simon: Everyone’ll try to borrow that copy!
to have freedom of choice. Of course, that puts B: I agree to some extent. Apparently, Einstein was
the oldest child! But I think younger siblings are Isabella: Well, don’t forget you can access an
more pressure on the man to earn enough to
probably more creative. electronic copy online. Have you registered with
support the family.
the journals website?
Interviewer: OK, fine. The next statement: People A: Yes, I think so, too. And more adventurous,
perhaps. Simon: Yeah. Hope I can remember my password!
should care for the well-being of everyone in
society. Do you agree? B: Really? I disagree. I think older siblings are better Isabella: You have to look in a journal called
at leading and doing more courageous things. Science.
Respondent: Yes, definitely. It’s necessary to protect
everyone in society. If we don’t, then some A: Hmm, that’s partly right but then I think Simon: OK, I’ll make a note of that, but did he say
people might lose their homes and possessions sometimes parents are usually more relaxed it’s available in Intelligence, too?
and commit crimes. about second children and let them go out more. Isabella: Oh, yes. I think so.
Interviewer: OK. So here’s the next one. Should the Simon: OK. So, are you going to Wednesday’s
government reduce differences in income? 1.30 page 30 Exam tip lecture on attachment theory?
Respondent: No, I don’t think so. Because it’s In Listening Section 3, you hear two or three Isabella: Definitely, but first there’s the lecture
wrong to take money away from people who speakers. The conversation takes place in an tomorrow on infant development. We have to
have worked hard. If we do, rich people might academic environment – for example, a university attend that for our research.
move to a different country. classroom or lecture hall. But it can also take place Simon: You’re right, I forgot. What time’s that
Interviewer: OK. Almost there. Should there be anywhere on ‘campus’ – that means the university lecture?
more controls on immigration? grounds – such as in a sports centre or student café. Isabella: Oh, I can’t remember. Eleven, perhaps?
Respondent: Yes, to some extent. It’s necessary to The speakers often express different opinions and
Simon: Hold on. I’ll check in the timetable. Yeah,
welcome people from all countries nowadays, you may be tested on how well you understand
you’re right … and it finishes at twelve fifteen.
but for immigrants it’s difficult to be part of a any disagreements.
society that looks very different from theirs. If we

166 AUDIOSCRIPT For teacher use only. Unauthorized copying is strictly prohibited.
1.33 page 31 exercise 10 1.36 page 34 Exam tip 1.41 page 41 exercise 7
Simon: So, Isabella, you’re the oldest child in your Scanning is a reading strategy you can use when Part 2
family. Would you say you’re more intelligent looking for specific information such as a word, Right, before we look at the effects of deforestation
than your brother? number, or name. It’s common in real life – think on wildlife, let’s consider why wildlife is so
Isabella: Well, me and my brother are both about how you scan a TV guide to see what’s on at important to us. So firstly, how many species of
students, but … he went to a better university so I a certain time, the sports results to look for your wildlife are there on Earth? Well, it’s difficult to say
think he’s cleverer. favourite team, or a timetable to see when a train exactly. Scientists have already identified nearly 2
or bus is due to leave. It’s also useful for questions million individual species, and even conservative
Simon: Really? I don’t think you can say that.
requiring short answers in the Reading test. estimates suggest that more than 9 million remain
Perhaps he’s at a better university because he
studies harder … undiscovered! But the planet’s amazing variety of
1.37 page 39 exercise 8 life is more than just something for academics to
study; humans depend on it. For example, farmers
1.34 page 31 exercise 12 There is a lot of household waste. rely on worms, bacteria, and other organisms to
Simon: So, Isabella, you’re the oldest child in your There are a lot of traffic jams. break down organic waste and keep soil high in
family. Would you say you’re more intelligent nitrogen levels – processes that are important to
agriculture. Pharmaceutical companies use a wide
than your brother? 1.38 page 39 Exam tip
range of different species to create medication
Isabella: Well, me and my brother are both In Speaking Part 2, you may have to talk about … and many more breakthroughs could still
students, but … he went to a better university so I a problem you have experienced, and what the be undiscovered in Earth’s unknown species.
think he’s cleverer. causes and effects of this problem are. Also, you’ll However, a stable food supply and a source for
Simon: Really? I don’t think you can say that. probably be asked to say what you have done to pharmaceuticals are only a couple of the benefits
Perhaps he’s at a better university because he resolve it. For example, when talking about the that Earth’s biodiversity provides. The next point I’d
studies harder. causes and effects of problems in the environment like to make connects biodiversity to the planet as a
Isabella: Yes, but I think you can become more (such as too much household waste), you might be whole. It does this by, well, Earth’s plant life reduces
intelligent if you study hard, like the research asked to say what you personally do or could do to the effect of global warming by absorbing carbon
said. help the situation (such as recycle more efficiently). dioxide, yet 90% of those plants depend on the
Simon: Yes, that’s true. Anyway, I think you’re nearly 190,000 species of insects to keep them alive.
Scientists from Cornell University in the US actually
probably as clever as him, but you’re intelligent 1.39 page 40 Exam tip
in different ways. calculated the value of the different services that
When you’re preparing to listen, it helps to Earth’s plants and animals provide. They arrived at
Isabella: I don’t think so, but I’m definitely better at underline ‘key words’ in the questions and a grand total of $2.9 trillion – and that was back in
choosing clothes! sentences. Key words are basically the words with 1997. So, what issues does the threat to biodiversity
Simon: So why don’t you study as hard as him? the most meaning, so usually nouns and verbs cause? Well, global warming is increasingly forcing
Isabella: I think it’s because I’m just not that rather than ‘small’ words like prepositions and species away from their natural environment in
interested in studying, and my family don’t articles. You can also quickly try to think of similar search of better, er, more suitable temperatures,
expect me to be successful. words or synonyms that might be used to describe and scientists fear that not all species will survive
the same thing. This can help you to notice when a climate change. Overhunting, which famously led
Simon: I have a different theory. I think younger topic is mentioned in a listening. to the extinction of the dodo, of course, and the
children choose to do different things from their
passenger pigeon, continues to endanger larger
siblings because they don’t want to compete
1.40 page 40 exercise 6 animals like the rhino. Species like kudzu and the
with them.
brown tree snake, introduced by humans to other
Isabella: Hmm. Maybe that’s true for a few people, Part 1 environments, can also rapidly force native species
but I know lots of siblings who do similar OK, so in today’s lecture we’re going to look at to become extinct. In the US, invasive species cause
hobbies. Anyway, I think there are other things the causes and effects of deforestation. Well, we between 125 billion and 140 billion dollars in
that affect your behaviour a lot more – parents, all know what deforestation is … but why does damage every year, and are thought to have played
for example. I think if your parents go to a good it happen? Well, firstly, trees are cut down for a part in nearly half of all extinctions worldwide
university, you will, too. a variety of purposes, but generally it’s because since the 1600s. Forests are particularly important
Simon: OK. I think I agree with you there. Oh, by people need to earn money or to grow food for to wildlife …
the way, I meant to ask you about your notes their family. Typically, farmers take a small area
from last week’s lecture … to produce plants or to feed their animals. The
number of these small areas combined is what has
such a negative impact on the forest itself. The main Part 3
reason for deforestation, therefore, is the need So, back to the main theme of the lecture.
There are three main parts to an essay question for agricultural land and not because companies The greatest threat to Earth’s biodiversity is
– each of which has a different function. First, take trees for wood, as is often thought. But this deforestation. While deforestation threatens
the main topic gives the general area to discuss. does not mean that logging companies don’t play ecosystems across the globe, it’s particularly
Second, the issue tells you how you should discuss a part. They provide the world’s wood and paper destructive to tropical rainforests. In terms of Earth’s
it, for example, looking at what should be done. products, and cut down large numbers of trees biodiversity, rainforests are hugely important;
Third and probably most important, the instruction each year. Loggers, some of them acting illegally, though they cover only 7% of the Earth’s surface,
tells you what type of essay you actually need also build roads to access remote forests – which they are home to more than half the world’s
to write, for example, to show agreement or leads to, well, further deforestation. Not only species. Through logging, mining, and farming,
disagreement. If you ignore or misunderstand the that but forests are also cut down as a result of humans destroy approximately 2% of the Earth’s
instruction, then you won’t answer the question expanding towns and cities. I should add, however, rainforests every year, often damaging the soil so
properly and you’ll get a low mark. that not all deforestation is intentional – it’s also badly in the process that the forest has a difficult
caused by chance when fires destroy vegetation. time recovering. OK. As their habitats disappear,
I’m sure you’ve heard about examples of destructive plants and animals are forced to compete with
forest fires that happen every summer all round the one another for the remaining space – those that
world … can’t compete become extinct. In recent history,
deforestation has led to approximately 36% of

all extinctions. So, how can it be stopped? Well,
1.47 page 48 Exam tip 1.52 page 52 Exam tip
deforestation is particularly difficult to stop because
it has so many causes. While it’s easy to blame Using adverbs correctly can really improve your Before you start writing your essay, it’s important
irresponsible logging and mining companies for grammar and vocabulary. In Speaking Part 1, you to write a plan with paragraph topics. Choosing
the destruction, their practices are in some ways a can add adverbs like sometimes and usually to good paragraph topics will help you to organize
symptom of larger problems. For instance, many say how often you personally do something. In your ideas clearly and avoid repetition. Each topic
rainforests are located in developing countries Speaking Part 3 – where the ideas discussed are you choose must be different from the others,
that don’t have enough resources to enforce more complicated – you can use adverbs like but general enough for you to add examples and
environmental regulations. These countries also maybe or perhaps to show you’re not certain about explanations in the paragraph. Look for points in
benefit greatly from the economic activity that the something. In all parts of the Speaking test, you your brainstorm that you could group together in
companies produce, making them even less likely can put adverbs like actually or generally at the one category and try to think of labels like ‘social’,
to stop deforestation. Fortunately, hope remains for beginning of sentences to make your ideas seem ‘economic’, or ‘cultural’ that connect them.
the Earth’s rainforests … clearer and more natural.
1.43 page 43 Exam tip 1.48 page 49 exercise 10
Some matching questions in the Reading test ask
Always brainstorm ideas or reasons before you start 1 I often drink coffee when I read. you to look for specific information. To do this,
writing an essay. If you don’t, you may find you’ll 2 I often drink coffee when I read. you’ll need to scan the passage to identify which
repeat the same points or think of extra, better paragraph contains the information. Before you
ideas when you have no time left to write them! Of actually start looking, underline all the key words
course, you don’t have long to brainstorm in the 1.49 page 50 Exam tip in the questions and then decide which key word
test so you don’t need to produce a long list. For On plans and maps, there’s a lot to look at and to look for first in the passage. Proper nouns, like
example, for a discussion essay, try to think of three it’s sometimes difficult to find all the question people’s names, and dates are usually easiest to
reasons for each opposing view. For a personal numbers. As well as making sure you find the gaps find. Once you’ve located the word or idea you’re
opinion essay, save time by deciding whether you for all the questions, check the instructions to see if looking for, read that part of the passage carefully
agree or disagree before you start brainstorming! you have to write a letter or a word. Then, in the 30 to make sure that there are synonyms for all the key
Then, try to brainstorm about five or six reasons for seconds you have to prepare, use your knowledge language in the question.
your view. of similar places to predict the ones on the plan
or map. 1.54 page 59 Exam tip
1.44 page 44 Exam tip Varying your language helps you to get a higher
In the test, there are many different types of 1.50 page 50 exercise 6 mark for vocabulary and grammar. In Speaking
passage. Three common types are problem– Welcome to the Pitt Lane Theatre. Here we are Parts 1 and 3, the different questions you’re asked
solution, information, and discussion, which give outside the main entrance. To the right, you can see usually give you the chance to demonstrate
an author’s opinion. The first paragraph often tells the ticket office. As we enter the theatre, on your different language. However, during the 2 minutes
you the type of passage because key words or right you’ll see a cloakroom and in the middle of of Part 2 it’s less easy to keep your language
phrases show that a problem, some information, or the foyer there’s a snack bar. If you need the toilets, varied because there aren’t as many questions.
a discussion and opinion are going to be described. they’re on the left. When you’re ready, go straight Try to show variety by using different parts of
If you know the type of passage, you should be on, across the foyer and opposite you’ll see a door speech or grammar structures, like a passive or
able to predict its organization and, as a result, into the main auditorium. Through this and in front conditional sentence.
find information more quickly. For example, if a of you there’s the stage. Turn to your left and you’ll
question about an information passage refers to the see the seating area and on the other side you’ll see 1.55 page 60 exercise 5
future, this information is usually found at the end the fire exit.
of the passage – you can then start your search in Anna: Sam, hi. How’s it going?
the final paragraph. Sam: Good. Anna, guess what! I’ve been offered
that job!
OK, so let’s look at the map. Er … The Other Stage
1.45, 1.46 page 48 exercises 2 and 3 Anna: Congratulations! Great news!
is at the far side of the festival area. Now we’re
1 Actually, I have a confession to make. I recently camping in Spring Field, here, so we’re lucky Sam: I know, I know. But I haven’t accepted it yet.
bought an e-reader and I soon realized that because that’s right next to the pedestrian gate. You Anna: Oh. Why not?
nobody can see what I’m reading. So now, I need to go through that and then straight on down Sam: Well, actually … I just wanted to ask what you
occasionally read celebrity biographies! Maybe the track. OK? On your right, you’ll pass a property think about conditions.
other people do the same – who knows? locker if that’s useful to you for storing your stuff.
Anna: OK. So what are they offering?
2 I often buy two or three books a day for my There are also a couple of ATMs – erm, here they
e-reader. Generally, if I see an advert, read a are. Then eventually you’ll come to the market area Sam: Well, it’s a full-time position – working 40
good review or a friend recommends a book, – that’s the big square section in the middle of the hours a week – but they say I’ll be expected to
I just buy it. Sometimes the books are good; map, just here. It’s really easy to get lost because do a couple of hours’ overtime most days, which
sometimes they’re terrible! I know I spend a there are so many stalls and things to look at, but isn’t paid.
lot of money, but perhaps because they’re only don’t worry because there’s a meeting point just Anna: Mmm, that doesn’t sound so good.
e-books it doesn’t feel that bad. to the right of it. Can you see? OK, so you need to Sam: I know, but the salary is quite good. I get
continue to the opposite corner of this area, around £25,000 a year and there’s a profit-related bonus
3 Basically, I’m happy with my e-reader, but I still
the track past the main arena. There you’ll find of up to £5,000. After one year, I’ll get a 10% pay
love my local bookshop. I regularly spend hours
the charging tent – useful if your mobile battery rise, too.
there at the weekend looking at all the covers.
dies. Anyway, just behind that you’ll see The Other
Possibly, I’ll read for a while, too. But then if I like Anna: That is good. What about the other
Stage, though you’ll probably hear it first! We’ll be
a book, I don’t buy it at the shop – I just go to the conditions? How much responsibility will
there all afternoon so come and find us. We usually
shop’s café and download a cheap, digital copy. you have?
sit somewhere near the back of the field, sort of
here, away from the stage and close to the medical Sam: Well, at first I won’t be in charge of anyone.
centre. Call or text me once you get there! OK? But if things go well and I get a promotion, I’ll be
responsible for a team of six people.

Anna: Wow! Great! Student: Can I ask about conditions now? What’s
Sam: Yes, but some of the other benefits don’t seem the starting pay like?
so great. I only get 20 days’ holiday and there are Representative: The basic salary is quite high at The first sentence in each paragraph of an essay is
no flexitime arrangements – we have to be in the £30,000, but we don’t pay a bonus or commission often a topic sentence. It contains the main idea of
office from 9.00 to 5.00 every day. I’d like to be at first. You may not be interested in this yet, but the paragraph and should connect to your thesis
able to finish early some days, say at 3.00. there’s also a good company pension scheme. statement. For example, if you give your opinion in
the thesis statement, each topic sentence should
Anna: Hmm. OK. Student: How many days off do employees get? give a reason for this opinion. Or, if you say you’re
Sam: So, do you think I should take it? Representative: Usually twenty days’ holiday a year. going to discuss an argument, each topic sentence
Anna: Well, it’s a difficult one. I think it depends on Student: And what other benefits do you provide? should introduce one side of the argument. If you
whether time or money is more important to say you’re going to explain causes or effects, each
Representative: Well, it depends on the office
you at the moment. You know, if I were you … topic sentence should state a cause or effect. Note
you work in. There’s a staff restaurant in all our
that each point in your plan should become a
office locations and an onsite gym that you pay
topic sentence.
1.56 page 60 exercise 7 nothing for.
1 Forms have to be filled in. Student: Great. What training do you provide?
2 Earning money is a priority for most students Representative: Well, for graduate places there’s
an extensive training programme in your first Finding topic sentences is a very important skill.
when their courses finish.
year. We train you to use a range of computer They’re usually located near the beginning of each
3 The hard-working employees have free use of a software and we teach you a range of skills from paragraph. If you just read the topic sentences,
lovely gym and a subsidized restaurant. time management to negotiating. you’ll be able to understand the main ideas of the
Student: OK, great. So what should I do next? passage and, more importantly, the information
1.57 page 60 Exam tip that each paragraph contains.
Representative: Well, the best thing is to leave us
When you complete notes from a recording, make your email and I’ll send you a link to our online
sure you read the notes before you listen. While application … 1.62, 1.63 page 68 exercises 3 and 4
you read them, think about possible answers and 1 The weather in my part of the world is quite
possible types of words that could fill each gap.
1.59 page 61 exercise 10 varied. It’s humid and wet by the sea but as you
It’s very important that you do this before the move away from the coast it becomes very dry
recording starts, because it’s hard to read, listen, Representative: So you’re thinking of becoming a and chilly in the winter. It also changes a lot
and write at the same time! The sentences that teacher? during the year. In the summer months it’s really
you hear will be different from the sentences that Student: Yes, but I’d like to find out a bit more wet but then it won’t rain again for the rest of the
you read, so don’t listen for the exact sentences on about the training course and the long-term job year.
your paper. prospects first. 2 Where I’m from, the weather is less extreme than
Representative: OK. So what would you like to in many parts of the world. Winters are not very
1.58 page 60 exercise 9 know? cold, quite mild in fact, and summers can be
Student: Well, firstly, what happens on the training relatively cool. The weather can be changeable,
Student: Hi. I’m interested in graduate places at
course? too – overcast and cloudy one day, with sunshine
Sterne Consulting. Can I ask you some questions?
the next. It’s best to be prepared. Carry an
Representative: Sure. Are you graduating this year? Representative: It’s a mixture of learning theory at
umbrella in the summer and watch out for icy
college, but for a lot of the time you’ll have to go
Student: That’s right. I’m graduating in Business and roads in the winter!
out of college and teach in real classrooms. In
Management. 3 Generally speaking, the weather where I’m from
fact, you’ll work in four during the year.
Representative: OK – excellent. What grade do you is pleasant and it’s sunny all year round. There’s a
Student: How long do you work in each classroom?
think you’ll get? rainy season, but rainfall varies depending which
Representative: It varies, but generally it’s between side of the island you’re on. The most dangerous
Student: Well, what grade do I need to apply to
two and six weeks. time is the hurricane season when it gets stormy
your company?
Student: What happens afterwards? and extremely windy in some areas.
Representative: You need at least 65% when you
come to do your final exams. Representative: You go back to college, reflect on
Student: OK, that should be fine. I hope I’m going
the experience, and continue your theory work. 1.64 page 68 Exam tip
to get a first-class honours, which is over 70%. Is Student: How are we assessed during the course? In Speaking Part 2, you’ll be asked to describe
there anything else that can help my application? Representative: Some of the grades come from something, for example a place, for 2 minutes.
Representative: It’s always an advantage to do watching you teach and the other half are based When you’re feeling nervous or under pressure, it
a part-time graduate course. It helps if you’ve on essays you write. can be difficult to think of details to talk about. Use
already booked or started one before you apply. Student: What do people find the hardest? the preparation time to try to remember things that
could extend your talk. One way you could do this
Student: OK, I’ll look into that. How many positions Representative: It’s different for everyone, but for
is to use ‘The four Ss’: sights, sounds, smells, and
do you have? most people it’s controlling the children. They
sensations. These four categories should help you
Representative: Quite a lot. We have twenty-five can be quite unkind to new teachers.
to think of some interesting details.
positions available but we actually get over 500 Student: What are the benefits like?
applications. Representative: The salary isn’t high compared 1.65, 1.66 page 69 exercises 11 and 12
Student: I know it’s a trainee position but could I to other postgraduate positions but you do get
ask some questions about basic conditions? twelve weeks holiday every year, including six I’m going to tell you about Mount Etna in Sicily
Representative: Of course. weeks in the summer, and a good pension when near my home town of Caltagirone. A lot of tourists
you finish. go there in the summer so it can be a little chaotic
Student: Do trainees work full-time or do we go to then. There are always a lot of noisy tour buses
college as well? Student: OK, thank you. Could I take a brochure?
taking visitors to and from the main attractions
Representative: It’s full-time, so you have to work Representative: Of course. Please do. and families with children shouting, but it’s a really
quite hard. Any extra study is done in your peaceful place at other times of the year. The
own time. easiest place for tourists to travel from is one of

the popular towns on the coast such as Taormina,
2.3 page 71 exercise 8 2.7 page 71 exercise 11
which is an absolutely lovely resort with lots of
scenic beaches and rocky bays. It takes about an hillside cliff edge ice storm Part 4
hour to get to Etna from there. Anyway, when you windbreak pothole sea eagle But of course there are millions of other species
get to the volcano, you can go right to the top that we could learn from, too. Water will be one
if you have a guide. I recommend taking warm
2.5 page 71 Exam tip of the biggest challenges in the future. There are
clothing even in the summer because it’s often fairly organisms that pull water out of the air such as the
chilly and cloudy near the top. In fact, it can be a In Listening Section 4, you have to label diagrams Namibian beetle, which manages to extract water
bit disappointing if you can’t see the views because and you’ll hear a lot of technical words. Quite from fog. Wouldn’t it be amazing if we could create
of the mist, so it’s worth taking a lot of photos as often you’ll hear words that you haven’t heard artificial beetles with the same properties? Research
you walk up. You can take a cable car when you’re before. If this happens, don’t panic! Many of the is currently under way to do just that. While we’re
near the top, which children love, although you see words will be compound nouns – words made on the subject, another fascinating insect is the
a few worried faces when the passengers go over from two (or more) other words. Even if you don’t locust. There can be 80 million of them in a single
some old, burnt cars. The volcano is still active and understand the meaning of a particular compound square kilometre, but they don’t crash into each
there can be a disgusting smell of sulphur but it’s noun, you should know the individual words that other. We have a similar number of cars in the
still worth going up. It sometimes erupts, too. You make it up. Listen carefully to the whole word whole world yet we have 3.6 million car collisions
obviously can’t climb it when that happens, but it and try to recognise smaller, individual words, a year! Scientists are trying to copy the neurons
makes the sky look colourful. It’s amazing to see, using the context to help you to guess. The words that help the locusts to navigate. Copying shapes is
especially at night, and even at a distance it makes in less common compound nouns are usually interesting, too. Scientists have noticed that whales
you feel quite scared at the power of nature. written separately. have small bumps on their fins. By putting similar
bumps on the wings of airplanes, they’ve been able
2.1 page 70 exercise 3 2.6 page 71 exercise 10 to increase efficiency by about 32%, which saves a
lot of fuel. There are also bumps on the underside
Part 1 Part 3 of lotus leaves that help keep them clean. Paint
Good morning. Good morning and welcome to this Something new and exciting is now happening in manufacturers have already invented a paint that
lecture on applied biology. Ever since the industrial biotechnology – and this is the idea of taking ideas uses this design to help keep walls clean every time
revolution, people have turned away from nature from nature and copying them, a process called it rains. The list is endless and there’s almost limitless
in an effort to make progress. We have learnt how biomimicry. So, why copy nature? Surely we’ve potential. I hope you’re beginning to appreciate
to burn and destroy things in nature to create advanced beyond what nature can do? Well, let’s what an exciting area applied biology can be …
energy or to engineer new materials like concrete, consider this for a moment. Nature has existed for
asphalt, and glass, with which we’ve covered the millions and millions of years, and over this time it’s
evolved and adapted to survive and be successful 2.8 page 73 Exam tip
natural landscape. But with this violence towards
nature, have we perhaps overlooked the benefits in extreme environments. In short, we have around Make sure your paragraphs are well structured.
of working with nature to solve our problems? us millions of solutions to survival problems. One What this means is that the sentences are all
Today we’ll be looking at ways in which humans are good example is the termite mound. connected logically. A main idea is given first in the
increasingly turning towards nature for a range of You can see a diagram on this slide here. Termites topic sentence, and then other sentences in the
solutions to our everyday problems … – these tiny creatures – have learnt to create a paragraph support the idea of the topic sentence,
comfortable home in some of the world’s toughest providing explanation or examples. Your examples
climates. Outside, in the African savannah the might include causes and effects, depending on
2.2, 2.4 pages 70 and 71 exercises 6 and 9 temperatures vary from forty degrees in the day the essay question. Make sure everything is directly
Part 2 to one degree at night. Yet, inside the mound, the related to the topic sentence and doesn’t go too far
OK, so I want to start by showing a good example temperature stays constant. How? Well, let’s have from the main point of the paragraph.
of how we can use natural processes to replace a closer look. To the left of the diagram, the arrows
represent wind pressure that forces air into the
processes that we once used chemicals for. The 2.9 page 74 Exam tip
slide shows a diagram of a natural pool. In the mound and makes currents of air flow around the
centre, you can see the main swimming area. To radial channel. Meanwhile at various points of the In True / False / Not Given questions, you have to
the left of this, we have the filter zone, which is mound there are small vents through which water compare several statements with information in the
separated from the swimming area by a dividing evaporates, cooling the structure. reading passage. The Not Given option can make
wall. In the filter zone, the water is naturally cleaned Let’s look at the middle section now, and we’ll this type of question confusing. This is because Not
and impurities are removed. It consists of silver see a large space, which is the nest. Inside, at the Given doesn’t mean Not True – instead, it means
or copper beads and rocks, with water plants top of this area, the termites look after their fungus that a statement could be True or False. Also, Not
above them on the surface. A pump, seen on the gardens, which are their main food source. Below Given doesn’t always mean that the information is
right of the diagram, draws water in a circular the nest area, and connected to the radial channels, not mentioned. Information related to Not Given
motion around the pool. It first flows to the left, is the cellar. Interestingly, the termites carry nothing options may sometimes be in the passage but it
then downwards through the filter zone, and then out of their nest so they have found a way of won’t be similar enough to decide if the answer is
back to the right below the pool bottom. It is then recycling or removing all the waste that must be True or False.
pumped into a UV filter, seen in the top right corner produced here. Above the nest is a long structure,
a central chimney through which warm air currents
of the diagram, which kills harmful bacteria. The 2.10 page 79 Exam tip
water then flows out over a waterfall, which adds rise up and leave the nest.
Throughout the whole mound you can see a In Speaking Part 3, you can be asked a wide range
oxygen to it, and into the swimming area once
network of lateral tunnels that give the mound a of question types related to the topic in Part 2. For
again. Meanwhile, surface leaves and debris are
strong structure and also channel air. The termites example, you may be asked to predict, evaluate,
removed by a machine called a skimmer, which is
constantly work to open and close off these tunnels speculate, or compare. Other questions may
on the left of the diagram. This basically clears the
and modify the airflow and keep the temperature require you to talk about change, give opinions,
unwanted material by sucking it out. And there you
of the nest constant. Already architects have tried explain, or hypothesize. The different questions
have it – the natural swimming pool. I’m sure you’ll
to copy the structures identified in the mound will give you the opportunity to show you can
agree, it sounds a lot more pleasant than swimming
to create tall buildings that require no additional use different grammar structures, vocabulary, and
pools you’re used to. Of course, the idea of using
energy to heat or cool. Perhaps one day all phrases. This is why you need to practise listening
nature to purify and clean is nothing new, but
buildings will have a similar structure … for certain types of question and prepare phrases
natural pools are only now becoming popular …
that you could use for each type.

buy things. People might not be happy if they
2.11, 2.12 page 79 exercises 9 and 10 2.16 page 81 exercise 10
don’t have nice things.
1 How are town centres likely to change in the Ben: But how long are you happy for? You get one Part 3
next ten years? thing and you just want more. Tutor: OK, well, I think it’s time to look at some of
2 Which products make us the happiest? Tutor: OK, that idea has a name. It’s called the research about what makes us happy. Do you
3 Is it better to save money or spend it? Why? ‘adaptation theory’. The theory basically suggests remember the research that we looked at in the
that we adapt quickly to what we have and we last tutorial?
4 Why do people buy things they don’t need?
start wanting more. Ben: Yes, hang on, I think I’ve got something about
5 How are shopping habits of men different from
Julie: But it’s important to have some things. We that in my notes. Er, yes, here we are. It said that
those of women?
can easily say possessions are not important people were happiest when they’re in control
6 What products are the most difficult to buy? … and when they have good relationships with
because, basically, we’re wealthy, but possessions
7 What will happen if levels of consumption seem a lot more valuable when you don’t have others.
continue to rise? any. We all need houses, a phone, a family car … Tutor: Yes, it was a little more complicated, Ben, but
8 Some people say we should give children fewer and the nicer the house, the better! Who wants that’s certainly a key part of it.
gifts. Why is that? to live in a bad area? Julie: OK, but you can shop with other people and
Tutor: That’s all true. But perhaps it’s not so much talk about what you bought. That’s a kind of
2.13 page 81 Exam tip about the house itself as about our basic need relationship.
for security or freedom. We all have basic needs, Tutor: Er, I agree, Julie, but how do we feel when we
In addition to basic multiple-choice questions, you but that’s not the same as wanting more and talk about our possessions?
may have to choose more than one option from more possessions.
a list. This can be difficult because sometimes the Ben: I think people feel bad sometimes. I mean,
Julie: OK, so what does make us happy, then? they don’t say it, of course, but they’re going
answers may not be mentioned in order. For this
reason, you should consider all the options on the to compare their things with what their friends
list as you listen. As usual, preparation is important. 2.15 page 81 exercise 9 bought.
Make sure you read all the options before the Tutor: Mmm, yes. Research has in fact shown that
Part 2
recording starts and underline key words that you people who have materialistic values often have
should listen for. Ben: I think happiness is about people. bad relationships.
Julie: Yes, I agree but that’s my point. People want Julie: So how do researchers know who is
to know you when you have nice stuff. If I had
2.14 page 81 exercise 8 materialistic?
a pool in my garden, an outdoor bar, I’d have
Part 1 Tutor: Well, think about that survey you did.
crowds of people coming round every night to
In fact, look at questions 3–5. Question 3 is
Tutor: So, how did the preparation go? I think I dance and have fun. It’d be great!
about being generous – that’s the opposite of
asked you to do the materialism survey. Ben: Right. But then they’d go away so you’d only materialism – and question 4 is about being
Julie: Yes, it was fine. have a relationship with them as long as you envious, a characteristic of materialistic people,
have stuff. I think lasting relationships depend on and question 5?
Ben: Yes, OK.
other things.
Tutor: Perhaps you’re both wondering why I gave Ben: That must be about how much you value your
Tutor: Such as? possessions.
you the survey to do. Well, similar questions
have been used in research to find out how Ben: Well, close relationships like you have with Tutor: That’s right. These researchers also did a
materialistic we are. Later we’ll look at the survey your family depend on the time you spend happiness survey with the same people and the
in more detail but first we need to discuss some together. People work so much to get money to results showed that there’s a strong negative
related themes. Now, can one of you explain buy things that they sometimes never see their correlation, or connection, between materialism
what we mean by ‘materialism’? family. and being happy. Why might that be?
Julie: Yes, er, it’s about how much stuff we buy. Julie: But you want to provide your family with a Ben: Perhaps people who value possessions are
nice life, don’t you? Children always want toys worried that people will take them away from
Tutor: Partly, Julie, yes, it’s about how we value our
and games. them, or they’ll lose them or they won’t be able
ownership of things. Now, why do you think
sociologists are interested in this? Ben: Maybe, but I think there’s a balance. When I to afford them in the future. Perhaps they stop
was growing up, I had a wonderful house, nice trusting people.
Julie: They want to find out what motivates us.
clothes, a new phone – all that stuff – but I hardly Tutor: Yes, that could be part of it.
Tutor: OK, but individual motivation is more a ever saw my dad. I only saw him when he was
question for psychologists who study how our Julie: So are we saying that we can’t buy things
giving me things. I think I would’ve preferred it if
brains work. How could materialism affect any more? Would it be better if we didn’t have
he’d worked less – you know, if we’d spent more
society generally? money?
time together, doing things.
Ben: Maybe it’s related to happiness. Ben: No, I think you could spend it on other things,
Julie: You say that now, but I bet if I’d taken away
like experiences.
Tutor: OK, go on, Ben. your phone when you were younger, you
would’ve been upset! Tutor: All right, so why might it be better to spend
Ben: Er, well, I think materialism is a social thing
your money on a holiday, for example?
– it’s everywhere and it probably affects our Ben: Yes, but only for a while whereas I still think
happiness generally and our social relationships. about my dad. Memories of people stay with you Ben: Well, life experiences can be enjoyed together
forever. If you think about a holiday you went on and shared. You aren’t comparing each other, so
Tutor: That’s right, and sociologists have studied
with your parents or your latest smartphone – it brings you closer together.
the connection between the objects we possess
and happiness ever since we started building which one creates more important memories? Julie: OK, I think I see your point. I shouldn’t spend
large shopping centres in the 1980s. Erm, I’ll give Julie: The holiday, I suppose. But are you saying all my money on things …
you the findings of the research in a minute. In happiness is about memories?
the meantime, let’s hear your views. Julie, do you 2.17 page 82 Exam tip
think materialism makes us unhappy?
If a Task 2 essay question asks about opinions,
Julie: No, I don’t. According to that survey we did,
check whether you have to write a discussion
I’m quite materialistic, but I feel happy when I
essay or personal opinion essay. This is important

because they require different approaches. In city’s recent history. Opposite the gallery, there’s a
a discussion essay, you should give a balanced coffee bar that remained open during the war at
response, by giving one view and then the opposite Hi, I’m Aimee and this is my audio diary. I’m in the end of the twentieth century and also shows
view. You can give your own personal opinion in Mexico City now. From where I’m standing, I can interesting photos of the period. After that, we
the conclusion, but it’s not required by the task. In see the grand Monument to the Revolution, in recommend going to the old city walls. Climb the
a personal opinion essay, on the other hand, you Plaza de la República. Anyway, I think it’s really steps and you can enjoy the view out across to
must make your own opinion clear, right from the worth coming here. I just love the life in the the green islands and the sailing boats. The walk
introduction. Then, in the body section, you focus streets – everyone’s so busy. There are lots of along the walls is about 2 kilometres. One of the
on giving reasons for your opinion and, perhaps, street vendors, families and young people walking first things you’ll see standing tall over the city is
reasons why the opposite view is wrong. around. I adore the many bright colours of the the beautiful clock tower. Next, for a little trip, why
buildings, as well – they’re pretty. The churches are not go to the harbour and enjoy a 10-minute ferry
beautiful, too, and have some really nice statues boat ride to the quiet island of Lokrum? There, you
2.18 page 84 Exam tip inside. There are some interesting things I’ve learnt can sit in the public gardens and enjoy the view
In order to understand the main idea of a passage, about the city. One of the most fascinating facts is of the beautiful old harbour. Later in the evening,
you don’t always need to read the complete that it’s sinking! If you look up at the skyline, you’ll if you like to party, there’s a popular club on the
passage. Often, you need to read just the topic see the many towers are not completely straight. beach where you can dance until the early hours of
sentences of each paragraph. This strategy is It looks really strange but apparently it’s because the morning …
particularly useful for questions where you choose Mexico City was constructed on a salt lake. Builders
the best heading or questions where you complete and conservationists are constantly trying to limit
the effects. Anyway, there are many good ways to 2.27 page 93 Exam tip
a summary. But it can also help you to predict the
missing word for a gap or help you to find the get around the city. Today, I’m travelling on a tour In a conclusion, you should include a summary
paragraph of a passage that contains the most bus. I really recommend it and it stops at all the of your main points and a sentence that directly
useful information. best tourist sights. And when you’re tired of the answers the question – even if you’ve already stated
city, which won’t be soon, there are many options this in the thesis statement. You may also wish to
for further travel. Tomorrow, I’m going on a two- include a personal comment that’s not connected
hour flight to Cancún. I’m really looking forward to to the essay question but which is relevant to the
In Speaking Part 2, you may be asked to describe a dancing in the great clubs and spending time on essay topic. This could be a prediction about the
series of events or, in other words, to ‘narrate’. For the fantastic golden beaches! future – in an essay about energy use, for example,
example, you may be asked to describe something you could predict how people’s lives might change.
that happened to you or something that you saw.
This provides a good opportunity to use a range
Thank you for downloading this audio guide. We 2.28 page 94 Exam tip
of regular and irregular past tenses. A good way to
give background to your narrative is by using the hope you’ll enjoy your visit to Dubrovnik. First of Yes / No / Not Given questions are different to True
past continuous tense, as in I was walking down all, if you’re travelling by plane, don’t miss out on / False / Not Given questions. Yes / No / Not Given
the street near my home when … . You can then the wonderful views as you fly past Dubrovnik questions test your ability to identify opinions
continue with the past simple tense to describe to land. Try to book a seat on the left-hand side rather than facts. You can often find the author’s
what happened. of the plane because then you’ll get the best main opinion in the final paragraph. Understanding
views of Dubrovnik itself as you head along the this can help you to predict or guess whether they
coast towards the airport. You will also get great agree with the statements in Yes / No / Not Given
views of all the islands along the coast. When you questions.
discovered, reported, crashed, arrived, screamed, arrive at the airport a bus should be waiting to
visited, attacked, survived, worked, rescued, posted, take you to the city. You can enjoy a coffee in the
photographed airport café while you’re waiting. When you reach
Dubrovnik, get off the bus at the stone pillar gate, In the past, the population was much smaller than
a big archway at the western end of the city walls. today and I think people used to have larger homes.
Once through that, you’ll be in the old city. Now, However, the standard of accommodation didn’t
1 The main square’s got a lovely fountain. you can walk along the plaza, a walkway that takes use to be so high. Lots of people shared bathrooms
2 Does the gallery open at nine? you through the old town, which is lined on each and many people didn’t have electricity …
side with two-storey mansions with Venetian-style Our country didn’t use to export much and now it
3 Let’s look around that new mall.
shutters. You’ll see the 16th-century church of St sells things to the whole world. This has meant that
4 You can take a photo of the harbour. Saviour on the left and then you’ll soon come to the workers earn more money than they used to and
ancient Onofrio’s fountain where they say you can the standard of living has generally gone up …
2.22 page 90 Exam tip drink the clean water. At the end of the street you
will find Luza Square. If you need accommodation,
In the Listening test, you often have to write down there are plenty of private apartments in this area. 2.30 page 99 exercise 10
individual words that you hear. This is difficult As you’ll see, there are no cars at all along the In the past, people didn’t use to use cars and they
because, in natural spoken English, the words in streets, and it’s worth spending an hour or two used to walk more.
a sentence often seem ‘connected’ together. You enjoying the chatter of voices, the live jazz, and the
can’t easily hear where one word ends and another noise of the swallows as they sing and fly between
begins! Also, the sound of the individual words the old buildings. The place has quite a sleepy feel 2.31 page 99 exercise 12
sometimes changes when they’re spoken with to it and, in fact, there aren’t many lively cafés but, A: How have people’s lives changed in your
others. This means you might not recognize them. later, the place does come to life a little bit … country?
With practice, however, you can improve your
ability to recognize individual words and work out B: My family are richer. My father made some good
which are important. 2.26 page 91 exercise 11 investments and we have a much nicer house
now. It also means I can go to private school and
In this section of the guide, we’ll suggest some
have a lot of holidays.
2.23 page 90 exercise 8 places to visit. First, we recommend going to a
lovely little gallery called War Photo Limited. This A: Do you think people are more or less satisfied
1 It’s a really great town. small gallery is ranked the third most popular with their life?
2 You’ll soon see history’s everywhere. tourist attraction in Dubrovnik. Go inside and you’ll B: More, probably. Yes, more.
3 Is that the war monument? see a small exhibition that tells you much about the
A: Is pollution more of a problem today than in the increasingly attempt to deal with data. Furthermore,
past? journalists are under ever-growing pressure to write
B: Definitely. As a result, lots of people look to leave Over one hundred years ago the science fiction interesting articles, and so they may take a number
our country now. They study abroad or, as soon writer H G Wells said that he believed that statistical or a set of data and make their own interpretation
as they can, they get a job in another country. thinking would be as important as the ability quickly without thinking carefully.
People didn’t use to emigrate so much. to read and write in the modern scientific and One recent example of poor critical thinking
technological society. This is arguably true, but have comes from a statistic related to depression in
we become good at interpreting statistics? The England. Two leading newspapers reported that
2.32 page 99 Exam tip answer is almost certainly not. the number of prescriptions for anti-depressant
In Speaking Part 3, the questions are sometimes In today’s lecture, I’d like to look at some drugs had gone up significantly and concluded
complicated so it’s important you listen carefully of the most common mistakes you find when that this also meant that the number of depressed
and answer the question you’re actually asked. people use and interpret data and we’ll see why people must have risen as well. In fact, the number
Unlike in Part 1, you can ask the examiner for so many scientific myths are reported to us. The of depressed people could be exactly the same.
clarification if you don’t understand. Try to most common error is the confusion between It’s probably true that doctors are simply writing
remember some phrases to help you, and begin ‘correlation’ and ‘cause’. In the media, you see more frequent prescriptions to the same people
your question with Sorry or Sorry, but to sound this a lot in reports on health studies. Typically, a but that each prescription is for a lower quantity of
more natural. scientific study indicates that whenever X happens, medication. And of course, when journalists make
Y happens, too. This is called ‘correlation’. But by mistakes, the effects can be far-reaching. Take, for
the time it’s reported in the media the story has example, fish oil tablets. These are now the best-
2.33 page 99 exercise 13 become that X is the cause of Y. But just because selling food supplement and sales have increased
1 Sorry, but what do you mean by community? two things occur together, it doesn’t mean that to around $2.5 billion after parents around the
one caused the other, even if a cause and effect world were told by journalists that they increased
2 Please could you rephrase the question?
relationship seems to make sense. academic performance.
3 Sorry, I’m not sure what you mean. Let’s take an example. People have often held However, what the original study actually
the belief that there’s a connection with success showed was that brain activity increased when
2.34 page 100 exercise 2 in elementary school and eating breakfast. We people took the tablets. Basically, they saw that
are perhaps therefore led to believe that eating parts of the brain had become more active when
It’s amazing how readily the public accept some a healthy breakfast causes students to be more they looked at it in a scanner. But scientists did not
things as facts. Take, for example, the commonly successful. However, other factors are coming into confirm that this part of the brain was connected to
held idea that a coin dropped from a great height play here, as students not eating breakfast also often school results. In fact, results of the academic tests
might kill someone. While people may think a missed classes or were late. So arguably, it could be showed that concentration and test results did not
coin dropped from a tall building would pick up the lateness or the absence that affects performance improve at all and later tests have proved that the
enough speed to kill a person on the ground, this rather than missing breakfast. On retesting the idea, connection isn’t significant. The problem is that it
just isn’t true. The non-aerodynamic nature of a it was found that, when other factors were left out, takes time for scientists to disprove such claims and
coin, as well as its relatively small size and weight, eating breakfast only helped those who were not when they do their evidence is often not reported
would keep this from happening. A person on the eating enough in the first place. in the media because it’s less interesting than the
ground would most certainly feel the impact, but How, then, do scientists establish cause when myth. And this of course means that the myth
the coin wouldn’t kill anyone … Not so long ago, an they do experiments? Let’s say we want to prove continues to persist.
interesting study looked at the correlation between that eating five portions of fruit and vegetables
a country’s consumption of chocolate and how a day lowers the risk of cancer. We have to make
many Nobel prizes a country had won. It seems sure that other factors such as physical activity, 2.37 page 103 Exam tip
that in countries that have won a lot of Nobel hours of sleep, and genetic make-up play no part. When you describe a process, try to include an
prizes, people eat a lot of chocolate. In other words Researchers do this through a controlled study, a ‘overview statement’. This is difficult because it
there is a strong correlation between chocolate- method of research in which two similar groups of requires a different approach to how you write
eating and prize-winning. However, this simple people are exposed to two different conditions. an overview statement for describing data. With a
observation would need a lot more testing before Once we do this, we can then compare the process, there’s no mention of trends, numbers, or
a causal connection could be proved … Finally, outcome for differences. Any significant difference possibly no comparisons. Instead, try to comment
an idea that’s been around for centuries is that a could be related to the conditions as the groups on a feature of the process as a whole that makes
full moon can make people go mad. In fact, the were relatively similar. it interesting. For example, it may be particularly
English words ‘lunacy’ and ‘lunatic’ come from the Unfortunately, controlled studies still have a complex or have a surprisingly large number of
word ‘lunar’ – connected to the moon. But despite number of limitations. The first is ethics. It would stages.
the general consent of mythology and numerous be problematic to make one group of people
studies, this notion has no scientific support. smoke and to force someone addicted to smoking
not to smoke, and in fact laws stop scientists from
2.35 page 101 Exam tip doing such studies. There’s also the issue of paying You may be given a series of two or more graphics
enough people to take part in the study for a long and be asked to complete labels for them or to
A few simple steps can help you to avoid common enough time to make the study meaningful. The choose the correct graphic. The first thing you
errors in the Listening test. First, it’s important to sample size has to be large and the experimental should do in these cases is consider how they’re
read the instructions carefully so that you answer condition has to last a long time, creating great different. For example, one may point to a square
in the correct way. Make sure you know how expense. Plus, of course, there may not be enough object and another to a round object, or one will
many answers will be given in each recording as people who are genetically similar to create a large refer to a certain century and another to a different
sometimes you’ll hear the answers to more than enough group to study. century. If you have to complete labels, first study
one set or you may have to turn the page to find There are many other sources of error and these the visual information to help you to predict
some of the questions. At the end of the test, you’ll are listed on your handouts, but there’s one further answers. The missing labels will quickly tell you the
have time to transfer your answers to the answer problem I’d like to discuss now and that’s a lack of type of information you need – often a number or a
sheet. Use this time to make sure that your answers critical thinking on the part of the people reporting name. You can then scan the passage and underline
fit the gaps grammatically and to check that they the data. This issue is becoming more and more sentences which contain possible answers.
are spelt correctly. You can also guess any answers serious as journalists with poor statistical training
you weren’t sure about!

© Telegraph Media Group Limited 2013. Reproduced by permission. p.158
1 Adapted extract from “Robots, the ‘uncanny valley’ and learning to love the
alien” by George Zarkadakis, The Telegraph, 25 November 2013. © Telegraph
Great Clarendon Street, Oxford, ox2 6dp, United Kingdom Media Group Limited 2013. Reproduced by permission. p.167 Adapted
Oxford University Press is a department of the University of Oxford. extract from “What’s the Earth’s biggest threat to biodiversity?” by Jonathan
It furthers the University’s objective of excellence in research, scholarship, Atteberry, HowStuffWorks.com, 25 August 2010. Reproduced by permission
and education by publishing worldwide. Oxford is a registered trade of Discovery Access. p.173 Adapted extract from “Causation vs. Correlation”,
mark of Oxford University Press in the UK and in certain other countries www.stats.org. Reproduced by permission of Statistical Assessment Service
(STATS) at George Mason University.
© Oxford University Press 2015
Sources: p.7 www.oecd.org; p.15 www.bcf.usc.edu; p.20 www.uky.edu; p.23
The moral rights of the author have been asserted
www.uswitch.com; p.25 www.varsity.co.uk; p.27 http://epp.eurostat.ec.europa.
First published in 2015 eu; p.27 www.churchill.com; p.27 www.unicef.org; p.27 2011 American
2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 Community Survey, U.S. Census Bureau; p.35 www.theguardian.com;
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 p.35 http://articles.chicagotribune.com; p.35 www.about.com; p.37
www.lafoundation.org;p.44,p.68www.wikipedia.org;p.47www.prnewswire.com;
No unauthorized photocopying
p.47 www.thephantomoftheopera.com; p.47 www.theartnewspaper.com;
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored p.47 http://newsdesk.si.edu p.51 www.theproducersperspective.com; p.51
in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, without www.goethe.de; p.51 www.nielsen.com; p.51 http://music.uk.msn.com;
the prior permission in writing of Oxford University Press, or as expressly p.57 www.careertest.com; p.64 www.dailymail.co.uk; p.77
permitted by law, by licence or under terms agreed with the appropriate http://comtrade.un.org; p.77 http://pacinst.org; p.87 www.thinkwithgoogle.com;
reprographics rights organization. Enquiries concerning reproduction outside p.99 www.oecdbetterlifeindex.org; p.104 www.usnews.com; p.105
the scope of the above should be sent to the ELT Rights Department, Oxford http://ec.europa.eu; p.105 http://www.culturalcognition.net; p.107
University Press, at the address above www.universitiesuk.ac.uk; p.108 www.harvard.edu; p.109 www.columbia.edu;
You must not circulate this work in any other form and you must impose p.138 http://nccam.nih.gov; p.170 http://news.nationalgeographic.com; p.170
this same condition on any acquirer www.pratt.duke.edu; p.173 www.badscience.net.
Links to third party websites are provided by Oxford in good faith and for The authors would like to thank:
information only. Oxford disclaims any responsibility for the materials Nick Thorner: I’d like to thank all my colleagues at Kings Education for their
contained in any third party website referenced in this work ideas and expertise. In particular, thanks to Louis Rogers for his invaluable
knowledge and experience, Andrew Dilger for his patient guidance, and
isbn: 978 0 19 470530 1
Jeanette Lindsey-Clark for her support and advice. Thanks also to my dear
Printed in China family, Deyaneyra, Jacob and Dora, for allowing me so much time off.
This book is printed on paper from certified and well-managed sources Louis Rogers: I would like to thank my co-author Nick for all his ideas and
inspiration along the way. I am grateful to Andrew Dilger for his valuable
acknowledgements thoughts and advice in shaping the book. As always the patience and support
of my family, Cathy, Ruby and Lenny, is much needed and appreciated.
The authors and publisher are grateful to those who have given permission to reproduce
the following extracts and adaptations of copyright material: p.7 Literacy rates Although every effort has been made to trace and contact copyright holders
(2 stats) from Figure 2, “What is the global distribution of adult and youth before publication, this has not been possible in some cases. We apologize for
literacy, Literacy rate by region”, in UIS Fact Sheet September 2013, No. 26, p.3, any apparent infringement of copyright and if notified, the publisher will be
© UNESCO-UIS 2013. Used by permission of UNESCO. p.7 Enrolment in higher pleased to rectify any errors or omissions at the earliest opportunity.
education (1 stat), from the UNESCO Institute for Statistics website about the The publisher would like to thank the following for their kind permission to reproduce
Global level of tertiary students, http://www.uis.unesco.org/Education/Pages/ photographs: Advertising Archives p.94; Alamy pp.8 (Universal Images Group/
international-student-flow-viz.aspx, © UNESCO-UIS 2014. Used by permission DeAgostini), 10 (MBI), 18 (balance board/Arthur Turner), 20 (motorbike/Bailey-
of UNESCO. p.7 Average student to teacher ratio in primary school (1 stat) Cooper Photography), 32 (tourists/imagebroker, job centre/UK Stock Images
from Table 11: “Indicators on teaching staff at ISCED levels 0 to 3”, from the Ltd, subway/dbimages), 38 (sewer/Des Willie, man with inhaler/Science Photo
UNESCO Institute for Statistics website, http://data.uis.unesco.org/(Education, Library, rubbish dump/Andrew Aitchison), 40 (flood/Dorset Media Service,
Human Resources, Pupil-teacher ratio), © UNESCO-UIS. Used by permission skilled Amazonian/Mike Goldwater), 43 social worker/Photofusion Picture
of UNESCO. p.7 Number of educators (4 stats) from Section 2, “Secondary Library, environmental march/B Christopher), 52 (actors/Keith Morris, art
school teachers, the learning environment and education quality” in the class/Mike Booth, orchestra/Olaf Doering), 54 (Juice Images), 68 (Buddy Mays),
Global Education Digest 2011. Comparing Education Statistics Across the World, p.56, 69 (GFC Collection), 70 (ice axe/Steve Allen Travel Photography), 74 (red crab/
© UNESCO-UIS 2011. Used by permission of UNESCO. p.10 Adapted extract FLPA, trout/Mark Conlin), 76 (Arco Images GmbH), 78 (designer bag/Marc
from “Private Tutoring: how prevalent and effective is it?” by Judith Ireson, Tielemans, smartphone/Marian Stanca, crisps/razorpix), 83 (Bloomington
London Review of Education, Vol. 2 (2), July 2004.Reproduced by permission of Mall); 84 (3D printer/Richard Levine), 88 (business man/Kathy deWitt, shark/
Taylor and Francis Ltd and Judy Ireson. p.12 Figure A, “Number of students (in Michael Patrick O’Neill, Mars/Universal Images Group Limited), 89 (walking/
millions) worldwide enrolled in school from the primary to tertiary education, Andrew Watson), 90 (Marble Arch/AA World Travel Library), 98 (man in car/
1970, 2000 and 2009” in the World Atlas of Gender Equality in Education. p.9, Aurora Photos, school children/Janine Wiedel Photolibrary), 100 (MBI);
© UNESCO-UIS 2009. Used by permission of UNESCO. p.22 Extract from Table: Corbis pp.32 (man on laptop/Caterina Bernardi), 35 (Hiya Images), 50 (Chen
“Sleep” by The Schools Health Education Unit, Exeter. http://sheu.org.uk, dsb/Imaginechina), 58 (Joma), 59 (Lynn Goldsmith), 64 (Christopher
accessed 9 April 2014. Reproduced by permission of SHEU, The Schools and Morris), 72 (harvesting water hyacinth/Qin Qing), 75 (Frans Lanting),
Student Health Education Unit. p.87 “TripBarometer Reveals Travel, Green 92 (Billy Ray Harris/James Breeden), 104 (HANDOUT/Reuters/Corbis); Getty
and Mobile Trends”, www.tripadvisor.co.uk. Reproduced by permission of pp.25 (Goldmund Lukic), 41 (Matt Meadows), 63 (Kristian Sekulic), 97 (Hulton
TripAdvisor. p.107 Figure 1 from “Sleep Problems: An Emerging Global Epidemic? Archive/woman at typewriter, Hulton Archive/RCA computer, Hulton Archive/
Findings From the INDEPTH WHO-SAGE Study Among More Than 40,000 early TV, Hulton Archive/Trevithick’s Locomotive of 1840, Lee Celano/
Older Adults From 8 Countries Across Africa and Asia” by Saverio Stranges, Wireimage/satellite radio, William Vanderson/Fox Photos/Hulton Archive/
William Tigbe, Francesc Xavier Gómez-Olivé, Margaret Thorogood and transmission mast, OFF/AFT/world’s first artificial satellite, SSPL/ballpoint
Ngianga-Bakwin Kandala, Sleep, Vol. 35 (8), 2012. Reproduced by permission of pen, SSPL/penicillin, SSPL/The Wright Brothers, Justin Sullican/vaccine,
the American Academy of Sleep Medicine. p.107 Adapted by Oxford University SisterSarah/patient being given anaesthesia, Universal History Archive/
Press with permission, from Life expectancy: Life expectancy, Data by Country, UIG/Talbot’s camera, Paul McKeown/antique telephone); Chris Madden
Table “Life expectancy at birth (years), for “Both sexes”, http://apps.who.int/ p.12 (Statistics cartoon); Oxford University Press pp.13, 15, 19, 20 (drumming,
gho/data/node.main.688?lang=en, accessed 13 May 2014. Reproduced by swimming), 23, 29, 31, 33, 40 (desert), 43 (GP), 46, 48, 55, 74 (butterfly,
permission of World Health Organization. p.112 Figure 6.1.2, “Gains in school- elephants), 79, 86, 93, 96; Shutterstock pp.18 (watch, man, exercise bike),
life expectancy reflected in all regions” in the World Atlas of Gender Equality in 20 (walking dog, chopping wood, karate, running, scuba diving), 28, 38 (obese
Education, p.88, © UNESCO-UIS 2009. Used by permission of UNESCO. p.137 woman), 40 (scientist, orang-utan), 42, 43 (businessman, artist), 45, 60, 65,
Figure 8.1.1, “Proportion of female teachers on the rise since 1990, Percentage 70 (flippers, staircase), 72 (dam), 74 (arctic tern), 78 (chocolates, boarding pass,
of Female Teachers in Primary Education 1990–2009” in the World Atlas of washing machine), 80, 89 (solution), 90 (all except Marble Arch), 92 (ring),
Gender Equality in Education, p.98, © UNESCO-UIS 2009. Used by permission 98 (exercising), 103.
of UNESCO. p.153 Adapted extract from “Emil and the Detectives: why it Illustrations by: Clear as Mud/Folio: pp.7, 57, 87; Peter Bull pp.44, 50, 51, 71,
is a children’s classic” by Michael Rosen, The Telegraph, 16 November 2013. 72 (all), 88, 91, 102, 109, 111, 140, 152, 157; Richard Ponsford: pp.27, 51, 67,
© Telegraph Media Group Limited 2013. Reproduced by permission. p.155 98, 103, 150; Paul Weston: pp.17, 37, 47, 67, 77
Adapted extract from “Jack Lynn – obituary”, The Telegraph, 21 November 2013.

Ieltsmc SB Low-Res

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Ieltsmc SB Low-Res

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Ieltsmc SB Low-Res

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Nick Thorner

WRITING FILE p136 EXAM TIPS p145 IELTS PRACTICE TEST p149 AUDIOSCRIPT p164

Listening (30 minutes)

Section Number of items Text type Task types

Academic Reading (60 minutes)

Passage Number of items Text type Task types

© Oxford University Press. Reproduced by permission.

Task Time Format Task types

Speaking (11–14 minutes)

Part Time Format Task types

© Oxford University Press. Reproduced by permission.

questions page 9 Varying language page 59

and talking about the unit

▶ Four skills sections in each unit.

78% InformatIon fIle

% of people reporting poor-quality sleep

What do you think?

Objects and ideas

Multiple choice 107

INFORMATION FILE for activities in the units.

GRAMMAR FILE with notes and exercises to review

and develop grammar in each unit.

VOCABULARY FILE with exercises to review and

build on vocabulary in each unit.

STUDY SKILLS FILE with activities to help you

prepare for the exam more effectively.

WRITING FILE with notes, model answers and sample

answer improvement activities.

EXAM TIPS a complete list of tips covered in

6 Are students put in a higher class?

2.44 Complete the form below.

Temporary Employment Registration Form

List of aims for Listen to advice about IELTS

Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.

in the IELTS exam.

© Oxford University Press. Reproduced by permission.

In some countries there is Top destinations for international students

Worldwide, the average teacher to student ratio in primary schools is

the adult literacy rate

What do you think?

© Oxford University Press. Reproduced by permission.

Vocabulary VOCABULARY FILE » page 121

© Oxford University Press. Reproduced by permission.

At school I loved chemistry because I enjoyed the experiments.

Grammar GRAMMAR FILE » page 116

I enjoy(ed) studying / to study literature, engineering, etc.

© Oxford University Press. Reproduced by permission.

60 (sixty) 65 (sixty-five) 21 (twenty-one) 17 (seventeen) 71 (seventy-one)

Vocabulary VOCABULARY FILE » page 121

Synonyms 6 Tick the statements you agree with.

EXAM TIP 1.8 under pressure effort value expectations of quality achievement

In Listening Section 1, you often have to

© Oxford University Press. Reproduced by permission.

FOXHILL HOUSE Ca l le r’s d et a il s

NEXT COURSE DATE 25th April or 2nd September

What do you think?

© Oxford University Press. Reproduced by permission.

2 Match the words with diagrams A–E.

bar chart line graph pie chart table flow chart

Enrolled students (millions)

school went down. 300

3 Fewer people went to university 200

© Oxford University Press. Reproduced by permission.